Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 24, 2007

Registration No. 333-140496


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Amendment No. 3 to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 


CAI International, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7359   94-3298884
(State of Incorporation)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 


One Embarcadero Center

Suite 2101

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 788-0100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Masaaki (John) Nishibori

President and Chief Executive Officer

CAI International, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 2101

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 788-0100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

 

Edward J. Wes, Jr.

Bruce McNamara

Sonny Allison

Perkins Coie LLP

101 Jefferson Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 838-4300

 

Daniel G. Kelly, Jr.

Davis Polk & Wardwell

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 


If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(2)
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(3)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee(4)

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, offered by the registrant

  6,670,000   $16.00   $106,720,000   $10,907
(1) Includes 870,000 shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Anticipated to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.
(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(4) Includes $10,700 previously paid on behalf of the registrant.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated April 24, 2007

 

5,800,000 Shares

 

 

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.   LOGO

Common Stock

$         per share

 


 

 

•   CAI International, Inc. is offering 5,800,000 shares.

 

•   We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.

 

•   This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares.

 

•   Trading symbol: New York Stock Exchange — “CAP”

 

 


 

This investment involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12.

 


     Per Share        Total    

Public offering price

   $                $    

Underwriting discount

   $                $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to CAI International, Inc.  

   $                $    

 


The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to 870,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Piper Jaffray

 


 

William Blair & Company

Jefferies & Company

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2007.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     Page

Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   12

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   28

Use of Proceeds

   29

Dividend Policy

   30

Capitalization

   31

Dilution

   34

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

   35

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

   40

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   45

Industry

   77

Business

   79

Management

   89

Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions

   102

Principal Stockholder s

   104

Description of Capital Stock

   106

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   109

U.S. Federal Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders

   111

Underwriting

   114

Legal Matters

   117

Experts

   117

Where You Can Find More Information

   117

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 


You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of when this prospectus is delivered or any sale of our common stock occurs.

 

i


Table of Contents

 

SUMMARY

The items in the following summary are described in more detail later in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all the information you should consider. Therefore, you should also read the more detailed information set out in this prospectus, including the financial statements, the notes thereto and the matters set forth under “Risk Factors.”

In this prospectus, unless indicated otherwise, references to: (1) “CAI,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to CAI International, Inc., formerly known as Container Applications International, Inc., the issuer of the common stock and its subsidiaries; (2) “Interpool” refers to Interpool, Inc., which owned 50.0% of our common stock until we repurchased such common stock on October 1, 2006; (3) “TEU” refers to a “20' equivalent unit,” which is a measurement used in the container shipping industry to compare shipping containers of various sizes and configurations to a standard 20' dry van container; (4) “our owned fleet” means the containers we own, plus the containers we lease from other companies under operating and finance leases; (5) “our managed fleet” means the containers we manage that are owned by container investors; (6) “our fleet” and “our total fleet” mean our owned fleet plus our managed fleet; and (7) “container investors” means investment entities that purchase portfolios of containers from us. Unless otherwise indicated herein, all share and per share information has been adjusted for the 420-for-one stock split that was effected as of April 23, 2007.

CAI International, Inc.

We are one of the world’s leading container leasing and management companies. We believe that our share of the worldwide leased container fleet, as measured in TEUs, increased from approximately 4.3% as of mid-1998 to 6.3% as of mid-2006, representing the seventh largest fleet of leased containers in the world. We operate our business through two segments: container leasing and container management. We purchase new containers, lease them to container shipping lines and either retain them as part of our owned fleet or sell them to container investors for whom we then provide management services. In operating our fleet, we lease, re-lease and dispose of containers and contract for the repair, repositioning and storage of containers. As of March 31, 2007, our fleet comprised 684,000 TEUs, 74.7% of which represented our managed fleet and 25.3% of which represented our owned fleet.

We were founded in 1989 by our Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, as a traditional container leasing company that leased containers owned by us to container shipping lines. In 1998, we shifted our strategic focus from leasing containers owned by us to managing containers owned by container investors. Our managed fleet, as measured in TEUs, increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 19.2% from December 31, 1998 to December 31, 2006 as compared to a compounded annual growth rate of 11.3% for our total fleet, as measured in TEUs, during the same period.

The shift in our strategic focus to managing containers for container investors has enabled us to grow our total fleet while reducing our debt and operating lease commitments. This has allowed us to realize a higher return on assets and equity than we believe would have been possible if our fleet had consisted entirely of containers owned by us. We reduced our debt, capital lease obligations and equipment operating lease commitments from $189.5 million as of December 31, 2001 to $78.7 million as of September 30, 2006. On October 1, 2006, we repurchased 50.0% of our then-outstanding common stock from Interpool. In connection with this repurchase of our common stock, we incurred $77.5 million of incremental indebtedness, which caused our debt, capital lease obligations and equipment operating lease commitments to increase to $155.4 million as of December 31, 2006. We will use our net proceeds from this offering to repay this incremental indebtedness. As a result of these transactions, Mr. Ogawa’s ownership of our common stock increased from 50.0% to 100.0%. In February 2007

 

 


 

1


Table of Contents

 

Mr. Ogawa sold approximately 14.9% of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock, to an entity affiliated with the Development Bank of Japan.

We lease our containers to lessees under long-term leases, short-term leases and finance leases. Long-term leases cover a specified number of containers that will be on lease for a fixed period of time. Short-term leases provide lessees with the ability to lease containers either for a fixed term of less than one year or without a fixed term on an as-needed basis, with flexible pick-up and drop-off of containers at depots worldwide. Finance leases are long-term lease contracts that grant the lessee the right to purchase the container at the end of the term for a nominal amount. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, 92.4% of our fleet, as measured in TEUs, was on lease. As of March 31, 2007, 70.5% of our on-lease fleet was on long-term leases, 27.6% was on short-term leases and 1.9% was on finance leases.

We manage containers under management agreements that cover portfolios of containers. Our management agreements typically have terms of eight to 12 years and provide that we receive a management fee based upon the actual rental revenue for each container less the actual operating expenses directly attributable to that container. We also receive fees for selling used containers on behalf of container investors. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, our container management segment generated revenues of $6.3 million and income before income taxes of $3.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, our container management segment generated revenues of $21.1 million, $16.9 million and $9.0 million, respectively, and income before income taxes of $13.9 million, $10.4 million and $6.4 million, respectively.

Our container leasing segment revenue comprises container rental revenue and finance lease income from our owned fleet, and our container management segment revenue comprises gain on sale of container portfolios and management fee revenue for managing containers for container investors. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, our container leasing segment generated revenues of $8.2 million and income before income taxes of $2.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, our container leasing segment generated revenues of $40.4 million, $25.2 million and $9.7 million, respectively, and income before income taxes of $4.3 million, $5.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, we generated total revenues of $14.5 million, EBITDA of $11.1 million, and net income of $3.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, we generated total revenues of $61.6 million, $42.1 million and $18.6 million, respectively, EBITDA of $39.0 million, $30.1 million and $14.7 million, respectively, and net income of $10.0 million, $10.4 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Industry Overview

We operate in the worldwide intermodal freight container leasing industry. Intermodal freight containers, or containers, are large, standardized steel boxes used to transport cargo by a number of means, including ship, truck and rail. Container shipping lines use containers as the primary means for packaging and transporting freight internationally, principally from export-oriented economies in Asia to North America and Western Europe.

Containerisation International, Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2006 , estimates that as of mid-2006 transportation companies, including container shipping lines and freight forwarders, owned approximately 57.3% of the total worldwide container fleet and container leasing companies owned

 

 


 

2


Table of Contents

 

approximately 42.7% of the total worldwide container fleet. Given the uncertainty and variability of export volumes and the fact that container shipping lines have difficulty in accurately forecasting their container requirements at different ports, the availability of containers for lease significantly reduces a container shipping line’s need to purchase and maintain excess container inventory.

According to Drewry Shipping Consultants Limited, The Drewry Annual Container Market Review and Forecast 2006/2007 , worldwide containerized cargo volume grew each year from 1980 through 2005, attaining a compounded annual growth rate of 9.8% during that period. Drewry estimates that 2006 container cargo volume grew 10.3% over the prior year. Drewry forecasts that cargo volume will continue to grow at approximately 9.0% annually through 2011. We believe that this projected growth is due to several factors, including the continuing shift in global manufacturing capacity to lower labor cost regions such as China and India, the continued integration of developing high-growth economies into global trade patterns, the continued conversion of cargo from bulk shipping into container shipping and the growing liberalization and integration of world trade.

Our Strengths

We believe our strengths include the following:

 

   

Multiple Sources of Revenue.     Our container rental revenue and management fee revenue are structured to provide us with stable revenue over longer periods of time while our gain on sale of container portfolios has historically generated significant incremental revenue and facilitated growth in management fee revenue by increasing the number of containers we manage for container investors. By having multiple sources of revenue, we believe that we have been able to realize a higher return on assets and equity than would have been possible if our fleet had consisted entirely of containers owned by us. We believe it is important to maintain a balance between the size of our owned fleet and our managed fleet to maintain our multiple sources of revenue.

 

   

High-Quality Asset Management Services.     We sell portfolios of leased containers to a number of container investors in Europe and Asia through various intermediaries. Following the sale, we manage these portfolios on behalf of the container investors. We believe that container investors view us as one of the highest quality companies providing container management services due to the quality of the container portfolios that we sell and the asset management services that we provide. From January 1, 2004 through March 31, 2007, we sold to European and Asian container investors containers representing 211,000 TEUs for $363.4 million of gross proceeds.

 

   

Capital-efficient Third-party Fleet Management Operation.     We have grown our managed fleet by selling portfolios of containers to container investors, most of which are subject to lease at the time of sale. By selling these portfolios to container investors, we are able to free up capital more quickly than if we kept the containers as part of our owned fleet. This enables us to deploy the capital for other uses. Our container management segment provides us with revenue at the time of sale, long-term contractual management fees and a sales fee earned when we sell used containers for container investors, all with very little long-term investment from us.

 

   

Long-standing Container Lessee Relationships with Attractive Credit Characteristics.     We currently lease containers to over 250 container lessees, including many of the largest international container shipping lines. As of December 31, 2006, we conducted business with the top 20 lessees of our total fleet, as measured in TEUs, for an average of over 12 years. These top 20 lessees had, as of December 31, 2006, a weighted-average Dynamar credit rating of 2.4 on a rating scale of one through ten, with a one representing the

 

 


 

3


Table of Contents

 

 

strongest credit rating. Dynamar B.V. provides credit ratings to the container leasing industry.

 

   

Experienced Management Team.     We have significant experience in the container leasing industry. Our six key officers have an average of approximately 15 years of experience in the container leasing industry. In addition, our marketing, operations and underwriting personnel have developed long-term relationships with lessees that improve our access to continued opportunities with leading container shipping lines.

 

   

Flexibility to Satisfy Changing Market Demands.     Our operating expertise and financial flexibility enable us to meet the evolving requirements of lessees and container investors. We have significant experience in structuring and selling to container investors portfolios of containers that have attractive investment returns. By selling these portfolios to container investors, we have been able to purchase a substantial number of new containers while at the same time maintaining significant borrowing capacity under our senior secured credit facility. This has enabled us to choose when to purchase new containers based upon our expectations of near-term market conditions and quickly respond to the changing demands of lessees for short- and long-term leases.

 

   

Proprietary, Real-time Information Technology System.     We have developed a proprietary, real-time information technology system to assist us in managing our container fleet. Our proprietary IT system has been essential to providing a high level of customer service and we believe it is scalable to satisfy our future growth without significant capital expenditures.

Risks Affecting Us

In operating our business we have faced and will continue to face significant challenges. Our ability to successfully operate our business is subject to numerous risks as discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” For example:

 

   

world trade volume and economic growth could decline and other macroeconomic market conditions affecting the container leasing industry could worsen;

 

   

demand from container investors to purchase portfolios of leased containers at prices that are attractive to us could decline;

 

   

container shipping lines could decide to buy rather than lease a larger percentage of the containers they use;

 

   

demand for leased containers by container shipping lines could decrease due to consolidation of container shipping lines or other factors;

 

   

per diem rates for leases could decline;

 

   

new container prices could change unexpectedly;

 

   

shipping may be disrupted by a number of causes, including terrorist attacks and regional economic instability; and

 

   

we may lose key members of our senior management.

Any of the above risks could cause our per diem or utilization rates to decline or could otherwise materially and adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations. An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should read and consider the information set forth in “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

 


 

4


Table of Contents

 

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the name Container Applications International, Inc. as a Nevada corporation in 1989 and reincorporated under the name CAI International, Inc. in Delaware in 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at One Embarcadero Center, Suite 2101, San Francisco, California 94111. Our telephone number is (415) 788-0100 and our Web site is located at http://www.caiintl.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our Web site as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our Web site or any other Web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our Web site or any other Web site to be a part of this prospectus.

 

 


 

5


Table of Contents

 

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by CAI International, Inc.

   5,800,000 shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

   17,108,920 shares

Offering price

   $          per share

Use of proceeds

   To repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness, including a $37.5 million convertible subordinated note, a $17.5 million term loan outstanding under our senior secured credit facility, and a portion of the amount outstanding under the revolving line of credit under our senior secured credit facility. See “Use of Proceeds.”

New York Stock Exchange symbol

   CAP

The number of shares outstanding after this offering is based on 10,584,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 and, unless otherwise indicated:

 

   

includes the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into 724,920 shares of common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

excludes 36,876 shares of common stock subject to restricted stock grants under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, which we intend to grant under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan upon the pricing of this offering;

 

   

excludes 546,120 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options with an exercise price equal to the public offering price in this offering, which we intend to grant upon the pricing of this offering; and

 

   

excludes 138,984 shares of common stock that will be reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to 870,000 shares of common stock from us.

 

 


 

6


Table of Contents

 

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The summary consolidated financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of March 31, 2007 are unaudited, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated summary financial data presented below under the headings “Statement of Income Data” and “Balance Sheet Data” reflect all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to fairly present our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the periods presented.

Prior to October 1, 2006, we had two principal stockholders, each of whom beneficially owned 50.0% of our outstanding common stock. These stockholders were our founder and Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, and Interpool. On October 1, 2006, we repurchased 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of our then-outstanding common stock, held by Interpool. The repurchase resulted in an increase in the percentage of our common stock held by Mr. Ogawa from 50.0% to 100.0%. In connection with this transaction we have applied pushdown accounting in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54 (“SAB No. 54”) and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141”). Due to the application of pushdown accounting and step acquisition accounting in our financial statements, our financial condition and results of operations after September 30, 2006 will not be comparable in some respects to our financial condition and results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements as of dates or for periods prior to October 1, 2006.

The consolidated balance sheet and statements of income data in this prospectus prior to October 1, 2006 refer to the Predecessor company and this period is referred to as the pre-repurchase period, while the consolidated balance sheet and statements of income data on and subsequent to October 1, 2006 refer to the Successor company and this period is referred to as the post-repurchase period. A line has been drawn between the accompanying financial statements to distinguish between the pre-repurchase and post-repurchase periods.

The pro forma, as adjusted balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 gives effect to (1) the conversion of all our preferred stock to common stock; (2) payment of accrued dividends on our preferred stock; (3) our receipt of the proceeds from the repayment of promissory notes (including all accrued and unpaid interest) issued to certain executive officers in connection with the purchase of 524,376 shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock; (4) the sale by us of 5,800,000 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and (5) the application of the net proceeds of this offering to repay certain indebtedness as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.”

We adopted the FASB Staff Position Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance Activities (“FSP AUG AIR-1”) effective January 1, 2007. As a result we have retroactively adjusted our consolidated financial statements to reflect the direct expense method of accounting for maintenance, a method permitted under this Staff Position. The impact of the application of FSP AUG AIR-1 to our storage and handling expense was a $47,000 increase in the three months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $179,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and increases of $421,000 and $511,000 for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

 


 

7


Table of Contents

 

The operating data presented below under “Selected Operating Data” are not audited. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for future periods. You should read the summary historical consolidated financial and operating data presented below in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor     Successor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
    Three Months
Ended
December 31,
   

Three Months
Ended
March 31,

    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2006     2007  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
                            (unaudited)  

Statement of Income Data:

                     

Revenue

                     

Container rental revenue

  $ 45,855     $ 39,614     $ 24,228     $ 9,383     $ 8,062     $ 7,880  

Management fee revenue

    6,809       11,230       8,530       3,569       2,574       3,419  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

    13,420       9,913       8,365       5,392       1,932       2,895  

Finance lease income

    602       829       927       267       307       319  
                                               

Total revenue

    66,686       61,586       42,050       18,611       12,875       14,513  

Operating Expenses

                     

Depreciation of container rental equipment

    15,545       14,764       9,653       2,360       3,367       1,690  

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         —         —         307       —         308  

Impairment of container rental equipment

    275       572       270       81       237       119  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

    (718 )     (1,166 )     (804 )         (747 )     (147 )     (1,005 )

Equipment rental expense

    10,636       6,875       1,187       395       396       395  

Storage, handling and other expenses

    6,164       3,853       2,411       779       667       671  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

    11,783       12,551       8,967       3,389       3,349       3,302  
                                               

Total operating expenses

    43,685       37,449       21,684       6,564       7,869       5,480  
                                               

Operating income

    23,001       24,137       20,366       12,047       5,006       9,033  

Net interest expense

    7,623       7,771       4,146       3,695       1,596       3,230  
                                               

Income before income taxes

    15,378       16,366       16,220       8,352       3,410       5,803  

Income tax expense

    6,149       6,377       5,856       3,119       1,231       2,191  
                                               

Net income

    9,229       9,989       10,364       5,233       2,179       3,612  

(Accretion) decretion of preferred stock

    (641 )     (713 )     1,464       (6 )     488       (5,572 )
                                               

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 8,588     $ 9,276     $ 11,828     $ 5,227     $ 2,667     $ (1,960 )
                                               

Net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders

                     

Basic

  $ 0.41     $ 0.44     $ 0.56     $ 0.49     $ 0.13     $ (0.19 )

Diluted

    0.41       0.44       0.48       0.36       0.10       (0.19 )

Weighted-average shares outstanding

                     

Basic

    21,168       21,168       21,168       10,584       21,168       10,584  

Diluted

    21,168       21,168       21,735       16,270       21,772       10,584  
   

Other Financial Data:

                             

EBITDA (unaudited) (1)

  $ 38,644     $ 38,996     $ 30,094     $ 14,746     $ 8,398     $ 11,066  

Purchase of containers

    125,732       127,288       89,366       45,843       10,754       37,215  

Net proceeds from sale of container portfolios

    119,224       102,097       67,912       49,252       17,018       24,908  

footnotes on following page

 

 


 

8


Table of Contents

 

     As of March 31, 2007
     Actual    Pro Forma
Adjustments (2)(3)
    Pro Forma
as
Adjusted (2)(3)
     (in thousands)
    

(unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash

   $ 7,775    (219 )   $ 7,556

Container rental equipment, net

     171,144        171,144

Net investment in direct finance leases

     8,413        8,413

Total assets

     283,757        283,538

Long-term debt

     156,292    (78,600 )     77,692

Total liabilities

     247,482        168,882

Cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock

     10,472    (10,472 )     —  

Total stockholders’ equity

     25,803    88,853       114,656

 

    

As of December 31,

   

As of
March 31,
2007

 
     2004     2005     2006    

Selected Operating Data:

     (unaudited)    

Managed fleet in TEUs (4)

   416,254     456,076     483,333     511,000  

Owned fleet in TEUs (4)

   171,790     141,653     185,645     172,853  
                        

Total

   588,044     597,729     668,978     683,853  
                        

Percentage of on-lease fleet on long-term leases

   57.7 %   64.7 %   65.3 %   70.5 %

Percentage of on-lease fleet on short-term leases

   41.2     33.5     32.8     27.6  

Percentage of on-lease fleet on finance leases

   1.1     1.8     1.9     1.9  
                        

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                        
    

Year Ended December 31,

   

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2007

 
     2004     2005     2006    
    

(unaudited)

 

Utilization rate (5)

   89.8 %   90.7 %   90.6 %   92.4 %

(1)

EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe EBITDA is helpful in understanding our past financial performance as a supplement to net income and other performance measures calculated in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Our management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because it provides a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and ages of related assets among otherwise comparable companies in our industry. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for any measure reported under GAAP. EBITDA’s usefulness as a performance measure as compared to net income is limited by the fact that

 

footnotes continued on following page

 

 


 

9


Table of Contents

 

 

EBITDA excludes the impact of interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense and taxes. We borrow money in order to finance our operations; therefore, interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate revenue. Similarly, our use of capital assets makes depreciation and amortization expense a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate income. In addition, since we are subject to state and federal income taxes, any measure that excludes tax expense has material limitations. Moreover, EBITDA is not calculated identically by all companies; therefore our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Due to these limitations, we use EBITDA as a measure of performance only in conjunction with GAAP measures of performance such as net income. The following table provides a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income, the most comparable performance measure under GAAP:

 

      Predecessor      

Successor

   Predecessor       Successor
      Year Ended
December 31,
 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2006

     

Three Months
Ended
December 31,

2006

   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
      Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
      2004   2005             
      (in thousands)
      (unaudited)

Net income

  $ 9,229   $ 9,989   $ 10,364     $ 5,233    $ 2,179     $ 3,612

Add:

                        

Net interest expense

    7,623     7,771     4,146       3,695      1,596       3,230

Depreciation

    15,643     14,859     9,728       2,392      3,392       1,725

Amortization of intangible assets

    —       —       —         307      —         308

Income tax expense

    6,149     6,377     5,856       3,119      1,231       2,191
                                          

EBITDA

  $ 38,644   $ 38,996   $ 30,094     $ 14,746    $ 8,398     $ 11,066
                                          

 

(2)

The pro forma, as adjusted balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 give effect to the following events as if they had occurred on March 31, 2007: (a) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into 724,920 shares of common stock; (b) the payment of all accrued dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock; (c) our receipt of the proceeds from the repayment of promissory notes (including all accrued and unpaid interest) issued to certain executive officers in connection with the purchase of 524,376 shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock; (d) the sale by us of 5,800,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus; (e) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds of this offering of $78.6 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (f) the application of the estimated net proceeds of this offering to repay certain indebtedness as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.”

(3)

Assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would decrease (increase) long-term debt and total liabilities and increase (decrease) stockholders’ equity by $5.4 million.

(4)

Reflects the total number of TEUs included in our managed or owned fleet, as applicable, as of the end of the period indicated, including units held for sale and units held at the manufacturer that we have purchased.

(5)

Reflects the average number of TEUs in our fleet on lease as a percentage of total TEUs available for lease. In calculating TEUs available for lease, we exclude units held for sale and units held at the

footnotes continued on following page

 

 


 

10


Table of Contents

 

 

manufacturer that we have purchased. The utilization rate for a period is calculated by averaging the utilization rates at the end of each calendar month during the period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a discussion of the calculation of our utilization rate.

 

 


 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. Any of the risk factors we describe below could adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. The market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose some or all of your investment if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events.

Risks Related to Our Business and the Container Leasing Industry

The demand for leased containers depends on many political, economic and other factors beyond our control.

Substantially all of our revenue comes from activities related to the leasing of containers. Our ability to continue successfully leasing containers to container shipping lines, earning management fees on leased containers and attracting container investors to purchase container portfolios from us depends in part upon the continued demand for leased containers. The demand for containers is affected by numerous factors.

Demand for containers depends largely on the rate of world trade and economic growth, with U.S. consumer demand being the most critical factor affecting this growth. Economic downturns in one or more countries, particularly in the United States and other countries with consumer-oriented economies, could result in a reduction in world trade volume or in demand by container shipping lines for leased containers. Thus, a decrease in the volume of world trade may adversely affect our utilization and per diem rates and lead to reduced revenue, increased operating expenses (such as storage and repositioning costs) and have an adverse effect on our financial performance. We cannot predict whether, or when, such downturns will occur.

Much of our leasing business involves shipments of goods exported from Asia. From time to time, there have been economic disruptions, health scares, such as SARS and avian flu, financial turmoil, natural disasters and political instability in Asia. If these events were to occur in the future, they could adversely affect our container lessees and the general demand for shipping and lead to reduced demand for leased containers or otherwise adversely affect us.

Other general factors affecting demand for leased containers, utilization and per diem rates include the following:

 

   

prices of new and used containers;

 

   

economic conditions and competitive pressures in the shipping industry;

 

   

shifting trends and patterns of cargo traffic;

 

   

the availability and terms of container financing;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency values;

 

   

overcapacity or undercapacity of the container manufacturers;

 

   

the lead times required to purchase containers;

 

   

the number of containers purchased by competitors and container lessees;

 

   

container ship fleet overcapacity or undercapacity;

 

   

increased repositioning by container shipping lines of their own empty containers to higher-demand locations in lieu of leasing containers from us;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

consolidation or withdrawal of individual container lessees in the container shipping industry;

 

   

import/export tariffs and restrictions;

 

   

customs procedures, foreign exchange controls and other governmental regulations;

 

   

natural disasters that are severe enough to affect local and global economies; and

 

   

political and economic factors.

All of these factors are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control. These factors will vary over time, often quickly and unpredictably, and any change in one or more of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Many of these factors also influence the decision by container shipping lines to lease or buy containers. Should one or more of these factors influence container shipping lines to buy a larger percentage of the containers they operate, our utilization rate would decrease, resulting in decreased revenue and increased storage and repositioning costs.

Our operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future.

Our revenue comes primarily from the leasing of containers owned by us, management fees earned on containers owned by container investors and gain on sale of container portfolios to container investors. Historically, our annual and quarterly total revenues, net income and cash flows have fluctuated significantly as a result of fluctuations in our gain on sale of container portfolios. Selling containers to container investors has very little associated incremental expense, which means that our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly depending upon the amount of gain on sale of container portfolios, if any, we realize in a quarter. Due to seasonal increased demand for containers in the several months leading up to the holiday season in the United States and Europe and higher demand for purchasing containers by container investors toward the end of the calendar year, a higher proportion of our container sales to investors has typically occurred in the second half of each calendar year. Although by comparison our container rental revenue and management fee revenue have historically fluctuated much less than our gain on sale of container portfolios, container rental revenue and management revenue may also fluctuate significantly in future periods based upon the level of demand by container shipping lines for leased containers, our ability to maintain a high utilization rate of containers in our total fleet, changes in per diem rates for leases and fluctuations in operating expenses.

A large part of our revenue comes from gain on sale of container portfolios and our container sale activities in the future may result in lower gains or losses on sales of containers.

Our revenue from gain on sale of container portfolios depends on our ability to make a profit on containers that we purchase and then resell to container investors. We typically enter into firm purchase orders for containers before we begin finding lessees for the containers, and the time necessary to lease these containers may be much longer than we anticipate. The price that a container investor is willing to pay for a portfolio of containers depends on a number of factors, including the historical and future expected cash flows from the portfolio to the container investor, the credit ratings of the lessees, the mix of short-term and long-term leases, the number of TEUs in the portfolio, the timing of the sale and alternative investment opportunities available to the container investor. If any of these factors changes unexpectedly during the period between the date of our purchase order to the date a container investor purchases the container from us, we may recognize a lower gain on sale of the containers to investors, sell them to container investors at a loss or retain them as part of our owned fleet.

 

13


Table of Contents

The container investors that purchase containers from us are located in four countries and a change in the conditions and laws in any of these countries could significantly reduce demand by container investors to purchase containers.

The container investors that have historically purchased containers from us are located in Germany, Switzerland, Austria and Japan. The willingness of these investors to continue to purchase containers from us will depend upon a number of factors outside of our control, including the laws in the countries in which they are domiciled, the tax treatment of an investment and restrictions on foreign investments. If a change in tax laws or other conditions makes investments in containers less attractive, we will need to identify new container investors. The process of identifying new container investors and selling containers to them could be lengthy and we may not be able to find new container investors in these circumstances, which would result in a substantial reduction in the amount of gain on sale of container portfolios and cash flow.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue for each of our container management and container leasing segments from a limited number of container investors and container lessees, respectively, and the loss of, or reduction in business by, any of these container investors or container lessees could result in a significant loss of revenue and cash flow.

We have derived, and believe that we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue and cash flow from a limited number of container investors and container lessees. Our business comprises two reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes: container management and container leasing. Revenue for our container management segment comes primarily from container investors that purchase portfolios of containers and then pay us to manage the containers for them. Revenue for our container leasing segment comes primarily from container lessees that lease containers from our owned fleet.

Revenue from our ten largest container lessees represented 57.7% of the revenue from our container leasing segment for the year ended December 31, 2006, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, with revenue from our single largest container lessee accounting for 13.8%, or $4.8 million, of revenue from our container leasing segment during such period. This $4.8 million of revenue represented 7.9% of our total revenue for this period. We do not distinguish between our owned fleet and our managed fleet when we enter into leases with container shipping lines. Accordingly, the largest lessees of our owned fleet are typically among the largest lessees of our managed fleet, and our management fee revenue is based in part on the number of managed containers on lease to container lessees. As a result, the loss of, or default by, any of our largest container lessees could have a material adverse effect on the revenue for both our container management segment and our container leasing segment. In addition, many of the management agreements with our container investors contain performance criteria, such as minimum per diem net income per container or minimum utilization rates for the pool of containers owned by the container investors. In the event we fail to meet one or more of these criteria in a management agreement, the independent investment arrangers who typically act on behalf of container investors may have the right to terminate the management agreement. In the year ended December 31, 2006, container investors associated with five independent investment arrangers represented 95.6% of our container management revenue on a pro forma, as adjusted basis. If we were to not perform our obligations as a container manager under the management agreements controlled by an independent investment arranger, the independent investment manager could decide to terminate all of the management agreements under which we have not performed our obligations. Managed containers associated with our single largest container investor accounted for 29.8%, or $7.7 million, of revenue from our container management segment during the year ended December 31, 2006, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis. This $7.7 million of revenue represented 12.7% of our total revenue for this period. The termination of the management agreements under the control of a single investment arranger or the loss of our largest container investor as a management services customer could have a material adverse effect on the revenue for our container management segment. For a description of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

 

14


Table of Contents

Consolidation and concentration in the container shipping industry could decrease the demand for leased containers.

We primarily lease containers to container shipping lines. We believe container shipping lines require two TEUs of available containers for every TEU of capacity on their container ships. Container shipping lines have historically relied on a large number of leased containers to satisfy their needs. Consolidation of major container shipping lines could create efficiencies and decrease the demand that container shipping lines have for leased containers because they may be able to fulfill a larger portion of their needs through their owned container fleets. It could also create concentration of credit risk if the number of our container lessees decreases due to consolidation. Additionally, large container shipping lines with significant resources could choose to manufacture their own containers, which would decrease their demand for leased containers and could have an adverse impact on our business.

Per diem rates for our leased containers may decrease, which would have a negative effect on our business and results of operations.

Per diem rates for our leased containers depend on a large number of factors, including the following:

 

   

the type and length of the lease;

 

   

embedded residual assumptions;

 

   

the type and age of the container;

 

   

the number of new containers available for lease by our competitors;

 

   

the location of the container being leased; and

 

   

the price of new containers.

Because steel is the major component used in the construction of new containers, the price of new containers is highly correlated with the price of raw steel. Container prices and leasing rates increased from 2003 to 2004, and again in the second half of 2006, partially due to an increase in worldwide steel prices, while in the late 1990s, new container prices and per diem rates declined, because of, among other factors, a drop in worldwide steel prices and a shift in container manufacturing from Taiwan and Korea to areas in mainland China with lower labor costs. Container prices and per diem rates may fall again.

In addition, per diem rates may be negatively impacted by the entrance of new leasing companies, overproduction of new containers by manufacturers and over-buying of containers by container shipping lines and leasing competitors. For example, during 2001 and again in 2005, overproduction of new containers, coupled with a build-up of container inventories in Asia by leasing companies and container shipping lines, led to decreasing per diem rates and utilization rates. In the event that the container shipping industry were to be characterized by overcapacity in the future, or if available supply of containers were to increase significantly as a result of, among other factors, new companies entering the business of leasing and selling containers, both utilization and per diem rates may decrease, adversely affecting our revenue and operating results.

A reduction in the willingness of container investors to have us manage their containers could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A significant percentage of our revenue is attributable to management fees earned on services related to the leasing of containers owned by container investors. This revenue has very low direct operating costs associated with it. Accordingly, fluctuations in our management fee revenue in any period will have a significant impact on our profitability in that period. If we fail to meet performance requirements contained in our management agreements, container investors may seek to terminate these agreements. Moreover, our ability to continue to attract new management contracts depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to lease containers on attractive lease terms and to efficiently manage the

 

15


Table of Contents

repositioning and disposition of containers. In the event container investors perceive another container leasing company as better able to provide them with a stable and attractive rate of return, existing contracts may not be renewed, and we may lose management contract opportunities in the future, which could affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, we will be subject to significantly greater ownership risks.

The number of containers in our owned fleet fluctuates over time as we purchase new containers and sell containers to container investors or into the secondary resale market. As part of our strategy, we plan to increase both the number of owned containers as well as the number of managed containers in our fleet. We paid $37.2 million to purchase containers in the three months ended March 31, 2007 and we expect to purchase an aggregate of approximately $150.0 million to $200.0 million of new containers in 2007. We believe we will be able to find container investors to purchase the desired portion of the new containers that we purchase and lease. If we are unable to locate container investors to purchase these containers, we will operate the containers as part of our owned fleet. Ownership of containers entails greater risk than management of containers for container investors, meaning that as we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, we will be subject to an increased level of risk from loss or damage to equipment, financing costs, changes in per diem rates, re-leasing risk, changes in utilization rates, lessee defaults, repositioning costs, storage expenses, impairment charges and changes in sales price upon disposition of containers.

As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet we will have significantly more capital at risk and may not be able to satisfy the future capital requirements of our container management business.

As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, either as a result of planned growth in our owned fleet or as a result of our inability to sell containers to container investors, we may need to maintain higher debt balances which may adversely affect our return on equity and reduce our capital resources, including our ability to borrow money to continue expanding our managed fleet. Future borrowings may not be available under our senior secured credit facility or we may not be able to refinance the facility, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in order to fund our business, expand our sales activities and/or respond to competitive pressures. We may not have access to the capital resources we desire or need to fund our business. These effects, among others, may reduce our profitability and adversely affect our plans to continue the expansion of the container management portion of our business.

Our container lessees prefer newer containers, so to stay competitive we must continually add new containers to our fleet. If we are unable to make necessary capital expenditures, our fleet of containers may be less attractive to our container lessees and our profitability could suffer.

Gains and losses associated with the disposition of used equipment may fluctuate and adversely affect our results of operations.

We regularly sell used, older containers upon lease expiration. The residual values of these containers therefore affect our profitability. The volatility of the residual values of such containers may be significant. These values depend upon, among other factors, raw steel prices, applicable maintenance standards, refurbishment needs, comparable new container costs, used container availability, inflation rates, market conditions, materials and labor costs and equipment obsolescence. Most of these factors are outside of our control.

Containers are typically sold if it is in the best interest of the owner to do so after taking into consideration earnings prospects, book value, remaining useful life, repair condition, suitability for leasing or other uses and the prevailing local sales price for containers. Gains or losses on the disposition of used container equipment and the sales fees earned on the disposition of managed containers will also

 

16


Table of Contents

fluctuate and may be significant if we sell large quantities of used containers. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a discussion of our gains or losses on the disposition of used container equipment.

We may incur significant costs to reposition containers.

When lessees return containers to locations where supply exceeds demand, we routinely reposition containers to higher demand areas. Repositioning expenses vary depending on geographic location, distance, freight rates and other factors, and may not be fully covered by drop-off charges collected from the last lessee of the containers or pick-up charges paid by the new lessee. We seek to limit the number of containers that can be returned and impose surcharges on containers returned to areas where demand for such containers is not expected to be strong. However, market conditions may not enable us to continue such practices. In addition, we may not accurately anticipate which port locations will be characterized by high or low demand in the future, and our current contracts will not protect us from repositioning costs if ports that we expect to be high-demand ports turn out to be low-demand ports at the time leases expire.

Lessee defaults may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition by decreasing revenue and increasing storage, repositioning, collection and recovery expenses.

Our containers are leased to numerous container lessees. Lessees are required to pay rent and indemnify us for damage to or loss of containers. Lessees may default in paying rent and performing other obligations under their leases. A delay or diminution in amounts received under the leases (including leases on our managed containers), or a default in the performance of maintenance or other lessee obligations under the leases could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make payments on our debt.

Our cash flows from containers, principally container rental revenue, management fee revenue, gain on sale of container portfolios, gain on disposition of used equipment and commissions earned on the sale of containers on behalf of container investors, are affected significantly by the ability to collect payments under leases and the ability to replace cash flows from terminating leases by re-leasing or selling containers on favorable terms. All of these factors are subject to external economic conditions and the performance by lessees and service providers that are not within our control.

When lessees default, we may fail to recover all of our containers and the containers we do recover may be returned to locations where we will not be able to quickly re-lease or sell them on commercially acceptable terms. We may have to reposition these containers to other places where we can re-lease or sell them, which could be expensive depending on the locations and distances involved. Following repositioning, we may need to repair the containers and pay container depots for storage until the containers are re-leased. For our owned containers these costs will directly reduce our income before taxes and for our managed containers, lessee defaults will increase operating expenses, and thus reduce our management fee revenue. While we maintain insurance to cover such defaults, it is subject to large deductible amounts and significant exclusions and, therefore, may not be sufficient to prevent us from suffering material losses. Additionally, this insurance might not be available to us in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all. While in recent years defaults by lessees on our owned fleet, as measured by our experience and reflected on our financial statements as an allowance for doubtful accounts, have not constituted a significant percentage of our assets, future defaults could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in market price, availability or transportation costs of containers could adversely affect our ability to maintain our supply of containers.

We currently purchase almost all of our containers from manufacturers based in China. If it were to become more expensive for us to procure containers in China or to transport these containers at a low cost from China to the locations where they are needed by our container lessees because of changes in

 

17


Table of Contents

exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and Chinese Yuan, further consolidation among container suppliers, increased tariffs imposed by the United States or other governments or for any other reason, we may have to seek alternative sources of supply. While we are not currently dependent on any single current manufacturer of our containers, we may not be able to make alternative arrangements quickly enough to meet our container needs, and the alternative arrangements may increase our costs. The availability of containers depends significantly on the availability and cost of steel in China. If a shortage of steel develops either in China or worldwide, container manufacturers may not be able to meet our demand for new containers which would limit our ability to add new containers to our fleet.

Terrorist attacks, the threat of such attacks or the outbreak of war and hostilities could negatively impact our operations and profitability and may expose us to liability.

Terrorist attacks and the threat of such attacks have contributed to economic instability in the United States and elsewhere, and further acts or threats of terrorism, violence, war or hostilities could similarly affect world trade and the industries in which we and our container lessees operate. For example, worldwide containerized trade dramatically decreased in the immediate aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the United States, which affected demand for leased containers. In addition, terrorist attacks, threats of terrorism, violence, war or hostilities may directly impact ports, depots, our facilities or those of our suppliers or container lessees and could impact our sales and our supply chain. A severe disruption to the worldwide ports system and flow of goods could result in a reduction in the level of international trade and lower demand for our containers.

We maintain liability insurance that we believe would apply to claims arising from a terrorist attack, and our lease agreements require our lessees to indemnify us for all costs, liabilities and expenses arising out of the use of our containers, including property damage to the containers, damage to third-party property and personal injury. However, our lessees may not have adequate resources to honor their indemnity obligations and our insurance coverage is subject to large deductibles, a $15.0 million limit on coverage and significant exclusions. Accordingly, we may not be protected from liability (and expenses in defending against claims of liability) arising from a terrorist attack.

Our senior executives are critical to the success of our business and our inability to retain them or recruit new personnel could adversely affect our business.

Most of our senior executives and other management-level employees have over ten years of industry experience. We rely on this knowledge and experience in our strategic planning and in our day-to-day business operations. Our success depends in large part upon our ability to retain our senior management, the loss of one or more of whom could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our success also depends on our ability to retain our experienced sales force and technical personnel as well as recruiting new skilled sales, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for these individuals in our industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel, our business and our ability to obtain new container lessees and provide acceptable levels of customer service could suffer. With the exception of Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa, our Executive Chairman, Mr. Masaaki (John) Nishibori, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Victor Garcia, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, we do not have employment agreements with any of our employees.

We rely on our proprietary information technology system to conduct our business. If this system fails to adequately perform its functions, or if we experience an interruption in its operation, our business, results of operations and financial prospects could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business is highly dependent on our proprietary information technology system. We rely on our system to track transactions, such as repair and depot charges and changes to book value, and movements associated with each of our owned or managed containers. We use the information provided by this system in our day-to-day business decisions in order to effectively manage

 

18


Table of Contents

our lease portfolio and improve customer service. We also rely on it for the accurate tracking of the performance of our managed fleet for each container investor. The failure of our system to perform as we expect could disrupt our business, adversely affect our results of operations and cause our relationships with lessees and container investors to suffer. In addition, our information technology system is vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power loss and computer systems failures and viruses. Any such interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial prospects.

Our level of indebtedness reduces our financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.

We intend to borrow additional amounts under our senior secured credit facility to purchase containers and expect that we will maintain a significant amount of indebtedness on an ongoing basis. All of our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility are due and payable on September 30, 2010, and there is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our outstanding indebtedness, or if refinancing is available, that it can be obtained on terms that we can afford.

Our senior secured credit facility requires us to pay a variable rate of interest, which will increase or decrease based on variations in certain financial indexes, and fluctuations in interest rates can significantly decrease our profits. We have purchased no hedge or similar contracts that would protect us against changes in interest rates.

The amount of our indebtedness could have important consequences for you, including the following:

 

   

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, future business opportunities and other purposes;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations, and any failure to comply with such obligations, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness, which could lead to, among other things, an acceleration of our indebtedness or foreclosure on the assets securing our indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition;

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds, or to sell assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes; and

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in interest rates.

As of March 31, 2007, our total debt was approximately $156.3 million. We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service and repay our debt and related obligations and have sufficient funds left over to achieve or sustain profitability in our operations, meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs or compete successfully in our industry.

We will require a significant amount of cash to service and repay our outstanding indebtedness and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and repay our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. We intend to repay a portion of our indebtedness using proceeds from this offering. The amount of our net interest expense for Adjusted 2006 assumes the repayment of the $77.5 million of debt incurred in connection with our repurchase of common stock from Interpool with the net proceeds of this offering. Assuming the number of shares

 

19


Table of Contents

offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would decrease (increase) net interest expense for Adjusted 2006 by approximately $400,000. For a description of “Adjusted 2006” see “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.” It is possible that:

 

   

our business will not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service and repay our debt and to fund working capital requirements and planned capital expenditures;

 

   

future borrowings will not be available under our current or future credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to refinance our debt; or

 

   

we will not be able to refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our senior secured credit facility imposes, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose, significant operating, financial and other restrictions on us and our subsidiaries.

Restrictions imposed by our senior secured credit facility will limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our stock;

 

   

enter into new lines of business;

 

   

issue capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

make loans and certain types of investments;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with stockholders and affiliates; and

 

   

restrict dividends, distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries.

These restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs and pursue available business opportunities. A breach of any of these restrictions, including breach of financial covenants, could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the relevant lenders could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness, which will constitute substantially all of our container assets.

We face extensive competition in the container leasing industry.

We may be unable to compete favorably in the highly competitive container leasing and container management businesses. We compete with a relatively small number of major leasing companies, many smaller lessors, manufacturers of container equipment, companies and financial institutions offering finance leases, promoters of container ownership and leasing as a tax-efficient investment, container shipping lines, which sometimes lease their excess container stocks, and suppliers of alternative types of containers for freight transport. Some of these competitors have greater financial resources and access to capital than we do. Additionally, some of these competitors may have large, underutilized inventories of containers, which could lead to significant downward pressure on per diem rates, margins and prices of containers.

Competition among container leasing companies depends upon many factors, including, among others, per diem rates; lease terms, including lease duration, drop-off restrictions and repair provisions; customer service; and the location, availability, quality and individual characteristics of containers. New entrants into the leasing business have been attracted by the high rate of containerized trade growth in recent

 

20


Table of Contents

years. New entrants may be willing to offer pricing or other terms that we are unwilling or unable to match. As a result, we may not be able to maintain a high utilization rate or achieve our growth plans.

The international nature of the container industry exposes us to numerous risks.

Our ability to enforce lessees’ obligations will be subject to applicable law in the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. As containers are predominantly located on international waterways, it is not possible to predict, with any degree of certainty, the jurisdictions in which enforcement proceedings may be commenced. For example, repossession from defaulting lessees may be difficult and more expensive in jurisdictions in which laws do not confer the same security interests and rights to creditors and lessors as those in the United States and in jurisdictions where recovery of containers from defaulting lessees is more cumbersome. As a result, the relative success and expedience of enforcement proceedings with respect to containers in various jurisdictions cannot be predicted.

We are also subject to risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact our business. These risks include:

 

   

regional or local economic downturns;

 

   

changes in governmental policy or regulation;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of the country;

 

   

import and export duties and quotas;

 

   

domestic and foreign customs and tariffs;

 

   

international incidents;

 

   

war, hostilities and terrorist attacks, or the threat of any of these events;

 

   

government instability;

 

   

nationalization of foreign assets;

 

   

government protectionism;

 

   

compliance with export controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Commerce;

 

   

compliance with import procedures and controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security;

 

   

consequences from changes in tax laws, including tax laws pertaining to the container investors;

 

   

potential liabilities relating to foreign withholding taxes;

 

   

labor or other disruptions at key ports;

 

   

difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations; and

 

   

restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in these jurisdictions.

One or more of these factors could impair our current or future international operations and, as a result, harm our overall business.

We may incur costs associated with new security regulations, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to regulations promulgated in various countries, including the United States, seeking to protect the integrity of international commerce and prevent the use of containers for international

 

21


Table of Contents

terrorism or other illicit activities. For example, the Container Security Initiative, the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism and Operation Safe Commerce are among the programs administered by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that are designed to enhance security for cargo moving throughout the international transportation system by identifying existing vulnerabilities in the supply chain and developing improved methods for ensuring the security of containerized cargo entering and leaving the United States. Moreover, the International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972 (CSC), as amended, adopted by the International Maritime Organization, applies to new and existing containers and seeks to maintain a high level of safety of human life in the transport and handling of containers by providing uniform international safety regulations. As these regulations develop and change, we may incur compliance costs due to the acquisition of new, compliant containers and/or the adaptation of existing containers to meet new requirements imposed by such regulations. Additionally, certain companies are currently developing or may in the future develop products designed to enhance the security of containers transported in international commerce. Regardless of the existence of current or future government regulations mandating the safety standards of intermodal shipping containers, our competitors may adopt such products or our container lessees may require that we adopt such products. In responding to such market pressures, we may incur increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental liability may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants to air, ground and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and costs arising out of third-party claims for property or natural resource damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations in connection with our or our lessees’ current or historical operations. Under some environmental laws in the United States and certain other countries, the owner or operator of a container may be liable for environmental damage, cleanup or other costs in the event of a spill or discharge of material from the container without regard to the fault of the owner or operator. While we typically maintain liability insurance and typically require lessees to provide us with indemnity against certain losses, the insurance coverage may not be sufficient, or available, to protect against any or all liabilities and such indemnities may not be sufficient to protect us against losses arising from environmental damage. Moreover, our lessees may not have adequate resources, or may refuse to honor their indemnity obligations and our insurance coverage is subject to large deductibles, coverage limits and significant exclusions.

We may face litigation involving our management of containers for container investors.

We manage containers for container investors under management agreements that are negotiated with each container investor. We make no assurances to container investors that they will make any amount of profit on their investment or that our management activities will result in any particular level of income or return of their initial capital. We believe that as the number of containers that we manage for container investors increases, there is a possibility that we may be drawn into litigation relating to the investments. Although our management agreements contain contractual protections and indemnities that are designed to limit our exposure to such litigation, such provisions may not be effective and we may be subject to a significant loss in a successful litigation by a container investor.

Certain liens may arise on our containers.

Depot operators, repairmen and transporters may come into possession of our containers from time to time and have sums due to them from the lessees or sublessees of the containers. In the event of nonpayment of those charges by the lessees or sublessees, we may be delayed in, or entirely barred from, repossessing the containers, or be required to make payments or incur expenses to discharge liens on our containers.

 

22


Table of Contents

We may choose to pursue acquisitions or joint ventures that could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs.

We may pursue acquisitions and joint ventures. Acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:

 

   

potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;

   

difficulty integrating personnel and financial and other systems;

 

   

hiring additional management and other critical personnel; and

 

   

increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in the integration of acquired businesses. Also, the presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to us at the time of acquisition may have a material adverse effect on our business. Acquisitions or joint ventures may not be successful, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions or joint ventures.

In the future, we may be required to pay personal holding company taxes, which would have an adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

The Internal Revenue Code requires any company that qualifies as a “personal holding company” to pay personal holding company taxes in addition to regular income taxes. A company qualifies as a personal holding company if (1) more than 50.0% of the value of the company’s stock is held by five or fewer individuals and (2) at least 60.0% of the company’s adjusted ordinary gross income constitutes personal holding company income, which, in our case, includes adjusted income from the lease of our containers. If we or any of our subsidiaries are a personal holding company, our undistributed personal holding company income, which is generally taxable income with certain adjustments, including a deduction for federal income taxes and dividends paid, will be taxed at a rate of 15.0%. Based upon our operating results, we were not classified as a personal holding company for the year ended December 31, 2006. Whether or not we or any of our subsidiaries are classified as personal holding companies for the year ending December 31, 2007 or in future years will depend upon the amount of our personal holding company income and the percentage of our outstanding common stock that will be beneficially owned after this offering by Hiromitsu Ogawa, who beneficially owned 78.6% of our common stock as of March 31, 2007 after giving effect to the conversion of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock. At some point in the future we could become liable for personal holding company taxes. The payment of personal holding company taxes in the future would have an adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to This Offering

An active market for our common stock may not develop, which may inhibit the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active or liquid trading market in our common stock may not develop upon completion of this offering, or if it does develop, it may not continue. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your stock at the time you wish to sell it or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value and increase the volatility of our common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our stock as consideration.

 

23


Table of Contents

The price of our common stock may be highly volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance.

The initial public offering price for the common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between Piper Jaffray & Co., on behalf of the underwriters, and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering and the market price may not equal or exceed the initial public offering price. See “Underwriting” for a discussion of the factors that we and the underwriters will consider in determining the initial public offering price. The trading price of our common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock may include:

 

   

variations in our financial results;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or investment recommendations by any securities analysts following our business;

 

   

the public’s response to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

future sales of common stock by us or our directors, officers or significant stockholders or the perception such sales may occur;

 

   

our ability to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts’ projections;

 

   

the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to us;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

our ability to timely address changing container lessee preferences;

 

   

container market and industry factors;

 

   

general stock market conditions; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events.

In addition, if the market for companies deemed similar to us or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business or financial results. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us.

The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is significantly greater than the net tangible book value of our common stock, which means you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value of $3.38 per share. As a result, investors purchasing stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $11.62 per share of common stock purchased. An aggregate gain in net tangible book value of approximately $ 5.22 per share will be attributable to our current stockholders as a result of this offering. If we choose to raise funds in the future through the issuance of equity securities or convertible debt securities, if outstanding options are exercised or if we grant stock awards, you will experience additional dilution of your percentage ownership of our company. This dilution may be substantial. In addition, these securities may have powers, preferences and rights that are senior to the holders of our common stock and may further limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

24


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception that such future sales may occur, may cause our stock price to decline and impair our ability to obtain capital through future stock offerings.

A substantial number of shares of our common stock held by our current stockholders could be sold into the public market after this offering. The occurrence of such sales, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect our stock price and could impair our ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. The shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except for any shares acquired by our affiliates.

In connection with this offering, our directors, officers and stockholders have either entered into or have agreed to enter into written lock-up agreements providing that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, among other things, sell their shares without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements” for more information regarding these lock-up agreements. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, upon the expiration of the lock-up period, an additional 11,345,796 shares of our common stock will be tradable in the public market subject, in most cases, to volume and other restrictions under federal securities laws. This includes 36,876 shares of restricted stock that we intend to grant upon the pricing of this offering. In addition, upon completion of this offering, options exercisable for an aggregate of 546,120 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. We have entered into agreements with the holders of 10,584,000 shares of our common stock under which, subject to the applicable lock-up agreements, we may be required to register future sales of these shares.

We do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our senior secured credit facility includes restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. Agreements governing future indebtedness will likely contain similar restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they change their financial estimates or investment recommendation, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common shares will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control or influence the decisions or opinions of these analysts and analysts may not cover us.

If any analyst who covers us changes his or her financial estimates or investment recommendation, the price of our stock could decline. If any analyst ceases coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Our founder, Hiromitsu Ogawa, will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could act in a manner with which other stockholders may disagree or that is not necessarily in the interests of other stockholders.

After this offering, Mr. Ogawa will beneficially own approximately 52.0% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, he may have the ability to determine the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, he may have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Mr. Ogawa may have interests that are different from yours. For example, he may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. The concentration of ownership could delay or prevent a change in control of us or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce the price of our

 

25


Table of Contents

common stock. In addition, as our Executive Chairman, Mr. Ogawa will influence decisions to maintain our existing management and directors in office, delay or prevent changes of control of our company, or support or reject other management and board proposals that are subject to stockholder approval, such as amendments to our employee stock plans and approvals of significant financing transactions.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage a third party from acquiring us and consequently decrease the market value of an investment in our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware corporate law each contain provisions that could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

authorize us to issue preferred stock that can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of our common stock;

 

   

permit removal of directors only for cause by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the election of directors and allow only the directors to fill a vacancy on the board of directors;

 

   

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting;

 

   

classify our board of directors into three classes so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year; and

 

   

allow our directors to amend our bylaws.

These provisions could discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions, which may prevent a change of control or changes in our management that a stockholder might consider favorable. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of us. Any delay or prevention of a change in control or change in management that stockholders might otherwise consider to be favorable could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Implementation of required public-company corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies will increase our costs, and we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner.

The Securities and Exchange Commission, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), adopted rules which will require us to include in our annual reports on Form 10-K an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent auditors must attest to and report on the effectiveness of such internal controls over financial reporting. Our management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements that will be applicable to us as a public company. If we are not able to implement the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent auditors may not be able to attest as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This result may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, and could lead to a

 

26


Table of Contents

negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. We could also suffer a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements if we disclose material weaknesses in our internal controls. In addition, if we fail to develop and maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner or otherwise comply with the standards applicable to us as a public company. Any failure by us to timely provide the required financial information could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and the market value of our stock.

We were previously a consolidated subsidiary of Interpool, and as such had previously implemented certain procedures to meet the standards applicable to public companies. Although we have taken a number of steps to implement effective controls and procedures, certain internal control deficiencies existed as of December 31, 2005 which constituted “material weaknesses” as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Certain complex transactions had not been accounted for properly in accordance with GAAP due to a lack of personnel with sufficient technical expertise. Although we believe that with the addition of our current Chief Financial Officer and additional accounting personnel we have corrected these “material weaknesses” in our controls and procedures and that as of December 31, 2006, there were no “material weaknesses” in our controls and procedures, it is possible that “material weaknesses” in our controls and procedures could develop in the future that could adversely impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results.

 

27


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, principally in the sections entitled “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry” and “Business.” Generally, you can identify these statements because they include words and phrases like “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “believe,” “think,” “plan,” “will,” “should,” “intend,” “seek,” “potential” and similar expressions and variations. These statements are only predictions. Although we do not make forward-looking statements unless we believe we have a reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their accuracy, and actual results may differ materially from those we anticipated due to a number of uncertainties, many of which cannot be foreseen. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements for many reasons, including, among others, the risks we face that are described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We believe it is important to communicate our expectations to our investors. There may be events in the future, however, that we are unable to predict accurately or over which we have no control. The risk factors listed on the previous pages, as well as any cautionary language in this prospectus, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in the previous risk factors and elsewhere in this prospectus could negatively impact our business, cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

Forward-looking statements regarding our present plans or expectations for fleet size, management contracts, container purchases, sources and availability of financing, and growth involve risks and uncertainties relative to return expectations and related allocation of resources, and changing economic or competitive conditions, as well as the negotiation of agreements with container investors, which could cause actual results to differ from present plans or expectations, and such differences could be material. Similarly, forward-looking statements regarding our present expectations for operating results and cash flow involve risks and uncertainties relative to factors such as utilization rates, per diem rates, container prices, demand for containers by container shipping lines, supply and other factors discussed under “Risk Factors” or elsewhere in this prospectus, which also would cause actual results to differ from present plans. Such differences could be material.

All future written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and we cannot predict those events or how they may affect us. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus as a result of new information, future events or developments, except as required by federal securities laws. You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Industry data and other statistical information used in this prospectus are based on independent publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates, derived from our review of internal surveys and the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information.

 

28


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $78.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $5.4 million (assuming the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus remains the same).

On October 1, 2006, we repurchased 50.0% of our then-outstanding common stock from Interpool. In connection with this transaction, we incurred $80.5 million of indebtedness, $37.5 million of which was pursuant to a convertible subordinated note we issued to Interpool and the remainder of which was pursuant to borrowings under the revolving line of credit portion of our senior secured credit facility. Of this indebtedness, $77.5 million of the indebtedness was incurred to pay the purchase price for the common stock and $3.0 million was used to repay a subordinated note we had previously issued to Interpool.

We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering in the following manner:

 

   

approximately $37.5 million to repay the convertible subordinated note issued to Interpool;

 

   

approximately $17.5 million to repay the outstanding term loan under our senior secured credit facility; and

 

   

the remainder to repay a portion of the amount outstanding under the revolving line of credit under our senior secured credit facility.

The $37.5 million note issued to Interpool bears interest at a rate of 7.87% per year for the first six months. Thereafter, the interest rate will increase by 1.00% for each six-month period that the principal amount of such note remains outstanding. The convertible subordinated note is due and payable on October 30, 2010. For additional information on this note, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.”

We borrowed $20.0 million under the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility on October 2, 2006 to pay part of the cash portion of the purchase price payable to Interpool in connection with our repurchase of all of our common stock held by Interpool and our repayment of the remaining principal and interest on a subordinated note we had previously issued to Interpool. The term loan bears interest at variable rates based on the Eurodollar rate or a base rate described in our senior secured credit facility plus a margin that changes depending on certain financial criteria. The term loan is due and payable on September 30, 2010. As of March 31, 2007, the interest rate on the term loan was 7.57%.

In addition, we borrowed $23.0 million under the revolving line of credit portion of our senior secured credit facility on October 2, 2006 to pay part of the cash portion of the purchase price payable to Interpool in connection with our repurchase of all of our common stock held by Interpool. The revolving line of credit bears interest at variable rates based on the Eurodollar rate or a base rate described in our senior secured credit facility plus a margin that changes depending on certain financial criteria. The amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit are due and payable on September 30, 2010. As of March 31, 2007, the interest rate on the amount outstanding under the revolving line of credit was 7.32%.

 

29


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. We therefore do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our future decisions concerning the payment of dividends on our common stock will depend upon the results of our operations, our financial condition and our capital expenditure plans, as well as any other factors that our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may consider relevant. In addition, our existing indebtedness restricts, and our future indebtedness may restrict, our ability to pay dividends.

 

30


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the following information with respect to our capitalization as of March 31, 2007:

 

   

our actual capitalization as of March 31, 2007;

 

   

adjustments to give effect to the following events (collectively referred to as the “Conversion of Preferred Stock”), all of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such events had occurred on March 31, 2007:

   

conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into 724,920 shares of common stock;

 

   

payment of all accrued dividends on the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

receipt of the repayment of the promissory notes (including all accrued and unpaid interest) issued to certain executive officers in connection with their purchase of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

adjustments to give effect to the following events related to this offering (collectively referred to as the “Offering”) as if such events had occurred on March 31, 2007:

 

   

the sale by us of 5,800,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

   

receipt of our estimated net proceeds from this offering of $78.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

   

application of our estimated net proceeds of this offering to repay certain indebtedness as set forth in “Use of Proceeds;”

 

   

an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to increase our authorized preferred stock to 5,000,000 shares; and

 

   

on a pro forma, as adjusted, basis to reflect all of the foregoing adjustments.

 

31


Table of Contents

You should read this table together with the discussion under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2007
     Actual   Adjustments for
Conversion
of Preferred
Stock
    Adjustments
for the
Offering
    Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
    

(in thousands)

         (unaudited)      

Debt:

        

Revolving line of credit (1)

   $ 101,000     (23,600 )   $ 77,400

Term loan

     17,500     (17,500 )     —  

Capital lease obligations

     292         292

Convertible subordinated note payable

     37,500     (37,500 )     —  
                

Total debt (1)

     156,292         77,692

Cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

     10,472   (10,472 )       —  

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Common stock (2)

     1,260   10,472     78,600       90,332

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     103         103

Retained earnings

     24,440   (219 )       24,221
                

Total stockholders’ equity (1)

     25,803         114,656
                

Total capitalization

   $ 192,567       $ 192,348
                

(1)

Assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would decrease (increase) long-term debt and total liabilities and increase (decrease) stockholders’ equity by $5.4 million.

(2)

The following table summarizes our authorized and outstanding common and preferred stock on an actual basis, adjusted for the Conversion of Preferred Stock, adjusted for the Offering and on a pro forma, as adjusted basis.

 

     Actual   Adjusted for
Conversion
of Preferred
Stock
  Adjusted
for the
Offering
  Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
     (in thousands)

Series A 10.5% cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value

        

Shares authorized

   725   725   —     —  

Shares outstanding

   725   —     —     —  

Undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001

        

Shares authorized

   —     —     5,000   5,000

Shares outstanding

   —     —     —     —  

Common stock, par value $0.0001

        

Shares authorized

   84,000   84,000   84,000   84,000

Shares outstanding

   10,584   11,309   17,109   17,109

 

32


Table of Contents

The foregoing table:

 

   

includes the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into 724,920 shares of common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the decrease in our authorized number of shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock to 724,920 shares;

 

   

excludes 36,876 shares of common stock subject to restricted stock grants under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan that we intend to grant upon the pricing of this offering;

 

   

excludes 546,120 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options with an exercise price equal to the public offering price in this offering which we intend to grant upon the pricing of this offering; and

 

   

excludes 138,984 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

33


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering after giving retroactive effect to the events set forth below. The pro forma financial information set forth below reflects the receipt of net proceeds of $78.6 million from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and the application of the net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.”

After giving effect to the offering and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2007 would have been $57.8 million, or approximately $3.38 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $5.22 per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $11.62 per share to new investors. Our operating results for the year ended March 31, 2007 on a pro forma, as adjusted basis are included in “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.” The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Initial public offering price

     $ 15.00

Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007

   $ (1.84 )  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     5.22    
          

Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering

       3.38
        

Dilution to new investors

     $ 11.62
        

The following table presents as of March 31, 2007, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

    

Shares Purchased

    Total Consideration     Average
Price per
Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

   11,308,920    66.1 %   $ 2,335,515    2.6 %   $ 0.21

New investors

   5,800,000    33.9 %     87,000,000    97.4 %     15.00
                          

Total

   17,108,920    100.0 %   $ 89,335,515    100.0 %  
                          

The foregoing tables and calculations:

 

   

include the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into 724,920 shares of common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

exclude 36,876 shares of restricted stock that we intend to grant under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan upon the pricing of this offering; and

 

   

exclude 546,120 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan that we intend to grant upon the pricing of this offering with an exercise price equal to the public offering price in this offering;

 

   

exclude 138,984 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

34


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 and the selected financial data presented below under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of March 31, 2007 are unaudited and have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, all unaudited selected financial data presented below under the headings “Statement of Income Data” and “Balance Sheet Data” reflect all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly our results for and as of the periods presented. The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We adopted FSP AUG AIR-1 effective January 1, 2007. As a result, we have retroactively adjusted our consolidated financial statements to reflect the direct expense method of accounting for maintenance, a method permitted under this Staff Position. The impact of the application of FSP AUG AIR-1 to our storage and handling expense was a $47,000 increase in the three months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $179,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, increases of $421,000 and $511,000 for 2005 and 2004, respectively, and decreases of $778,000 and $481,000 for 2003 and 2002, respectively. The operating data presented below under the heading “Selected Operating Data” are not audited. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected in future periods. You should read the selected consolidated financial data and operating data presented below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

35


Table of Contents
      Predecessor         Successor     Predecessor         Successor  
      Year Ended December 31,    

Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

       

Three
Months
Ended
December 31,

    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
        Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
 
      2002     2003     2004     2005     2006         2006     2006         2007  
     

(in thousands, except per share data)

   

(unaudited)

 

Statement of Income Data:

                               

Revenue

                               

Container rental revenue

  $ 38,514     $ 39,729     $ 45,855     $ 39,614     $ 24,228       $ 9,383     $ 8,062       $ 7,880  

Management fee revenue

    4,868       4,872       6,809       11,230       8,530         3,569       2,574         3,419  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

    5,102       3,289       13,420       9,913       8,365         5,392       1,932         2,895  

Finance lease income

    378       194       602       829       927         267       307         319  
                                                                     

Total revenue

    48,862       48,084       66,686       61,586       42,050         18,611       12,875         14,513  

Operating Expenses

                               

Depreciation of container rental equipment

    15,809       15,359       15,545       14,764       9,653         2,360       3,367         1,690  

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         —         —         —         —           307       —           308  

Impairment of container rental equipment

    4,231       989       275       572       270         81       237         119  

Loss (gain) on disposition of used container equipment

    145       (319 )     (718 )     (1,166 )     (804 )       (747 )     (147 )       (1,005 )

Equipment rental expense

    10,759       10,787       10,636       6,875       1,187         395       396         395  

Storage, handling and other expenses

    10,694       8,265       6,164       3,853       2,411         779       667         671  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

    6,712       9,317       11,783       12,551       8,967         3,389       3,349         3,302  
                                                                     

Total operating expenses

    48,350       44,398       43,685       37,449       21,684         6,564       7,869         5,480  
                                                                     

Operating income

    512       3,686       23,001       24,137       20,366         12,047       5,006         9,033  

Net interest expense

    8,430       7,350       7,623       7,771       4,146         3,695       1,596         3,230  
                                                                     

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (7,918 )     (3,664 )     15,378       16,366       16,220         8,352       3,410         5,803  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (2,600 )     (1,015 )     6,149       6,377       5,856         3,119       1,231         2,191  
                                                                     

Net income (loss)

    (5,318 )     (2,649 )     9,229       9,989       10,364         5,233       2,179         3,612  

(Accretion) decretion of preferred stock

    —         (476 )     (641 )     (713 )     1,464         (6 )     488         (5,572 )
                                                                     

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ (5,318 )   $ (3,125 )   $ 8,588     $ 9,276     $ 11,828       $ 5,227     $ 2,667       $ (1,960 )
                                                                     

 

footnotes on page 38

 

36


Table of Contents
      Predecessor       Successor    Predecessor       Successor  
      Year Ended December 31,  

Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,

     

Three
Months
Ended
December 31,

   Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
      Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
 
      2002     2003     2004   2005   2006       2006    2006       2007  
            (in thousands, except per share data)            (unaudited)  
                                                  

Net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders

                          

Basic

  $ (0.25 )   $(0.15 )   $0.41   $0.44   $0.56     $0.49    $0.13     $(0.19 )

Diluted

    (0.25 )   (0.15 )   0.41   0.44   0.48     0.36    0.10     (0.19 )

Weighted-average shares outstanding

                          

Basic

    21,168     21,168     21,168   21,168   21,168     10,584    21,168     10,584  

Diluted

    21,168     21,168     21,168   21,168   21,735     16,270    21,772     10,584  
   

Other Financial Data:

                          

EBITDA (unaudited) (1)

    $16,487     $19,173     $38,644   $38,996   $30,094     $14,746    $8,398     $11,066  

Purchase of containers

    31,814     60,699     125,732   127,288   89,366     45,843    10,754     37,215  

Net proceeds from sale of container portfolios

    38,705     37,373     119,224   102,097   67,912     49,252    17,018     24,908  

 

footnotes on following page

 

37


Table of Contents
      Predecessor          Successor  
      As of December 31,         

As of
December 31,

    As of
March 31,
 
      2002     2003     2004     2005          2006     2007  
            (dollars in thousands)               

(unaudited)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

                    

Cash

  $ 4,618     $ 3,341     $ 5,532     $ 7,573        $ 20,359     $ 7,775  

Container rental equipment, net

    141,491       160,893       141,127       134,563          161,353       171,144  

Net investment in direct finance leases

    2,042       1,150       3,750       7,269          6,577       8,413  

Total assets

    174,453       193,098       181,958       180,661          283,000       283,757  

Long-term debt

    107,650       120,650       98,650       81,711          153,806       156,292  

Total liabilities

    155,958       176,321       154,289       141,308          250,345       247,482  

Cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock

    237       1,600       3,847       6,358          4,900       10,472  

Total stockholders’ equity

    18,258       15,178       23,822       32,995          27,755       25,803  
 

Selected Operating Data (unaudited):

 

                  

Managed fleet in TEUs (2)

    268,075       307,056       416,254       456,076          483,333       511,000  

Owned fleet in TEUs (2)

    207,625       228,353       171,790       141,653          185,645       172,853  
                                                    

Total

    475,700       535,409       588,044       597,729          668,978       683,853  
                                                    

Percentage of on-lease fleet on long-term leases

    50.2 %     60.0 %     57.7 %     64.7 %        65.3 %     70.5 %

Percentage of on-lease fleet on short-term leases

    48.9       38.7       41.2       33.5          32.8       27.6  

Percentage of on-lease fleet on finance leases

    0.9       1.3       1.1       1.8          1.9       1.9  
                                                    

Total

    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %        100.0 %     100.0 %
                                                    
      Year Ended December 31,    

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2007

 
      2002     2003     2004     2005          2006    
      (unaudited)             

Utilization rate (3)

    73.8 %     81.6 %     89.8 %     90.7 %        90.6 %     92.4 %

(1)

EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe EBITDA is helpful in understanding our past financial performance as a supplement to net income (loss) and other performance measures calculated in conformity with GAAP. Our management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because it provides a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and ages of related assets among otherwise comparable companies in our industry. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for any measure reported under GAAP. EBITDA’s usefulness as a performance measure as compared to net income is limited by the fact that EBITDA excludes the impact of interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense and taxes. We borrow money in order to finance our operations; therefore, interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate revenue. Similarly, our use of capital assets makes depreciation and amortization expense a necessary

 

footnotes continued on following page

 

38


Table of Contents
 

element of our costs and ability to generate income. In addition, since we are subject to state and federal income taxes, any measure that excludes tax expense has material limitations. Moreover, EBITDA is not calculated identically by all companies; therefore our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Due to these limitations, we use EBITDA as a measure of our performance only in conjunction with GAAP measures such as net income. The following table provides a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income, the most comparable performance measure under GAAP:

 

      Predecessor         Successor       

Predecessor

      Successor
     

Year Ended December 31,

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006

        Three Months Ended
           

December 31,

2006

       March 31,
2006
      March 31,
2007
      2002     2003     2004   2005               
      (in thousands)
      (unaudited)

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,318 )   $ (2,649 )   $ 9,229   $ 9,989   $ 10,36 4     $ 5,233      $ 2,179     $ 3,612

Add:

                              

Net interest expense

    8,430       7,350       7,623     7,771     4,146         3,695        1,596       3,230

Depreciation

    15,975       15,487       15,643     14,859     9,728         2,392        3,392       1,725

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         —         —       —       —           307        —         308

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (2,600 )     (1,015 )     6,149     6,377     5,856         3,119        1,231       2,191
                                                              

EBITDA

  $ 16,487     $ 19,173     $ 38,644   $ 38,996   $ 30,094       $ 14,746      $ 8,398     $ 11,066
                                                              

 

(2)

Reflects the total number of TEUs included in our managed or owned fleet, as applicable, as of the end of the period indicated, including units held for sale and units held at the manufacturer that we have purchased.

(3)

Reflects the average number of TEUs in our fleet on lease as a percentage of total TEUs available for lease. In calculating TEUs available for lease, we exclude units held for sale and units held at the manufacturer that we have purchased. The utilization rate for a period is calculated by averaging the utilization rates at the end of each calendar month during the period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a discussion of the calculation of our utilization rate.

 

39


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma financial information has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2006 gives pro forma effect to the following items as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006: (1) our repurchase of Interpool’s 50.0% interest in our common stock; (2) repayment of a subordinated note we had previously issued to Interpool; (3) termination of a warrant to purchase our common stock held by Interpool; (4) issuance by us of a convertible subordinated note to Interpool for a principal amount of $37.5 million; (5) our borrowing of $20.0 million under the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility and $23.0 million under the revolving line of credit portion of such facility ((1) to (5) collectively, the “Interpool Transaction”); (6) the Conversion of Preferred Stock; and (7) the Offering. The pro forma statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2007 gives pro forma effect to the following items as if they had occurred on January 1, 2007 and the pro forma balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 gives pro forma effect to the following items as if they had occurred on such date: (1) the Conversion of Preferred Stock; and (2) the Offering.

In connection with the Interpool Transaction we have applied pushdown accounting in accordance with SAB No. 54 and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with SFAS No. 141, which requires fair value adjustments to the historical bases in our assets and liabilities. Accordingly, we conducted a valuation of our assets and liabilities as of October 1, 2006.

The pro forma adjustments for the Interpool Transaction reflect 50.0% of the book value of our identifiable net assets as of September 30, 2006 (in proportion to Mr. Ogawa’s beneficial ownership of our common stock prior to the Interpool Transaction) and 50.0% of the fair value of our identifiable net assets as of October 1, 2006 (in proportion to the change in Mr. Ogawa’s beneficial ownership of our common stock as a result of the Interpool Transaction). These pro forma adjustments are based on our valuation of our tangible and intangible assets and upon assumptions that our management believes to be reasonable.

The unaudited pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had the Interpool Transaction, the Conversion of Preferred Stock and the Offering been completed on the date indicated and does not purport to be indicative of results of operations as of any future dates or for any future period. The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The primary pro forma effects of the application of SAB No. 54 and SFAS No. 141 are as follows:

 

   

a pro forma increase in the net value of container rental equipment of $334,000, resulting in a pro forma increase in annual depreciation expense of $32,000;

 

   

a pro forma recognition of $7.4 million of intangible assets, resulting in the pro forma recognition of annual amortization expense of $1.2 million;

 

   

a pro forma increase in outstanding indebtedness of $77.5 million, resulting in a pro forma increase in annual interest expense of $7.3 million. We intend to repay this additional indebtedness with our net proceeds from this offering. As a result, we do not expect to incur this additional interest expense in periods following the offering; and

 

   

a pro forma reduction in income before income taxes as a result of these pro forma increases in expenses, resulting in a pro forma reduction in our income tax expense.

 

40


Table of Contents

These pro forma adjustments do not give effect to the increased expenses we will incur as a public company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

 

                    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
   

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006

  Adjustments
for
Interpool
Transaction
    Three Months
Ended
December 31,
2006
    Pro
Forma
  Adjustments
for
Conversion
of Preferred
Stock
    Adjustments
for the
Offering
    Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
    (unaudited)  

Total revenue

  $ 42,050     $ 18,611     $ 60,661       $ 60,661  

Operating expenses

             

Depreciation of container rental equipment

    9,653   24 (1)     2,360       12,037         12,037  

Amortization of intangible assets

    —     921 (2)     307       1,228         1,228  

Other operating expenses

    12,031       3,897       15,928         15,928  
                                 

Total operating expenses

    21,684       6,564       29,193         29,193  
                                 

Operating income

    20,366       12,047       31,468         31,468  

Net interest expense

    4,146   5,450 (3)     3,695       13,291     (7,267 ) (6)     6,024  
                                 

Income before income taxes

    16,220       8,352       18,177         25,444  

Income tax expense

    5,856   (2,334 ) (4)     3,119       6,640     2,652 (4)     9,292  
                                 

Net income

    10,364       5,233       11,537         16,152  

Decretion (accretion) of preferred stock

    1,464       (6 )     1,458   (1,458 )       —    
                                 

Net income available to common stockholders

  $ 11,828     $ 5,227     $ 12,995       $ 16,152  
                                 

Net income per share available to holders of common stock

             

Basic

  $ 0.56     $ 0.49           $ 0.94  

Diluted

    0.48       0.36             0.94  

Weighted-average shares outstanding

             

Basic

    21,168   (10,584 ) (5)     10,584       725     5,800       17,109  

Diluted

    21,735   (5,465 ) (5)     16,270             17,109 (7)

(1)

Adjustment reflects a proportionate increase in depreciation expense due to the 0.2% increase in our net balance of container rental equipment.

(2)

Reflects the straight line amortization on $7.4 million of intangible assets primarily comprising relationships with container shipping lines and container investors, trademarks and software over the estimated period of remaining economic benefit for each category of intangible assets ranging from three to ten years.

 

footnotes continued on next page

 

41


Table of Contents

(3)

Reflects the change in interest expense as a result of the incremental $77.5 million in debt incurred by us to finance our repurchase of all our shares of common stock owned by Interpool. Details as follows:

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
     (in thousands)
     (unaudited)

Interest expense on the $37.5 million convertible subordinated note issued to Interpool at an average interest rate of 11.46%

   $ 3,223

Interest expense on the additional $20.0 million we borrowed under the revolving line of credit portion of our senior secured credit facility at 7.0% interest

     1,050

Interest expense on the $20.0 million term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility at 7.25% interest and an average balance of $17.5 million

     952

Amortization expense on the $1.2 million debt issuance cost incurred relating to the revolving credit facility and term loan

     225
      

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 5,450
      

(4)

Reflects (increased) reduced state and federal income tax expense at a 36.5% tax rate as a result of the change in taxable profit due to the amortization of intangible assets, changes to depreciation expense and changes to interest expense for the period.

(5)

Represents shares repurchased and retired as a result of the Interpool Transaction and, on a diluted basis, includes the dilutive effect of the convertible subordinated note payable to Interpool.

(6)

Adjustments assume that we receive net proceeds of $78.6 million from the offering. The adjustments to net interest expense and income tax expense and the resulting pro forma, as adjusted net interest expense, income tax expense, net income and net income available to common stockholders will vary in the event the amount of net proceeds we receive from the offering is higher or lower. The adjustment for net interest expense reflects the repayment of the incremental $77.5 million in debt incurred by us to finance our repurchase of all our shares of common stock owned by Interpool. Details as follows:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)

Interest expense on the $37.5 million convertible subordinated note issued to Interpool at an average interest rate of 11.46%

  $ 4,298

Interest expense on the additional $20.0 million we borrowed under the revolving line of credit portion of our senior secured credit facility at 7.0% interest

    1,400

Interest expense on the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility at 7.25% interest with an average balance of $17.5 million

    1,269

Amortization expense on the $1.2 million debt issuance cost incurred relating to the revolving credit facility and term loan

    300
     

Pro forma adjustment

  $ 7,267
     

(7)

After giving effect to the conversion of the preferred stock and repayment of the subordinated convertible debt, we had no dilutive instruments, and as a result, there is no dilution to the pro forma as adjusted shares. Adjustments have not been made to reflect any future grants of options or restricted stock, including the grants we plan to make upon the pricing of this offering.

 

42


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
     Actual     Adjustments
for
Conversion
of Preferred
Stock
   Adjustments
for the
Offering (1)
    Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
    

(unaudited)

 

Total revenue

   $ 14,513          $ 14,513  

Operating expenses

         

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     1,690            1,690  

Amortization of intangible assets

     308            308  

Other operating expenses

     3,482            3,482  
                     

Total operating expenses

     5,480            5,480  
                     

Operating income

     9,033            9,033  

Net interest expense

     3,230        (1,839 ) (2)     1,391  
                     

Income before income taxes

     5,803            7,642  

Income tax expense

     2,191        671 (3)     2,862  
                     

Net income

     3,612            4,780  

Accretion of preferred stock

     (5,572 )   5,572        —    
                     

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ (1,960 )        $ 4,780  
                     

Net income per share available to common stockholders

         

Basic

   $ (0.19 )        $ 0.28  

Diluted

     (0.19 )          0.28  

Weighted-average shares outstanding

         

Basic

     10,584     725    5,800       17,109  

Diluted

     10,584            17,109 (4)

(1)

Adjustments assume that we apply net proceeds of $77.5 million from the offering to repay debt. Any additional net proceeds that we receive will also be applied to repay debt. The adjustments to net interest expense and income tax expense and the resulting pro forma, as adjusted net interest expense, income tax expense, net income and net income available to common stockholders will vary based on the actual amount of net proceeds we receive from the offering.

(2)

Reflects the change in interest expense from repaying the incremental $77.5 million in debt incurred by us to finance our repurchase of all our shares of common stock owned by Interpool with the proceeds of the offering. Details as follows:

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2007
     (in thousands)
     (unaudited)

Interest expense incurred on the $37.5 million convertible subordinated note issued to Interpool at an average interest rate of 11.46%

   $ 1,074

Interest expense on the additional $20.0 million we borrowed under the revolving line of credit portion of our senior secured credit facility at 7.0% interest

     350

Interest expense incurred on the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility at 7.25% interest and an average balance of $18.75 million

     340

Amortization expense on the $1.2 million debt issuance cost incurred relating to the revolving credit facility and term loan

     75
      

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 1,839
      

(3)

Reflects (increased) reduced state and federal income tax expense at a 36.5% tax rate as a result of the change in taxable profit due to the (incremental) reduced interest expense for the period.

(4)

The actual weighted average diluted shares exclude 5,767,000 potential shares of common stock because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. After giving effect to the conversion of the preferred stock and repayment of the subordinated convertible note, we had no dilutive instruments, and as a result, there is no dilution to the pro forma as adjusted shares. Adjustments have not been made to reflect any future grants of options or restricted stock, including the grants we plan to make upon the pricing of this offering.

 

43


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

     As of March 31, 2007
     Actual     Adjustments for
Conversion of
Preferred
Stock (1)
    Adjustments
for the
Offering (2)
    Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
     (in thousands)
    

(unaudited)

Assets

        

Cash

   $ 7,775     (219 )     $ 7,556

Container rental equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     171,144           171,144

Furniture, fixtures and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     469           469

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     6,865           6,865

Goodwill

     50,247           50,247

Other assets

     47,257           47,257
                  

Total assets

   $ 283,757         $ 283,538
                  

Liabilities, Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

        

Revolving line of credit

   $ 101,000       (23,600 )   $ 77,400

Term loan

     17,500       (17,500 )     —  

Capital lease obligation

     292           292

Convertible subordinated note

     37,500       (37,500 )     —  

Deferred income tax liability

     24,372           24,372

Other liabilities

     66,818           66,818
                  

Total liabilities

     247,482           168,882

Series A 10.5% cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock

     11,660     (11,660 )       —  

Note receivable on preferred stock

     (1,188 )   1,188         —  
                  
     10,472           —  

Stockholders’ equity

        

Common stock

     1,260     10,472     78,600       90,332

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     103           103

Retained earnings

     24,440     (219 )       24,221
                  

Total stockholders’ equity

     25,803           114,656
                  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 283,757         $ 283,538
                  

(1)

Reflects the preferred stock accretion and conversion to common at the fair value of the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus and the payment of accrued dividends less accrued interest related to the promissory notes issued in connection with the purchase of the preferred stock.

(2)

Represents assumed net proceeds from this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and the application of the net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Prior to October 1, 2006, we had two principal stockholders, each of whom beneficially owned 50.0% of our outstanding common stock. These stockholders were our Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, and Interpool. On October 1, 2006, we repurchased 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of our then-outstanding common stock held by Interpool. The repurchase resulted in an increase in the percentage of our outstanding common stock held by Mr. Ogawa from 50.0% to 100.0%. In connection with this transaction we have applied pushdown accounting in accordance with SAB No. 54 and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with SFAS No. 141. Due to the application of pushdown accounting and step acquisition accounting in our financial statements, our financial condition and results of operations after September 30, 2006 will not be comparable in some respects to our financial condition and results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements as of dates or for periods prior to October 1, 2006. The consolidated balance sheet and statement of income data in this prospectus prior to October 1, 2006, refer to the Predecessor company and this period is referred to as the pre-repurchase period, while the consolidated balance sheet and statement of income data on and subsequent to October 1, 2006 refer to the Successor company and the period is referred to as the post-repurchase period. A line has been drawn between the accompanying financial statements to distinguish between the pre-repurchase and post-repurchase periods.

The financial information included in this discussion and in our consolidated financial statements may not be indicative of our consolidated financial position, operating results, changes in equity and cash flows in the future, or what they would have been had our equity structure not changed during the periods presented.

Overview

We are one of the world’s leading container leasing and management companies. We believe that our share of the worldwide leased container fleet, as measured in TEUs, increased from approximately 4.3% as of mid-1998 to 6.3% as of mid-2006, representing the seventh largest fleet of leased containers in the world. We purchase new containers, lease them to container shipping lines and either retain them as part of our owned fleet or sell them to container investors for whom we then provide management services. In operating our fleet, we lease, re-lease and dispose of containers and contract for the repair, repositioning and storage of containers. As of March 31, 2007, our fleet comprised 684,000 TEUs, 74.7% of which represented our managed fleet and 25.3% of which represented our owned fleet.

We plan to increase both the number of owned containers as well as the number of managed containers in our fleet. As a result of this offering and the resulting incremental borrowing capacity under our senior secured credit facility, we expect to purchase approximately $150.0 million to $200.0 million of new containers in 2007. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, we paid $37.2 million to purchase new containers. We believe it is important to maintain a balance between the size of our owned fleet and our managed fleet to preserve our strength of having multiple sources of revenue.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our business comprises two reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes—container management and container leasing. Our container leasing segment revenue comprises container rental revenue and finance lease income from our owned fleet and our container management segment revenue comprises gain on sale of container portfolios and management fee revenue for managing containers for container investors. For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, our container leasing segment generated income before income taxes of $1.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and our container management segment generated income before income taxes of $2.0 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

Our revenue depends primarily upon a combination of: (1) the number of containers in our fleet; (2) the utilization level of containers in our fleet; and (3) the per diem rates charged under each container lease. These factors directly affect the amount of our container rental revenue and indirectly affect the amount of our management fee revenue. The number of TEUs in our fleet varies over time as we purchase new containers based on prevailing market conditions during the year, sell portfolios of containers to container investors and sell used containers to parties in the secondary resale market. The timing of our orders and the actual number of TEUs we order at any one time are based upon our expectations for the three to six months following our order regarding demand for containers, new container prices, per diem rates, interest rates, container investor interest in purchasing leased containers and competitive conditions. The time between the date we take delivery of a container and the date we begin to recognize revenue from a container can vary substantially. If we take delivery of a container before we are able to lease it, our operating results could be adversely affected until the container is either leased or sold.

Our net income will fluctuate based, in part, upon changes in the proportion of our revenue from our container management segment and the proportion of our revenue from our container leasing segment. We incur significantly lower operating expenses in connection with the revenues from our container management segment as compared to the operating expenses associated with revenues from our container leasing segment. In particular, we recognize an insignificant amount of operating expense in connection with our gain on sale of container portfolios. As a result, a change in the amount of revenues from our container management segment typically will have a disproportionately larger impact on our net income than an equal change in the amount of revenue from our container leasing segment.

From April 1998 through September 2006, 50.0% of our common stock was owned by Mr. Ogawa and his family and 50.0% of our common stock was owned by Interpool. On October 1, 2006, we acquired Interpool’s 50.0% interest in our common stock for $77.5 million. We paid $40.0 million of cash and issued a convertible subordinated note to Interpool in the aggregate principal amount of $37.5 million. We will repay the note to Interpool out of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. Also, in connection with the repurchase of our common stock from Interpool, we repaid the outstanding $3.0 million balance on a subordinated note we had previously issued to Interpool, terminated a warrant held by Interpool to purchase our common stock and entered into a new container management agreement with Interpool. As a result of our repurchase of our common stock from Interpool and the resulting increase in Mr. Ogawa’s beneficial ownership of common stock from 50.0% to 100.0%, we applied pushdown accounting in accordance with SAB No. 54 and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with SFAS No. 141. For additional information on the impact of step acquisition accounting, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.” Due to the application of pushdown accounting and step acquisition accounting in our financial statements, our financial condition and results of operations after September 30, 2006 will not be comparable in some respects to our financial condition and results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements as of dates or for periods prior to October 1, 2006.

 

46


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe there are a number of factors that have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our operating performance. These factors include the following, among others:

 

   

the strength of global and regional economies generally and the volume of global trade;

 

   

changes in the amount of gain we can realize on sales of portfolios of leased containers to container investors;

 

   

changes in demand for container leases;

 

   

changes in the mix of short-term versus long-term leases;

 

   

changes in the per diem rates for leases;

 

   

changes in the number of containers in our owned fleet;

 

   

defaults by container lessees;

 

   

economic disruptions, health scares, financial turmoil and political instability;

 

   

terrorism, or the threat of terrorism, violence or hostilities that affect the flow of world trade and the demand for containers;

 

   

the development of emerging economies in Asia and other parts of the world and the resulting change in trade patterns;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates; and

 

   

increased competition.

For further details of these and other factors which may affect our business and results of operations, see “Risk Factors.”

Key Financial Metrics

Utilization.     We measure utilization on the basis of TEUs on lease expressed as a percentage of our total fleet available for lease. We calculate TEUs available for lease by excluding containers that have been manufactured for us but have not been delivered and containers designated as held-for-sale units. We calculate our utilization rate for a period by averaging the utilization rates at the end of each calendar month during the period. Our utilization is primarily driven by the overall level of container demand, the location of our available containers and the quality of our relationships with container lessees. The location of available containers is critical because containers available in high-demand locations are more readily leased and are typically leased on more favorable terms than containers available in low-demand locations.

The container leasing market is highly competitive. As such, our relationships with our container lessees are important to ensure that container shipping lines continue to select us as one of their providers of leased containers. Our average fleet utilization rate was 89.8% for the year ended December 31, 2004, 90.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005, 90.6% for the year ended December 31, 2006, and 92.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The overall increase in our utilization rate since the beginning of 2004 was primarily attributable to a significant increase in world trade, as measured by container port handling in TEUs, which grew by 39.5% from 2003 to 2006 according to The Drewry Annual Container Market Review and Forecast 2006/2007 . In addition, there has been strong growth in overall container ship capacity to meet the increased trade demands. According to Drewry, container ship capacity has increased by 43.6% from 6.5 million TEUs in 2003 to 9.4 million TEUs in 2006.

Per Diem Rates.     The per diem rate for a lease is set at the time we enter into a lease agreement. Our long-term per diem rate has historically been strongly influenced by new container pricing (which in turn is heavily influenced by steel and other component pricing), interest rates, the balance of supply and

 

47


Table of Contents

demand for containers at a particular time and location, our estimate of the residual value of the container at the end of the lease, the type and age of the container being leased, purchasing activities of containers by container shipping lines and efficiencies in container utilization by container shipping lines. Average per diem rates for containers in our owned fleet and in the portfolios of containers comprising our managed fleet change only slightly in response to changes in new container prices because existing lease agreements can only be re-priced upon the expiration of the lease. Average per diem rates per TEU for long-term leases for our total fleet decreased by 1.6% for the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003, increased by 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004 and increased by 1.2% for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. For the three months ended March 31, 2007 average per diem rates for long-term leases were approximately 1.3% higher than for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Average per diem rates per TEU for short-term leases in our total fleet decreased by 0.2% for the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003, increased by 1.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004 and decreased by 4.2% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. For the three months ended March 31, 2007 average per diem rates for short-term leases were approximately 3.5% lower than the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Revenue

Our revenue comprises container rental revenue, management fee revenue, gain on sale of container portfolios and finance lease income.

Container Rental Revenue.     We generate container rental revenue by leasing our owned containers to container shipping lines. Container rental revenue comprises monthly lease payments due under the lease agreements together with payments for other charges set forth in the leases, such as handling fees, drop-off charges and repair charges. The operating results of our owned container business are determined by the amount by which our container rental revenue exceeds our ownership costs, consisting primarily of depreciation, equipment rental expense, interest expense, storage, handling and other expenses and related marketing, general and administrative expenses.

Management Fee Revenue.     Management fee revenue is generated by our management services, which include the leasing, re-leasing, repair, repositioning, storage and disposition of containers. We provide these management services pursuant to management agreements with container investors that purchase portfolios of containers from us. Under these agreements, we earn fees for the management of the containers and a commission, or managed units’ sales fee, upon disposition of containers under management. The management agreements typically have terms of eight to 12 years. Our management fees are calculated as a percentage of net operating revenue for each managed container, which is calculated as the lease payment and any other revenue attributable to a specific container owned by the container investor under a lease minus operating expenses related to the container but does not include the container investor’s depreciation or financing expense. The management fee percentage varies based upon the type of lease and the terms of the management agreement. Management fee percentages for long-term leases are generally lower than management fee percentages for short-term leases because less expertise is required to manage long-term leases. The managed units’ sales fees are equal to a fixed dollar amount or based upon a percentage of the sales price.

Gain on Sale of Container Portfolios.     Gain on sale of container portfolios is generated when we sell containers, most of which are on lease at the time of sale, to container investors. Historically, we have entered into management agreements with container investors to manage the portfolios of containers that we have sold to them. The amount of revenue we recognize on these sales of containers is equal to the difference between the cash we receive from container investors and the net book value of the containers sold. We rely upon our borrowing capacity under our senior secured credit facility for the flexibility to hold

 

48


Table of Contents

containers until we sell them to container investors. We have historically been able to sell leased containers to container investors at a gain, and we have typically recognized higher revenue from gain on sale of container portfolios in periods of rising container prices. Because we enter into firm purchase orders for containers before we begin finding lessees for the containers, there is a risk that the time necessary to lease these containers may be much longer than we anticipate or that the price that container investors are willing to pay for portfolios of containers may decline before we take delivery. The price that a container investor is willing to pay for a portfolio of containers depends on a number of factors, including the historical and future expected cash flows from the portfolio to the container investor, the credit ratings of the lessees, the mix of short-term and long-term leases, the number of TEUs in the portfolio, the timing of the sale and alternative investment opportunities available to the container investor. If any of these factors change unexpectedly during the period between the date of our purchase order to the date a container investor purchases the container from us, we may recognize a lower gain on sale of the containers to investors, sell them to container investors at a loss or retain them as part of our owned fleet.

Finance Lease Income.     A small percentage of our total fleet is subject to finance leases. Under a finance lease, the lessee’s payment consists of principal and interest components. The interest component is recognized as finance lease income. Lessees under our finance leases have the substantive risks and rewards of container ownership and the right to purchase the containers at the end of the lease term for a nominal amount.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are depreciation of container rental equipment, impairment of container rental equipment, equipment rental expense, storage, handling and other expenses applicable to our owned containers as well as marketing, general and administrative expenses for our total fleet.

We depreciate most of our containers on a straight line basis over a period of 12.5 years to a fixed residual value. We regularly assess both the estimated useful life of our containers and the expected residual values, and, when warranted, adjust our depreciation estimate accordingly. Depreciation of container rental equipment expense will vary over time based upon the number and the purchase price of containers in our owned fleet. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2006 depreciation of our existing owned fleet decreased as a result of an increase in our estimates of the residual values of our containers. In the three months ended March 31, 2007 our depreciation expense was $1.7 million using our revised residual value estimates as compared to $3.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2006. However, any future decrease in depreciation expense which may result from our revised residual value estimates could be partially or totally offset by an increase in the size of our owned fleet in subsequent periods.

Beginning October 1, 2006, our operating expenses include amortization of intangible assets due to the allocation to intangible assets of a portion of the purchase price paid to Interpool when we acquired Interpool’s 50.0% interest in our common stock and the application of pushdown and step acquisition accounting. Our intangible assets primarily comprise relationships with container shipping lines and container investors, trademarks and software. We amortize these intangible assets on a straight line basis over the estimated period of remaining economic benefit for each category of intangible assets, ranging from three to ten years. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

Impairment of container rental equipment is recognized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS No. 144”). Under SFAS No. 144, if the carrying amount of a container available for sale exceeds the estimated future cash flows from that container, we recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. See “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

 

49


Table of Contents

Equipment rental expense represents the amount that we pay to third parties to lease containers that we sublease to container shipping lines. As of December 31, 2006, approximately 6,500 TEUs in our fleet were leased to us. We do not intend to renew these leases and expect equipment rental expenses to decrease through the second quarter of 2008, at which point our existing leases for these containers will terminate. We intend to exercise purchase options at the end of the rental periods. As a result, we do not expect a decline in revenue from the expiration of the rental agreements. We will incur additional interest and depreciation expense, though the combined expense is expected to be lower than our current level of equipment rental expense.

Storage, handling and other expenses are operating costs of our owned fleet. Storage and handling expenses occur when container shipping lines drop off containers at depots around the world. Storage and handling expenses vary significantly by location. Other expenses include repair expenses, which are the result of normal wear and tear on the containers, and repositioning expenses, which are incurred when we contract to move containers from locations where our inventories exceed actual or expected demand to locations with higher demand. Storage, handling and other expenses are directly related to the number of containers in our owned fleet and inversely related to our utilization rate for those containers. As utilization increases, we typically have lower storage, handling and repositioning expenses.

On September 8, 2006, the FASB posted the Staff Position (FSP), Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance Activities (“FSP AUG AIR-1”). FSP AUG AIR-1 amends certain provisions in the AICPA Industry Audit Guide, Audits of Airlines , and APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting . FSP AUG AIR-1 prohibits the use of the currently allowed accrue-in-advance method of accounting for planned major maintenance activities in annual and interim financial statements. This guidance is effective for the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2006, and shall be applied retrospectively for all financial statements presented, unless impracticable to do so.

Our leases require the lessee to pay for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear at the end of the lease term. We also offer a damage protection plan (“DPP”) pursuant to which the lessee pays an upfront fee in exchange for not being charged for certain damages at the end of the lease term. For containers not subject to a DPP, we currently accrue for repairs once we have made the decision to repair the container, which is made in advance of us incurring the repair obligation. For containers covered by a DPP, we account for periodic maintenance and repairs on an accrual basis. We implemented FSP AUG AIR-1 as of January 1, 2007 with application retrospectively to all comparable prior periods presented. The financial information included in this prospectus reflects the adoption of FSP AUG-AIR-1. The impact of the application of FSP AUG AIR-1 to our storage and handling expense was a $47,000 increase in the three months ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $179,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, increases of $421,000 and $511,000 for 2005 and 2004, respectively, and decreases of $778,000 and $481,000 for 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Our marketing, general and administrative expenses are primarily employee-related costs such as salary, bonus and commission expense, employee benefits, rent, allowance for doubtful accounts and travel and entertainment costs, as well as expenses incurred for outside services such as legal, consulting and audit-related fees. We expect marketing, general and administrative expenses to be higher in the future as we incur additional costs related to operating as a public company.

On October 1, 2006, we recognized $50.9 million of goodwill as a result of our repurchase of shares of our common stock from Interpool. The purchase price was based on forecasts and assumptions made on our future cash flows and not on our net asset values on the closing date. Goodwill is the amount paid for the common stock above the fair value of tangible and intangible net assets in the transaction. Goodwill represents the estimated fair value of expected cash flows from subsequently acquired containers that we either (1) retain and lease to container lessees as part of our owned fleet; or (2) sell to

 

50


Table of Contents

container investors and manage on their behalf. Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , we evaluate goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate an impairment of goodwill has occurred, using the market or income approach. If circumstances suggest that those assumptions and forecasts of cash flows will not materialize, we will impair the carrying value of our goodwill to our estimate of the then fair market value of those future cash flows. In such an instance, the full impairment expense will be reported at the time of determination and will result in a decrease in net income or an increase in net loss.

Our operating expenses are offset by gain on disposition of used container equipment. This gain is the result of our sale of older used containers in the secondary resale market and is the difference between: (1) the cash we receive for these units, less selling expenses; and (2) the net book value of the units.

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2006

The following table summarizes our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007:

 

       Predecessor         Successor       
       Three Months Ended March 31,   

Percent

Change

 
       2006        

2007

  
      

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

      

Total revenue

   $ 12,875       $ 14,513    12.7 %

Operating expenses

     7,869         5,480    (30.4 )

Net income

     2,179         3,612    65.8  

Total revenue of $14.5 million for three months ended March 31, 2007 was $1.6 million, or 12.7%, higher than total revenue of $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 due to an increase in management fee revenue and gain on sale of container portfolios of $845,000 and $963,000, respectively. Net income increased $1.4 million, or 65.8%, to $3.6 million for three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The $1.4 million increase in net income was principally due to the increase in total revenue and a $2.4 million, or 30.4% decrease, in operating expenses in the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Revenue.     The following table summarizes the changes in the components of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007:

 

                           

As a Percent of Total
Revenue

 
      

Predecessor

        Successor     

Predecessor

         Successor  
       Three Months Ended
March 31,
    

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 
   2006         2007    Percent
Change
   
2006
        
2007
 
      

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

                       

Container rental revenue

   $ 8,062       $ 7,880    (2.3 )%   62.6 %      54.3 %

Management fee revenue

     2,574         3,419    32.8     20.0        23.6  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     1,932         2,895    49.8     15.0        19.9  

Finance lease income

     307         319    3.9     2.4        2.2  
                                    

Total revenue

   $ 12,875       $ 14,513    12.7     100.0 %      100.0 %
                                    

 

51


Table of Contents

Container Rental Revenue.     Container rental revenue decreased $182,000, or 2.3%, to $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $8.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The decrease in container rental revenue was principally due to a 2.5% decrease in our average per diem rates during the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Management Fee Revenue.     Management fee revenue increased $845,000, or 32.8%, to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to $2.6 million for three months ended March 31, 2006. Management fees were $2.3 million and $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Managed units’ sales fees were $1.1 million and $591,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The average number of TEUs in our managed fleet increased by 12.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the three-month period ended March 31, 2006.

Gain on Sale of Container Portfolios.     Gain on sale of container portfolios increased $963,000, or 49.8%, to $2.9 million for three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. We sold 14,000 TEUs during the three months ended March 31, 2007, a 44.6% increase from the number of TEUs sold during the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Finance Lease Income.     Finance lease income increased $12,000, or 3.9%, to $319,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $307,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to new finance leases signed since March 31, 2006.

Expenses.     The following table summarizes changes in expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

     Predecessor     Successor        
     Three Months Ended March 31,        
     2006     2007     Percent
Change
 
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

       

Depreciation of container rental equipment

   $ 3,367     $ 1,690     (49.8 )%

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         308     NM  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     237       119     (49.8 )

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (147 )     (1,005 )   (583.7 )

Equipment rental expense

     396       395     (0.3 )

Storage, handling and other expenses

     667       671     (0.6 )

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     3,349       3,302     (1.4 )
                      

Total operating expenses

     7,869       5,480     (30.4 )

Interest expense

     1,605       3,239     101.8  

Interest income

     (9 )     (9 )   —    
                      

Net interest expense

     1,596       3,230     102.4  

Income tax expense

     1,231       2,191     78.0  

Depreciation of Container Rental Equipment.     Depreciation of container rental equipment decreased $1.7 million, or 49.8%, to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily due to application of revised residual value estimates commencing on October 1, 2006 and the sale of 28,300 TEUs of containers in the fourth quarter of 2006 as container portfolio sales to container investors.

 

52


Table of Contents

We reassess residual values of our container equipment as market conditions warrant. Based on our expectation of prices for containers in the secondary market, we increased our estimated residual values of our owned fleet on October 1, 2006. The impact of this adjustment will be lower depreciation of our owned fleet in future periods. However, this decrease could be partially or totally offset by an increase in the size of our owned fleet in subsequent periods. If proceeds from dispositions of used containers are below our estimated residual values, we may report higher impairment charges on equipment designated for sale and/or lower gain on disposition of used container equipment in the future.

Amortization of Intangible Assets.     We recorded amortization of intangible assets of $308,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2007 related to intangible assets we recognized in connection with accounting for the Interpool Transaction. We had no intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet at March 31, 2006, and therefore, no amortization of intangible assets was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Impairment of Container Rental Equipment.     Impairment of container rental equipment decreased $118,000, or 49.8%, to $119,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $237,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2006. The lower impairment expense is partly due to higher assumed resale values during the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the same period in 2006. We increased our assumed resale values due to the higher resale values attained during the six months ended March 31, 2007. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, 700 and 1,300 TEUs, respectively, were designated for sale and impaired.

Our impairment expense represents the aggregate impairment of a large number of individual units we have impaired, each of which has specific circumstances surrounding the decision to sell. We make impairment decisions for each container based upon the specific circumstances affecting that container. In most instances our decision to recognize impairment expense with respect to a container has resulted from our determination that a container needs to be repositioned from a location with low demand or that the container would need significant repairs, and in each case the cost would be in excess of the expected future cash flows from leasing the container.

Gain on Disposition of Used Container Equipment.     Gain on disposition of used container equipment increased $858,000, or 583.7%, to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $147,000 for the comparable period in 2006 as a result of selling more units at a higher average gain. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 we sold 5,000 TEUs and 3,200 TEUs, respectively.

Equipment Rental Expense .    Equipment rental expense was $395,000 and $396,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We did not enter into any new rental agreements over the last year. We expect to record a similar amount of rental expense during the remaining three quarters of 2007.

Storage, Handling and Other Expenses.     Storage, handling and other expenses increased $4,000, or 0.6%, to $671,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $667,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Storage, handling and other expenses remained consistent across these periods due to the relatively consistent utilization rate across these periods. The low percentage of units off-hire is a result of strong container demand from shipping lines and our sale of older units into the secondary resale market that would otherwise been held in storage depots.

Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses.     Marketing, general and administrative expenses decreased $47,000, or 1.4%, to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006. We expect marketing, general and administrative expenses to be higher in the future as we incur additional costs related to operating as a public company.

 

53


Table of Contents

Net Interest Expense.     Net interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $3.2 million, an increase of $1.6 million, or 102.4%, from the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in interest expense is primarily due to the $77.5 million of incremental debt incurred in connection with the Interpool Transaction, which we intend to repay with our net proceeds from this offering.

Income Tax Expense.     Income tax expense increased $960,000, or 78.0%, to $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to the 70.2% increase in pretax income for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006. The effective tax rate was 37.8% for three months ended March 31, 2007 and 36.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Segment Information.     The following table summarizes our results of operations for each of our business segments for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007:

 

      

Predecessor

        Successor         

As a Percent of
Total Revenue

 
       Three Months Ended
March 31,
         Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2006         2007    Percent
Change
    2006          2007  
      

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

                       

Container Leasing

                          

Total revenue

   $ 8,369       $ 8,199    (2.0 )%   65.0 %      56.5 %

Total operating expenses

     5,398         2,940    (45.5 )   41.9        20.3  

Interest expense

     1,605         3,239    101.8     12.5        22.3  
                                    

Income before taxes attributable to segment

   $ 1,366       $ 2,020    47.9     10.6 %      13.9 %
                                    

Container Management

                          

Total revenue

   $ 4,506       $ 6,314    40.1 %   35.0 %      43.5 %

Total operating expenses

     2,471         2,540    2.8     19.2        17.5  
                                    

Income before taxes attributable to segment

   $ 2,035       $ 3,774    85.4     15.8 %      26.0 %
                                    

Container Leasing.     Total revenue from our container leasing segment decreased $170,000, or 2.0%, to $8.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $8.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily due lower average per diem rates during the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Total operating expenses for the container leasing segment decreased $2.5 million, or 45.5%, to $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $5.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily due to lower depreciation of container rental equipment which resulted primarily from the change in our residual estimates, as described above.

Container Management.     Total revenue from our container management segment for the three months ended March 31, 2007 increased $1.8 million, or 40.1%, to $6.3 million from $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 49.8% increase in gain on sale of container portfolios to $2.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared

 

54


Table of Contents

to $1.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in management revenue was also due to a 32.8% increase in container management fees to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, resulting from our operating a 12.0% larger managed fleet during the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Total operating expenses for the container management segment were flat at $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.

Pre- and Post-Repurchase Periods in 2006

In connection with the Interpool Transaction we applied pushdown accounting in accordance with SAB No. 54 and step acquisition accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141 and created a new basis of accounting which resulted in pre- and post- repurchase periods in 2006. In 2006 the period from January 1, 2006 through September 30, 2006 represents our pre-repurchase period, while the period from and after October 1, 2006 represents our post-repurchase period. We have presented below a discussion of the impact of the change in basis of our accounting resulting from the application of step acquisition and pushdown accounting upon our results of operations in the pre- and post-repurchase periods. We have also included below a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to our pro forma, as adjusted results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our pro forma, as adjusted results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 include adjustments for the Interpool Transaction, the Conversion of the Preferred Stock and the Offering. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.” The pro forma, as adjusted financial information is for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results that we would have achieved had the Interpool Transaction, the Conversion of Preferred Stock and the Offering been completed on January 1, 2006 and does not purport to be indicative of results of operations as of any future dates or for any future period. The pro forma, as adjusted financial information should be read in conjunction with the “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Total Revenue.     Our revenue composition and accounting was not affected by the Interpool Transaction and, therefore, during both pre- and post-repurchase periods, our revenues were derived from container leasing revenue, management fee revenue, gain on sale of container portfolios and finance lease income and the change in basis had no effect on revenue post-repurchase.

Operating Expenses.     Other than amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of container rental equipment, the composition of our operating expenses was not significantly affected by the Interpool Transaction. The post-repurchase operating expenses include $307,000 of amortization of intangible assets recognized upon the Interpool Transaction. Our intangible assets primarily comprise relationships with container shipping lines and container investors, trademarks and software. We amortize these intangible assets on a straight line basis over the estimated period of remaining economic benefit for each category of intangible assets, ranging from three to ten years. We had no intangible assets to amortize during the pre-repurchase period. The increase in the net value of container rental equipment resulted in a negligible change in our depreciation expense in the post-repurchase period. However, the adjustment in residual values of our containers, as discussed below, reduced our depreciation expense in the three months ended December 31, 2006 by approximately $1.0 million.

Interest Expense.     Net interest expense was $4.1 million and $3.7 million for the pre- and post-repurchase period, respectively. Interest expense during the post-repurchase period was

 

55


Table of Contents

disproportionately high in relation to the pre-repurchase period due primarily to increased borrowing to finance the repurchase of our common stock held by Interpool. This includes our term loan, an increase in borrowing under the revolving line of credit under our senior secured credit facility and the issuance of a $37.5 million convertible subordinated note payable to Interpool.

Adjusted 2006 Compared to 2005

We refer to our pro forma, as adjusted results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 as our “Adjusted 2006.”

The following table summarizes our operating results for 2005 and Adjusted 2006:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2005
   Pro forma, as
Adjusted
Year Ended
December 31,
2006
   Percent
Change
 
    

(in thousands)

      
          (unaudited)       

Total revenue

   $ 61,586    $ 60,661    (1.5 )%

Operating expenses

     37,449      29,193    (22.0 )

Net income

     9,989      16,152    61.7  

Total revenue of $60.7 million for Adjusted 2006 was $925,000 lower than total revenue of $61.6 million for 2005 due primarily to a decline of $6.0 million in container rental revenue, partly offset by increases in management fee revenue, gain on sale of container portfolios and finance lease income of $869,000, $3.8 million and $365,000, respectively. Net income increased $6.2 million, or 61.7%, to $16.2 million for Adjusted 2006 from $10.0 million for 2005. The $6.2 million increase in net income was principally due to a $8.3 million, or 22.0%, decrease in operating expenses. Adjusted 2006 net income exceeds actual net income for the combined pre- and post-repurchase period due to the decreased interest expense described above.

Revenue.     The following table summarizes the changes in the components of our total revenue for 2005 and Adjusted 2006:

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,
2005

   Pro forma, as
Adjusted Year
Ended
December 31,
2006
  

Percent
Change

    As a Percent of Total Revenue  
           Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Pro forma, as
Adjusted
Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 
    

(in thousands)

                  
          (unaudited)                   

Container rental revenue

   $ 39,614    $ 33,611    (15.2 )%   64.3 %   55.4 %

Management fee revenue

     11,230      12,099    7.7     18.2     19.9  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     9,913      13,757    38.8     16.1     22.7  

Finance lease income

     829      1,194    44.0     1.4     2.0  
                            

Total revenue

   $ 61,586    $ 60,661    (1.5 )   100.0 %   100.0 %
                            

Container Rental Revenue.     Container rental revenue decreased $6.0 million, or 15.2%, to $33.6 million for Adjusted 2006 from $39.6 million for 2005. The decrease in container rental revenue was principally due to a decrease of 8.3% in the average number of TEUs in our owned fleet available for lease during Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005. The lower average size of our owned fleet during

 

56


Table of Contents

Adjusted 2006 primarily resulted from sales of container portfolios during the third and fourth quarters of 2005. Additionally, due to increased deliveries by container manufacturers during 2006 of containers purchased by container shipping lines, the average per diem rate for short-term leases declined during Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005. Lower per diem rates on our short-term lease fleet were partly offset by higher per diem rates on our long-term lease fleet during Adjusted 2006, as compared to 2005.

Management Fee Revenue.     Management fee revenue increased $869,000, or 7.7%, to $12.1 million for Adjusted 2006 from $11.2 million for 2005. Management fees were $8.1 million and $8.5 million for 2005 and Adjusted 2006, respectively. Managed units’ sales fees were $3.1 million and $3.6 million for 2005 and Adjusted 2006, respectively. The average number of TEUs in our managed fleet increased by 14.0% for Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005. Offsetting the positive impact of our larger managed fleet was lower fee income associated with a container portfolio sold by Interpool to a Swiss investor group in March 2006. We retained management of the underlying portfolio; however, our management fee percentage with the Swiss investor group is lower than our management fee percentage with Interpool for this portfolio prior to the sale. We expect to manage additional containers for the Swiss investor group on these terms through the term of this agreement, which expires in March 2016.

Gain on Sale of Container Portfolios.     Gain on sale of container portfolios increased $3.8 million, or 38.8%, to $13.8 million for Adjusted 2006 from $9.9 million for 2005. This increase is principally due to selling more TEUs to container investors at a higher sales margin over book value during Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005.

Finance Lease Income.     Finance lease income increased $365,000, or 44.0%, to $1.2 million for Adjusted 2006 from $829,000 for 2005. This increase was primarily due to new finance leases signed during Adjusted 2006. During Adjusted 2006, the number of TEUs leased by us under finance leases increased to approximately 10,700 TEUs as of December 31, 2006 compared to approximately 8,700 TEUs as of December 31, 2005.

Expenses.     The following table summarizes changes in expenses for 2005 and Adjusted 2006:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Pro forma, as
Adjusted
Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Percent
Change
 
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

Depreciation of container rental equipment

   $ 14,764     $ 12,037     (18.5 )%

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         1,228     NM  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     572       351     (38.6 )

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (1,166 )     (1,551 )   33.0  

Equipment rental expense

     6,875       1,582     (77.0 )

Storage, handling and other expenses

     3,853       3,190     (17.2 )

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     12,551       12,355     (1.6 )
                      

Total operating expenses

     37,449       29,193     (22.0 )

Interest expense

     7,798       6,081     (22.0 )

Interest income

     (27 )     (57 )   111.1  
                      

Net interest expense

     7,771       6,024     (22.5 )

Income tax expense

     6,377       9,292     45.7  

Depreciation of Container Rental Equipment.     Depreciation of container rental equipment decreased $2.7 million, or 18.5%, to $12.0 million for Adjusted 2006 from $14.8 million for 2005. This decrease

 

57


Table of Contents

was primarily due to a lower average number of TEUs in our owned fleet during Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005. This lower average number of TEUs in our owned fleet resulted primarily from sales of container portfolios to container investors during the last six months of 2005 and the disposition of older equipment into the secondary resale market during the same six-month period. Adjusted 2006 depreciation also reflects the adjustment of our residual values (discussed below), which had the effect of reducing our depreciation expense in the three months ended December 31, 2006 by $1.0 million. This decrease in depreciation expense more than offset the increase in depreciation expense associated with the increase in the net value of our container rental equipment as a result of the application of pushdown accounting following the Interpool Transaction.

Amortization of Intangible Assets.     We recorded amortization of intangible assets of $307,000 during the three months ended December 31, 2006 and our Adjusted 2006 operating results include $1.2 million of amortization of intangible assets for the period. In 2005 we had no amortization of intangible assets.

Impairment of Container Rental Equipment.     Impairment of container rental equipment decreased $221,000, or 38.6%, to $351,000 for Adjusted 2006, from $572,000 for 2005. This decrease was primarily due to the higher book value of units impaired during 2005 compared to Adjusted 2006. Our impairment expense represents the aggregate impairment of a large number of individual units we have impaired, each of which has specific circumstances surrounding the decision to sell.

Gain on Disposition of Used Container Equipment.     Gain on disposition of used container equipment increased $385,000, or 33.0%, to $1.6 million for Adjusted 2006 from $1.2 million for 2005. The higher gain resulted primarily from higher average selling price per TEU of sold containers in Adjusted 2006 which offset the impact of fewer TEUs sold in Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005. The lower number of units sold during Adjusted 2006 reflects the strong leasing market conditions during Adjusted 2006 as well as our success in removing older equipment from our fleet.

Equipment Rental Expense .    Equipment rental expense decreased $5.3 million, or 77.0%, to $1.6 million for Adjusted 2006 from $6.9 million for 2005. In 2005, we exercised buy-out options for approximately 27,000 TEUs under existing lease contracts, which resulted in a decrease in equipment rental expense. We do not intend to renew these leases and expect equipment rental expense to decrease through the second quarter of 2008, at which point the leases for these containers will have terminated. We intend to exercise purchase options at the end of the rental periods on these units. As a result, we do not expect a decline in revenue from the expiration of the rental agreements. We will incur additional interest and depreciation expense as a result of the purchase of these containers, although we expect these expenses to be lower than our current amount of rental expense associated with these containers.

Storage, Handling and Other Expenses.     Storage, handling and other expenses decreased $663,000, or 17.2%, to $3.2 million for Adjusted 2006 from $3.9 million for 2005. The decrease for Adjusted 2006 was primarily due to operating a smaller owned fleet during Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005. These expenses were also lower due to our sale in 2005 of older equipment from our fleet that had higher maintenance expenses as well as a higher level of utilization of our owned fleet in Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005.

Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses.     Marketing, general and administrative expenses decreased $196,000, or 1.6%, to $12.4 million for Adjusted 2006 from $12.6 million for 2005. The decrease was primarily due to our not having stock compensation expense in 2006 related to our preferred stock with the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in 2006. Offsetting that effect were higher professional and employee costs.

Net Interest Expense.     Net interest expense decreased $1.7 million, or 22.5%, to $6.0 million for Adjusted 2006 from $7.8 million for 2005 primarily as a result of our repayment of debt during the first

 

58


Table of Contents

nine months of Adjusted 2006. In connection with the Interpool Transaction we incurred an additional $77.5 million of debt which we intend to repay with our net proceeds from this offering. Our net interest expense for Adjusted 2006 includes an adjustment that eliminates the net interest expense incurred in connection with this additional debt. The amount of our net interest expense for Adjusted 2006 is based upon our expected repayment of the $77.5 million of incremental debt we incurred in connection with the Interpool Transaction with the net proceeds of this offering. Assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, after deducting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would decrease (increase) net interest expense for Adjusted 2006 by approximately $400,000.

Income Tax Expense.     Income tax expense increased $2.9 million, or 45.7%, to $9.3 million for Adjusted 2006, from $6.4 million for 2005. The increase was primarily due to the 55.5% increase in pretax income for Adjusted 2006. Despite this increase in overall tax expense our effective tax rate was 36.5% for Adjusted 2006 compared to 39.0% for 2005. In 2005 we had $1.8 million in non-deductible stock compensation expense. With the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) no stock compensation cost was recorded in Adjusted 2006.

Segment Information.     The following table summarizes our results of operations for each of our business segments for 2005 and Adjusted 2006:

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  

Pro Forma,
as Adjusted
Year Ended
December 31,
2006

  

Percent

Change

    As a Percent of Total Revenue  
           Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Pro Forma,
as Adjusted
Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 
     (in thousands)                   
          (unaudited)                   

Container Leasing

            

Total revenue

   $ 40,443    $ 34,805    (13.9 )%   65.7 %   57.4 %

Total operating expenses

     28,364      19,559    (31.0 )   46.1     32.2  

Interest expense

     7,798      6,081    (22.0 )   12.7     10.0  
                            

Income before taxes attributable to segment

   $ 4,281    $ 9,165    114.1     7.0 %   15.1 %
                            

Container Management

            

Total revenue

   $ 21,143    $ 25,856    22.3 %   34.3 %   42.6 %

Total operating expenses

     7,287      9,634    32.2     11.8     15.9  
                            

Income before taxes attributable to segment

   $ 13,856    $ 16,222    17.1     22.5 %   26.7 %
                            

Container Leasing.     Total revenue from our container leasing segment decreased $5.6 million, or 13.9%, to $34.8 million for Adjusted 2006 from $40.4 million for 2005. The decrease was primarily due to an 8.3% decrease in the average size of our owned fleet during Adjusted 2006 as compared to 2005. Additionally, due to increased deliveries of containers purchased by container shipping lines, we realized lower average per diem rates on short-term leases during Adjusted 2006 compared to 2005.

Total operating expenses for the container leasing segment decreased $8.8 million, or 31.0%, to $19.6 million for Adjusted 2006 from $28.4 million for 2005. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in equipment rental expense and lower depreciation of container rental equipment driven primarily by a smaller average owned fleet and a change in our residual estimates.

 

59


Table of Contents

Container Management.     Total revenue from our container management segment increased $4.7 million, or 22.3%, to $25.9 million for Adjusted 2006 from $21.1 million for 2005. The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 38.8% increase in gain on sale of container portfolios to $13.8 million during Adjusted 2006, compared to $9.9 million during 2005. The increase in management revenue was also due to a 7.7% increase in container management fees to $12.1 million for Adjusted 2006 from $11.2 million for 2005, as a result of our operating a larger managed fleet during Adjusted 2006 than we operated during 2005.

Total operating expenses for the container management segment increased $2.3 million, or 32.2%, to $9.6 million for Adjusted 2006 from $7.3 million for 2005 due to a larger allocation of these expenses resulting from the larger percentage of our total fleet represented by our managed fleet.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

The following table summarizes our operating results for 2004 and 2005:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Percent

Change

 
     2004    2005   
     (in thousands)       

Total revenue

   $ 66,686    $ 61,586    (7.6 )%

Operating expenses

     43,685      37,449    (14.3 )

Net income

     9,229      9,989    8.2  

Total revenue decreased $5.1 million, or 7.6%, to $61.6 million in 2005 from $66.7 million in 2004. The decrease was primarily due to a 13.6% decrease in our container rental revenue. In addition, gain on sale of container portfolios decreased $3.5 million, or 26.1%, to $9.9 million in 2005 from $13.4 million in 2004. These declines in revenue were offset in part by an increase in management fee revenue of $4.4 million, or 64.9%, to $11.2 million in 2005 from $6.8 million in 2004. Operating expenses declined $6.2 million, or 14.3%, to $37.5 million in 2005 from $43.7 million in 2004. This reduction in operating expenses more than offset the decline in total revenues over these same periods. The primary expense reduction was a $3.8 million decline in equipment rental expense in 2005. Net income increased by $760,000, or 8.2%, to $9.9 million in 2005 from $9.2 million in 2004, primarily as a result of the decrease in revenue and the reduction in operating expenses.

Revenue.     The following table summarizes changes in the components of our total revenue for 2004 and 2005:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Percent

Change

    As a Percent of
Total Revenue
 
          Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2004    2005      2004     2005  
     (in thousands)                   

Container rental revenue

   $ 45,855    $ 39,614    (13.6 )%   68.8 %   64.4 %

Management fee revenue

     6,809      11,230    64.9     10.2     18.2  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     13,420      9,913    (26.1 )   20.1     16.1  

Finance lease income

     602      829    37.7     0.9     1.3  
                            

Total revenue

   $ 66,686    $ 61,586    (7.6 )   100.0 %   100.0 %
                            

Container Rental Revenue.     Container rental revenue decreased $6.2 million, or 13.6%, to $39.6 million for 2005 from $45.9 million for 2004. The decrease in container rental revenue was primarily due to a 24.8% reduction in the average number of TEUs in our owned fleet in 2005 as compared to

 

60


Table of Contents

2004, primarily reflecting sales of container portfolios and gain on disposition of used container equipment into the secondary resale market during 2005. Included in container rental revenue for 2004 was a $2.0 million payment by Interpool to reconcile revenue allocation under our agreement with Interpool with respect to the amount of container rental revenue that was attributable to the containers we managed for Interpool as compared to our owned fleet. We recognized the payment we received from Interpool in connection with the resolution of this matter as revenue attributable to our owned containers.

The decline in revenue attributable to the decrease in our average numbers of TEUs available for lease in 2005 as compared to 2004 was partially offset by higher average per diem rates on both short- and long-term leases in 2005 as compared to 2004 and by a slight increase in average utilization over this same period. The average utilization rates for our total fleet increased to approximately 90.7% in 2005 compared to approximately 89.8% in 2004, although utilization rates decreased slightly during the second half of 2005.

Management Fee Revenue.     Management fee revenue increased $4.4 million, or 64.9%, to $11.2 million for 2005 from $6.8 million in 2004. Management fees comprised $8.1 million and $5.9 million for 2005 and 2004, respectively. Managed units’ sales fees comprised $3.1 million and $900,000 for 2005 and 2004, respectively. The increase in management fees is primarily attributable to a 24.0% increase in the average number of TEUs in our managed fleet in 2005 as compared to 2004 together with higher average per diem rates for both short- and long-term leases in 2005 as compared to 2004 as well as a slight increase in average utilization in 2005. Additionally, there was an increase in the number of containers sold on behalf of container investors in 2005 as compared to 2004 that generated higher managed units’ sales fee revenue.

Gain on Sale of Container Portfolios.     Gain on sale of container portfolios decreased $3.5 million, or 26.1%, to $9.9 million for 2005 from $13.4 million for 2004. The decline in gain on sale of container portfolios during 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily due to our sale of fewer leased containers to container investors in 2005. We sold 53,000 TEUs in 2005 and 78,000 TEUs in 2004.

Finance Lease Income.     Finance lease income increased $227,000, or 37.7%, to $829,000 for 2005 from $602,000 for 2004, primarily due to an increased number of finance leases signed in 2005. In 2005 we added approximately a net 2,900 TEUs under finance lease, increasing the number of TEUs under finance leases to approximately 8,700 TEUs at December 31, 2005, compared to approximately 5,800 TEUs as of December 31, 2004.

Expenses.     The following table summarizes changes in expenses for 2004 and 2005:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     

Percent

Change

 
     2004      2005     
     (in thousands)         

Depreciation of container rental equipment

   $ 15,545      $ 14,764      (5.0 )%

Impairment of container rental equipment

     275        572      108.0  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (718 )      (1,166 )    62.4  

Equipment rental expense

     10,636        6,875      (35.4 )

Storage, handling and other expenses

     6,164        3,853      (37.5 )

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     11,783        12,551      6.5  
                    

Total operating expenses

     43,685        37,449      (14.3 )

Interest expense

     7,651        7,798      1.9  

Interest income

     (28 )      (27 )    (3.6 )
                    

Net interest expense

     7,623        7,771      1.9  

Income tax expense

     6,149        6,377      3.7  

 

61


Table of Contents

Depreciation of Container Rental Equipment.     Depreciation of container rental equipment decreased $781,000, or 5.0%, to $14.8 million for 2005 from $15.5 million for 2004. This decrease was primarily due to a lower average number of TEUs in our owned fleet during 2005 as result of our sale of container portfolios to container investors in 2005 and our increased level of disposition of older equipment into the secondary resale market.

Impairment of Container Rental Equipment.     Impairment of container rental equipment expense increased $297,000, or 108.0%, to approximately $572,000 for 2005 from $275,000 in 2004. This increase was primarily due to additional units designated for sale that were subsequently deemed to be impaired.

Gain on Disposition of Used Container Equipment.     Gain on disposition of used container equipment increased $448,000, or 62.4%, to $1.2 million in 2005 from $718,000 in 2004. The increased gain was due to an increase in the number of TEUs we sold to the secondary resale market during 2005 as compared to 2004. We sold approximately 19,000 TEUs and 12,000 TEUs during 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Equipment Rental Expense.     Equipment rental expense decreased $3.8 million, or 35.4%, to $6.9 million for 2005 from $10.6 million for 2004. In 2005, we exercised buy-out options for 28,000 TEUs leased to us by third parties, which resulted in the decrease in equipment rental expense.

Storage, Handling and Other Expenses.     Storage, handling and other expenses decreased $2.3 million, or 37.5%, to $3.9 million for 2005 from $6.2 million for 2004. The decrease was due to reduced storage and repositioning expenses which resulted from our operating on average a smaller owned fleet and higher utilization of our containers in 2005 as compared to 2004.

Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses.     Marketing, general and administrative expenses increased $768,000, or 6.5%, to $12.6 million for 2005 from $11.8 million for 2004. The increase was primarily due to higher employee costs, increased office rental expense as a result of moving into new premises and increased stock compensation expense recognized in 2005.

Net Interest Expense.     Net interest expense increased $148,000, or 1.9%, to $7.8 million for 2005 from $7.6 million for 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to increases in market interest rates to which our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility are linked and an increase in average borrowings outstanding during 2005 under our senior secured line of credit. As of December 31, 2005, the one-month U.S.-dollar Eurodollar rate was 4.22% compared to 2.31% as of December 31, 2004. We were able to moderate the impact of these interest rate increases by replacing our old revolving line of credit, which had a spread over Eurodollar rate of 2.25% with a new facility which has a spread of 1.75% over the Eurodollar rate. The new facility was put in place in April 2005.

Income Tax Expense.     Income tax expense increased $228,000, or 3.7%, to $6.4 million for 2005 from $6.1 million for 2004. The increase was due to the 5.7% increase in pretax income offset by a reduction in effective tax rates. Our effective tax rate was 39.0% for 2005 and 40.0% for 2004.

 

62


Table of Contents

Segment Information.     The following table summarizes our results of operations for each of our business segments for 2004 and 2005:

 

                     As a Percent of
Total Revenue
 
    

Year Ended

December 31,

  

Percent

Change

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2004    2005      2004     2005  
     (in thousands)                   

Container Leasing

            

Total revenue

   $ 46,457    $ 40,443    (12.9 )%   69.7 %   65.7 %

Total operating expenses

     35,726      28,364    (20.6 )   53.6     46.1  

Interest expense

     7,651      7,798    1.9     11.5     12.7  
                            

Income before taxes attributable to segment

   $ 3,080    $ 4,281    39.0     4.6 %   7.0 %
                            

Container Management

            

Total revenue

   $ 20,229    $ 21,143    4.5 %   30.3 %   34.3 %

Total operating expenses

     6,352      7,287    14.7     9.5     11.8  
                            

Income before taxes attributable to segment

   $ 13,877    $ 13,856    (0.2 )   20.8 %   22.5 %
                            

Container Leasing.     Total revenue from our container leasing segment decreased $6.0 million, or 12.9%, to $40.4 million for 2005 from $46.5 million for 2004. Also included in the year ended December 31, 2004 was a $2.0 million payment by Interpool to reconcile revenue allocation under our agreement with Interpool with respect to the amount of container rental revenue that was attributable to containers we managed for Interpool as compared to our owned fleet.

Total operating expenses for the container leasing segment decreased $7.4 million, or 20.6%, to $28.4 million for 2005 from $35.7 million for 2004. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in equipment rental expense, depreciation of container rental equipment and a reduced allocation of marketing, general and administrative expenses due to the smaller percentage of our total fleet represented by our owned fleet.

Container Management.     Total revenue from our container management segment increased $914,000, or 4.5%, to $21.1 million for 2005 from $20.2 million for 2004. The increase was due to an increase in management fee revenue from $6.8 million for 2004 to $11.2 million for 2005, offset in part by a decrease in our gain on sale of container portfolios of $3.5 million, or 26.1%, to $9.9 million for 2005 from $13.4 million for 2004.

Total operating expenses for the container management segment increased $935,000, or 14.7%, to $7.3 million for 2005 from $6.4 million for 2004 due to increases in marketing, general and administrative expenses and a larger allocation of these expenses to our container management segment.

 

63


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Data

The following table presents condensed consolidated statements of operations data for each of the nine quarters in the period ended March 31, 2007. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any subsequent quarter.

 

       Predecessor     Successor  
       2005 Quarters Ended   2006 Quarters Ended    

Quarters Ended

 
       Mar. 31   June 30   Sep. 30   Dec. 31   Mar. 31   June 30   Sep. 30     Dec. 31,
2006
  Mar. 31,
2007
 
      

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

Revenue

   $ 14,969   $ 13,190   $ 16,065   $ 17,362   $ 12,875   $ 13,953   $ 15,222        $ 18,611   $ 14,513  

Operating expenses

     9,780     9,687     8,960     9,022     7,869     7,028     6,786       6,564     5,480  

Operating income

     5,189     3,503     7,105     8,340     5,006     6,925     8,436       12,047     9,033  

Net income

     2,047     1,111     2,976     3,855     2,179     3,631     4,555       5,233     3,612  

Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders:

                      

Basic

   $ 0.09   $ 0.04   $ 0.13   $ 0.17   $ 0.13   $ 0.19   $ 0.24     $ 0.49   $ (0.19 )*

Diluted

     0.09     0.04     0.13     0.17     0.10     0.17     0.21       0.36     (0.19 )*

* Calculated based on net loss available to common stockholders of $2.0 million which represents net income minus $5.6 million of accretion in the value of preferred stock at March 31, 2007.

Seasonal factors cause our profitability to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Historically, the average utilization rates of our fleet have been lowest in the first and second quarters of the year as container shipping lines drop off at depots containers they had on short-term leases to carry goods for the prior winter holiday season. In addition, container shipping lines historically enter into long-term container leases in response to increased demand for containers beginning at the end of the second quarter and continuing into the third and fourth quarters as their shipping activity increases for the winter holiday season. We have also historically reported higher levels of gain on sale of container portfolios in the third and fourth quarters as we sell portfolios of recently leased containers to container investors.

The overall seasonal trends have typically resulted in the first quarter being our least profitable quarter, and the third and fourth quarters being our most profitable quarters. In the first quarter of 2005 our profitability was not as low due to higher growth in world trade volume, and resulting high utilization rates. In addition, sales of containers to container investors in the first quarter of 2005 resulted in that quarter being a more profitable quarter than the second quarter of 2005, which had lower gain on sale of container portfolios.

In the fourth quarter of 2006 we reported $5.2 million in net income as a result of the 90.6% utilization levels during the quarter and the sale of 28,300 TEUs of containers, resulting in a gain on sale of container portfolios of $5.4 million. In the first quarter of 2007, we reported $3.6 million in net income as a result of 92.4% utilization during the period, lower operating expenses and a $2.9 million gain on sale of container portfolios.

Our quarterly results are also affected by other factors such as the timing of sales of container portfolios to container investors, the overall demand for containers by container shipping lines, the number of new containers available for lease by our competitors and the resulting impact on per diem and utilization rates, and other unanticipated circumstances. Some of these circumstances will change from quarter to quarter. Accordingly, results for a particular quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for any year. For example, 2003 was a loss year for us due to low container demand caused by the global economic weakness after the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001. We experienced low container demand from container shipping lines throughout 2003, and that

 

64


Table of Contents

low demand continued into the first quarter of 2004, our seasonally lowest profit quarter. In April 2004 we experienced an increase in demand from container shipping lines for containers. Lease activity and utilization increased steadily each month thereafter, and 2004 became a profitable year for the company. This trend continued into 2005.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash flows from operations, sales of portfolios of containers and borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. From January 1, 2004 through March 31, 2007, we sold to European and Asian container investors containers representing approximately 211,000 TEUs for $363.4 million of gross proceeds. We believe that cash flow from operations, future sales of portfolios of containers and borrowing availability under our senior secured credit facility are sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months.

We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price for new containers through borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. However, from time to time we have funded new container acquisitions through the use of working capital. We intend to primarily use our senior secured credit facility to fund the purchase of new containers in the future. We have typically used the proceeds from sales of portfolios of containers to container investors to repay our senior secured credit facility. As we expand our owned fleet, our senior secured credit facility balance will be higher, which will result in higher interest expense and may reduce our ability to finance additional purchases of new containers.

In addition to customary events of default, our senior secured credit facility contains financial covenants that require us to maintain (1) a total leverage ratio of 4.50 to 1.00 or less through December 31, 2007 and 3.50 to 1.00 or less thereafter; (2) a senior leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 or less through December 31, 2007 and 2.50 to 1.00 or less thereafter; and (3) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00. These ratios are defined in our senior secured credit facility. At March 31, 2007, we were in compliance with the financial covenants in our senior secured credit facility.

Cash Flow

The following table sets forth certain historical cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, the three months ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007:

 

      

Predecessor

   

Successor

    Predecessor     Successor  
       Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   

Three Months
Ended

December 31,
2006

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,

 
      

2004

    

2005

     2005      2006       2006     2007  
       (in thousands)  
                     (unaudited)                  (unaudited)  

Net income

   $ 9,229      $ 9,989      $ 6,135      $ 10,364     $ 5,233     $ 2,179     $ 3,612  

Adjustments to net income

     11,122        19,425        17,137        2,372       3,142       4,722       (11,545 )
                                                             

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     20,351        29,414        23,272        12,736       8,375       6,901       (7,933 )

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     3,784        (8,228 )      (42,209 )      (9,932 )     7,844       10,028       (7,409 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (22,000 )      (19,042 )      21,640        (6,104 )     (272 )     (14,683 )     2,750  

Effect on cash of foreign currency translation

     56        (103 )      (123 )      (4 )     143       (14 )     8  
                                                             

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     2,191        2,041        2,580        (3,304 )     16,090       2,232       (12,584 )

Cash at beginning of period

     3,341        5,532        5,532        7,573       4,269       7,573       20,359  
                                                             

Cash at end of period

   $ 5,532      $ 7,573      $ 8,112      $ 4,269     $ 20,359     $ 9,805     $ 7,775  
                                                             

 

65


Table of Contents

Operating Activities Cash Flows

Net cash used in operating activities was $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, compared to $6.9 million provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The change in net cash from operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2007, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006, was primarily due to the payment in the three months ended March 31, 2007 of $9.5 million in estimated federal and state income taxes related to the year ended December 31, 2006. We fully utilized our suspended passive activity losses during the year ended December 31, 2006. As a result, we expect to pay federal and state income taxes if we continue to be profitable. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 we had lower depreciation expense as a result of the increase in our estimated residual values of our owned fleet and the sale of container equipment since March 31, 2006. In addition, we had higher gain on sale of container portfolios during the three months ended March 31, 2007 than in the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to $23.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, and $8.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was primarily due to a greater amount of our net income coming from our container management segment and a lesser amount from net income related to our container leasing segment. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, we sold substantially all of the containers we purchased and leased during those periods to container investors in order to increase our revenue and net income from our container management segment. A container that is operated as part of our owned fleet will generate more operating cash flow than a container operated in our managed fleet, though the managed container does not have the related capital cost. Although our owned equipment portfolio did not increase, we had a $5.2 million increase in accounts receivable during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 due to increased leasing activity associated with our managed fleet, as compared to the fleet operated during the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The higher accounts receivable balance was partly offset by higher levels of accrued and accounts payable balances during the nine months period ended September 30, 2006.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $29.4 million in 2005 and $20.4 million in 2004. Net income for 2005 was $710,000 greater than net income for 2004. Non-cash items, such as depreciation, amortization, gain on sale of container portfolios and deferred income taxes, which are included in the calculation of net income, increased to $13.9 million in 2005 from $10.8 million in 2004. During 2005 our cash flow from operating activities benefited from a $4.4 million increase in management fees as a result of operating a 24.0% larger managed fleet, as measured in TEUs, and from higher fees associated with selling more containers into the secondary resale market on behalf of container investors.

We are subject to federal and state income taxes as a Subchapter C corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. We file a U.S. federal income tax return. We are liable for federal income taxes on our worldwide income. Through Adjusted 2006, due to our suspended passive activity losses, we have paid immaterial amounts of income taxes to the taxing authorities. However, we fully utilized our suspended passive activity losses during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months December 31, 2006. As a result, in 2007 we began paying cash taxes related to our taxable income in 2007, and made a $9.5 million estimated tax payment during the three months ending March 31, 2007 related to taxes that had been accrued during 2006.

Investing Activities Cash Flows.    

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to $10.0 million provided by investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The change in cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2007 as

 

66


Table of Contents

compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006 was due primarily to payments of $37.2 million for new containers purchased during the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to $10.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2006. Proceeds from the sale of container portfolios were $24.9 million and $17.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $9.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $42.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. During the three months ended December 31, 2006 there was $7.8 million of net cash provided by investing activities, largely due to $52.9 million in proceeds from container disposal and container portfolio sales during the period. The decrease during the nine months ended September 30, 2006, as compared to the same period in 2005, was due to lower equipment purchases and higher proceeds from sales of container portfolios. During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and three months ended December 31, 2006, we invested $114.2 million, $89.4 million and $45.8 million in containers, respectively, due to the strong demand for containers from shipping lines over those periods. During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, we sold $58.7 million, $67.9 million and $49.3 million of containers to container investors, respectively, in order to generate additional cash from the proceeds and from additional future management fee revenue. The proceeds also allowed us invest in additional containers, while also providing sufficient cash to reduce our outstanding subordinated debt.

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $8.2 million in 2005 compared to $3.8 million of cash provided by investing activities in 2004. During 2005 and 2004 we invested $127.3 million and $125.7 million in containers, respectively, and sold $102.1 million and $119.2 million of containers to container investors, respectively. Our level of investment and sale activity during 2005 and 2004 was due to the favorable market conditions for leased containers, and the development of container sales programs primarily to European container investors during those years.

Financing Activities Cash Flows.     

Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to $14.7 million used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The change in net cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006 was due to higher net borrowing under our senior secured credit facility of $2.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to a net repayment of $13.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $6.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $272,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2006. Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $21.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The change in net cash from financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2006, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005, was due to lower net borrowing under our senior secured credit facility of $8.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 as compared to net borrowing of $38.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006 we had lower net borrowing need due to a higher level of proceeds from sale of container portfolios, as previously discussed. During the nine months ended September 30, 2005 we made a $114.1 million investment in containers that resulted in our needing to borrow under the revolving line of credit under our senior secured credit facility.

We have the ability to use our senior secured credit facility to finance container purchases on an interim, as well as long-term, basis. However, we often are extended short-term credit from container manufacturers on newly manufactured containers. At March 31, 2007 we had $33.0 million outstanding under manufacturer credit lines. We typically repay the manufacturer credit lines with borrowings under

 

67


Table of Contents

the revolving line of credit under our senior secured credit facility. We also often apply proceeds from the sale of container portfolios against the outstanding debt balance under the revolving line of credit under our senior secured credit facility.

On October 1, 2006, we repurchased 50.0% of our then-outstanding common stock from Interpool. In connection with this transaction, we incurred $80.5 million of indebtedness, $37.5 million of which was pursuant to a convertible subordinated note we issued to Interpool and the remainder of which was pursuant to borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. Of this indebtedness, $77.5 million was incurred to pay the purchase price for the common stock and $3.0 million was used to repay a subordinated note we had previously issued to Interpool. Our senior secured credit facility was amended on September 29, 2006 to include the addition of a $20.0 million term loan (funded on October 2, 2006), and the revolving line of credit commitment was decreased from $175.0 million to $170.0 million and extended to September 29, 2010. We expect to apply our net proceeds from this offering to repay the $37.5 million convertible subordinated note, the outstanding balance under our term loan ($17.5 million as of March 31, 2007) and the remainder to the amount outstanding on our revolving line of credit. We expect that our principal indebtedness will be the amount outstanding under the revolving line of credit under our senior secured credit facility after receipt of the proceeds from this offering.

Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $19.0 million in 2005 and $22.0 million in 2004. The decrease in net cash used in financing activities in 2005 as compared to 2004 was due to a net repayment of indebtedness of $1.0 million in 2005 as compared to a net repayment of indebtedness of $22.0 million in 2004. During 2005 we also made $16.8 million of payments on our subordinated note payable to Interpool. We did not make any payments on our subordinated note payable during 2004.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments by due date as of December 31, 2006:

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total    1 year    1-2
years
   2-3
years
   3-4
years
   4-5
years
   >5
years
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

Total debt obligations:

                    

Senior secured credit facility

   $ 115,750    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 100,750    $ —      $ —  

Convertible subordinated note

     37,500      —        —        —        37,500      —        —  

Interest expense (1)

     45,890      12,650      12,250      11,871      9,119      

Operating lease obligations

     1,577      1,474      103      —        —        —        —  

Purchase obligations payable

     30,788      30,788      —        —        —        —        —  

Rent, office facilities and equipment

     3,081      991      847      697      546      —        —  

Capital lease obligations

     556      525      31      —        —        —        —  

Container purchases commitments

     31,622      31,622      —        —        —        —        —  
                                                

Total contractual obligations

   $ 266,764    $ 83,050    $ 18,231    $ 17,568    $ 147,915    $ —      $ —  
                                                

(1)

Interest expense assumes that the interest rates of 7.32% and 7.57% as of December 31, 2006 on the revolving line of credit and term loan under our senior secured credit facility, respectively, prevail over the future periods. These interest rates will vary over time based upon fluctuations in the underlying indexes upon which these interest rates are based. The interest rates on the convertible subordinated note and capital lease are assumed to be 11.46% and 7.32%, respectively. These rates are the interest rates as of December 31, 2006.

 

68


Table of Contents

Our senior secured credit facility provides for a maximum total commitment amount of up to $190.0 million, consisting of a $20.0 million term loan facility and a $170.0 million revolving line of credit. Loans under the senior secured credit facility bear interest at variable rates based on the Eurodollar rate or a base rate described in our senior secured facility plus a margin that changes depending on certain financial criteria. In addition, there is a commitment fee on the unused amount of the total commitment which is payable quarterly in arrears. The senior secured credit facility provides that swing line loans (up to $10.0 million in the aggregate) and standby letters of credit (up to $15.0 million in the aggregate) will be available to us. These sublimits are part of, and not in addition to, the total commitment of $170.0 million under the revolving line of credit. At March 31, 2007, there was a balance of $101.0 million on the revolving line of credit and $17.5 million on the term loan under our senior secured credit facility. Both the revolving line of credit and the term loan facility terminate on September 30, 2010.

On October 1, 2006, we acquired Interpool’s 50.0% interest in our common stock for $77.5 million. We paid $40.0 million in cash and issued a convertible subordinated note to Interpool in the aggregate principal amount of $37.5 million. Interest on the convertible subordinated note starts at 7.87% per annum for the six-month period ended March 31, 2007 and increases by 1.0% each subsequent six-month period. The note provides Interpool with an option to convert the obligation into a significant minority position if the note is not repaid following this offering. The note matures on October 30, 2010, is subordinated to our $20.0 million term loan facility and $170.0 million revolving line of credit and is secured by a second priority lien on our assets. The note subjects us to various financial and other covenants. As of March 31, 2007, we were in compliance with these covenants. We plan to repay all of the indebtedness under the note with our net proceeds from this offering.

On October 2, 2006, we borrowed the full $20.0 million under the term loan facility and an additional $23.0 million under the revolving line of credit facility. We used the proceeds to pay the $40.0 million cash portion of the repurchase price for our stock previously owned by Interpool and repaid the remaining $3.0 million outstanding balance on the subordinated note we issued to Interpool in 1998. Our senior secured credit facility contains various financial and other covenants. As of March 31, 2007, we were in compliance with these covenants. We intend to repay the $20.0 million term loan with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and to use the balance of the proceeds to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At March 31, 2007, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations. An off-balance sheet arrangement includes any contractual obligation, agreement or transaction arrangement involving an unconsolidated entity under which we would have: (1) retained a contingent interest in transferred assets; (2) an obligation under derivative instruments classified as equity; (3) any obligation arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or that engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us; or (4) made guarantees.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting period and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements. We have identified the policies and estimates below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. These policies and estimates are considered critical due to the existence of uncertainty at the time the estimate is made, the likelihood of changes in estimates from period to period and the potential impact that these estimates can have on our financial statements. The following accounting policies and estimates include inherent risks

 

69


Table of Contents

and uncertainties related to judgments and assumptions made by us. Our estimates are based on the relevant information available at the end of each period.

Revenue Recognition

Container Rental Revenue.     We recognize revenue from operating leases of our owned containers as earned over the term of the lease. Where minimum lease payments vary over the lease term, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. We cease recognition of lease revenue if and when a container lessee defaults in making timely lease payments or we otherwise determine that future lease payments are not likely to be collected from the lessee. Our determination of the collectibility of future lease payments is made by management on the basis of available information, including the current creditworthiness of container shipping lines that lease containers from us, historical collection results and review of specific past due receivables. If we experience unexpected payment defaults from our container lessees, we will cease revenue recognition for those leases which will reduce container rental revenue.

Finance Lease Income.     Finance lease income is recognized using the effective interest method, which generates a constant rate of interest over the period of the lease. The same risks of collectibility discussed above apply to our collection of finance lease income. If we experience unexpected payment defaults under our finance leases, we cease revenue recognition for those leases which will reduce finance lease income.

Management Fee Revenue and Gain on Sale of Container Portfolios.     In addition to leasing owned containers we sell portfolios of containers to container investors. After the date of sale, we generally manage the containers sold to these container investors. As these arrangements contain multiple parts (the sale of an asset followed by the provision of management services), we evaluate the arrangements under Emerging Issues Task Force No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (EITF 00-21). We have determined that the sale of the container and the management services are separate units of accounting thereby requiring revenue to be recognized separately for each part of the arrangement.

One requirement of EITF 00-21 for the two deliverables to be accounted for as separate units of accounting is that management can determine the fair value of the undelivered item (the management services), when the first item (the sale of containers) is delivered. Assessing fair value evidence requires judgment. In determining fair value we have reviewed information from management agreements entered into with container investors on a standalone basis, compared it to information from management agreements entered into with container investors to whom we concurrently sold portfolios of containers and determined that the fees we have charged to container investors who have entered into management agreements on a standalone basis were comparable to the fees we charged when we entered into management agreements with container investors concurrent with the sales of portfolios of containers. We have also reviewed information of other container management companies disclosed in publicly available documents, including investment fund prospectuses and competitor financial statements. Accordingly we were able to determine that the fees charged for our management services are comparable to those charged by other container management companies for the same service. As such, we have concluded that evidence exists to support our assessment of the fair value of our management services. However, we are one of the few companies in the business of selling and managing portfolios of leased containers and in the future data may not be available to support our assessment of fair value. Should fair value evidence not be satisfactory in the future, the gain on sale of container portfolios and the management services may need to be accounted for as one unit of accounting. This would result in the gain on sale of container portfolios being deferred and recognized over the term of the management agreement, which typically ranges from eight to 12 years, rather than in the period the sale occurs.

 

70


Table of Contents

Based on the conclusion that the sale of containers and the management services can be accounted for separately, we recognize gain on sale of container portfolios when the sale of the containers is completed. The gain is the difference between the sales price and the net book value of the containers sold.

We recognize revenue from management fees earned under management agreements on a monthly basis. Fees are calculated as a percentage of net operating income, which is revenue from the containers under management minus direct operating expense related to those containers. If a lessee of a managed container defaults in making timely lease payments or we otherwise determine that future lease payments are not likely to be collected from the lessee, then we will cease to record lease revenue for purposes of our internal record keeping in connection with determining the amount of management fees that we have earned, which in turn will result in reduced management fee revenue.

Accounting for Container Leasing Equipment

Accounting for container leasing equipment includes depreciation, impairment testing and the impairment of containers as held for sale.

Depreciation.     When we acquire containers, we record the cost of the container on our balance sheet. We then depreciate the container over its estimated “useful life” (which represents the number of years we expect to be able to lease the container to shipping companies) to its estimated “residual value” (which represents the amount we estimate we will recover upon the sale or other disposition of the equipment at the end of its “useful life” as a shipping container). Our estimates of useful life are based on our actual experience with our owned fleet, and our estimates of residual value are based on a number of factors including disposal price history.

We review our depreciation policies, including our estimates of useful lives and residual values, on a regular basis to determine whether a change in our estimates of useful lives and residual values is warranted. Prior to October 1, 2006, we estimated that standard dry van containers, which represent substantially all the containers in our fleet, had a useful life of 12.5 years and had residual values of $645 for a 20', $795 for a 40', and $805 for a 40' high cube. Beginning on October 1, 2006, we changed our residual value estimates to $850 for a 20', $950 for a 40' and $1,000 for a 40' high cube. Our change in residual value estimates is based on our recent sales history and current market conditions for the sale of used containers. The effect of this change will be a reduction in depreciation expense as compared to what would have been reported using the previous estimates. We continue to estimate a container’s “useful life” as a shipping container to be 12.5 years from the first lease out date after manufacture.

If market conditions in the future warrant a further change of our estimates of the useful lives or residual values of our containers, we may be required to again recognize increased or decreased depreciation expense. A decrease in either the useful life or residual value of our containers would result in increased depreciation expense and decreased net income (or increased net loss).

Impairment.     In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we periodically evaluate our containers held for use to determine whether there has been any event that would cause the book value of our containers to be impaired. Any such impairment would be expensed in our results of operations. Impairment exists when the future undiscounted cash flows generated by an asset are less than the net book value of that asset. If impairment exists, the containers are written down to their fair value. This fair value then becomes the containers’ new cost basis and is depreciated over their remaining useful life to their estimated residual values. Any impairment charge would result in decreased net income or increased net loss.

Containers Held for Sale.     We also evaluate all off-lease containers to determine whether the containers will be repaired and returned to service or sold based upon what we estimate will be the best economic alternative. If we designate a container as held for sale, depreciation on the container ceases, and the

 

71


Table of Contents

container is reported at the lower of (1) its recorded value or (2) the amount we expect to receive upon sale (less the estimated cost to sell the container). Any writedown of containers held for sale is reflected in our statement of operations as an expense. If a larger number of containers are identified for sale or prices for used containers drop, impairment charges for containers held for sale may increase which would result in decreased net income or increased net loss.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination accounted for using the purchase method. Our goodwill resulted from the Interpool Transaction for which we have applied pushdown accounting and accounted for the repurchase of shares as a step acquisition. Goodwill created as part of a purchase business combination is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Management has determined that the Company is comprised of two reporting units, container leasing and container management, and has allocated $14.5 million and $36.4 million of goodwill, respectively, to each segment. The allocation of the purchase price is based on the expected future cash flow contribution of each segment and goodwill for each reporting unit was determined as the difference between the allocated purchase price and the fair value of the net assets of each reporting unit. On October 1, 2006, intangible assets allocated to the container leasing and container management reporting units were $2.6 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Intangible assets have been allocated either directly to the relevant unit or on the expected future cash flows contribution of each segment.

Impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level annually or when an event or circumstance has occurred that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Factors that would suggest a possible impairment include, but are not limited to, material customer losses, an adverse change in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition or a loss in key personnel.

The impairment test is conducted by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. Management has determined that we comprise two reporting units, container leasing and container management. We perform the annual goodwill impairment test using a combination of the market and income approaches. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists and a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In the application of the impairment testing, we are required to make estimates of future operating trends and resulting cash flows and judgments on discount rates and other variables. Actual future results and other assumed variables could differ from these estimates. If goodwill is impaired we will record an impairment charge resulting in a decrease in net income or an increase in net loss.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed regularly by our management and is based on the risk profile of the receivables, credit quality indicators such as the level of past due amounts and non-performing accounts and economic conditions. Our credit committee meets regularly to assess performance of our container lessees and to recommend actions to be taken in order to minimize credit risks. Changes in economic conditions or other events may necessitate additions or deductions to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance is intended to provide for losses inherent in the owned fleet’s accounts receivable, and requires the application of estimates and judgments as to the outcome of collection efforts and the realization of collateral, among other things. If the financial condition of our container lessees were to deteriorate, reducing their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required, which would decrease our net income or increase our net loss in the period of the adjustment. The credit risk on accounts receivable related to the containers we manage is the responsibility of the container investors. Accordingly, we do not record an allowance for doubtful

 

72


Table of Contents

accounts related to those accounts receivable. Under our management agreements, if we are unable to ultimately collect any amount due from a managed container lessee, the container investors are obligated to reimburse us for any amounts we have previously paid to them in advance of receiving the amount from the container lessee.

Share-Based Payments

For the period up to December 31, 2005, we accounted for our cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock issued under our Executive Management Incentive Program in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 , Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB No. 25”). We have accounted for our preferred stock, granted in exchange for a note receivable, to certain key employees under the Executive Management Incentive Program as a stock option subject to variable accounting. Compensation expense, which has the effect of decreasing net income or increasing net loss, is calculated as the excess of the fair value of our preferred stock over the exercise price at each reporting date until a measurement date occurs. Considerable judgment is required to determine the fair value of our preferred stock as, to date, there has been no public market on which our preferred stock or common stock trades. We estimate the fair value of our preferred stock by using a combination of the income and market approaches. In determining the fair value of the preferred stock, we are required to make estimates of future operating trends and resulting cash flows and judgments on discount rates and other variables. If our assessment of the fair value of our preferred stock were incorrect, our net income or net loss would be overstated or understated to the extent of our incorrect assessment. We assessed the fair value of our preferred stock at October 1, 2006 based primarily upon the price paid for the shares we purchased from Interpool on that date and taking into account the additional $77.5 million of debt incurred by us in connection with the Interpool Transaction. We reassessed the fair value of our preferred stock at December 31, 2006 based upon the information available to us at that date, including our results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2006, our continuing high level of debt and our continuation as a privately held corporation as of that date. Based upon that information we concluded that the fair value of our preferred stock at December 31, 2006 was consistent with its value as of October 1, 2006. In the three months ended March 31, 2007, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission the registration statement for this offering and Mr. Ogawa negotiated and concluded a sale of approximately 14.9% of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock, to an entity affiliated with the Development Bank of Japan. In light of the initial indications of valuation provided to us by the underwriters prior to the initial filing of the registration statement and the price paid to Mr. Ogawa for our common stock, we determined that the per share value of our preferred stock at March 31, 2007 was equal to our assumed initial public offering price of $15.00, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range as set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , and related interpretations (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), to account for stock-based compensation using the modified prospective transition method and, therefore, have not restated our prior period results. SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB No. 25 and revises guidance in SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . Among other things, SFAS No. 123(R) requires that compensation expense be recognized in the financial statements for share-based awards based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. Our cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock issued under the Executive Management Incentive Program was issued in 1998 and had no vesting term. As such, there is no compensation expense to be recognized for these shares upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). Our preferred stock will be converted prior to this offering. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan described elsewhere in this prospectus. Pursuant to the plan we will issue stock options, restricted shares or other equity awards, which will result in additional compensation expense. The amount of the expense cannot be estimated at this time, as no awards have been granted under the plan.

 

73


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the differences between the book values and the tax basis of particular assets and liabilities, using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount we determine is more likely than not to be realized, based on our analyses of past operating results, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and projected taxable income. Our analyses of future taxable income are subject to a wide range of variables, many of which involve estimates. Uncertainty regarding future events and changes in tax regulation could materially alter our valuation of deferred tax liabilities and assets. If we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, we would increase our valuation allowance and make a corresponding change to our earnings in the period in which we make such determination. If we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize our deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously provided valuation allowance.

In certain situations, a taxing authority may challenge positions adopted in our income tax filings. For transactions that we believe may be challenged, we may apply a different tax treatment for financial reporting purposes. We regularly assess the tax positions for such transactions and include reserves for those differences in position. The reserves are utilized or reversed once the statute of limitations has expired or the matter is otherwise resolved.

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 requires that we recognize in our financial statements a tax uncertainty, if it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure. On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN 48. The implementation of FIN 48 neither resulted in additional tax expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 nor did it result in a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”). This statement establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. SFAS No. 157 clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, the definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those years with earlier application encouraged. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities- Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS No. 159”). Under this

 

74


Table of Contents

pronouncement, companies may elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reporting earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. However, SFAS No. 159 specifically includes financial assets and financial liabilities recognized under leases (as defined in SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases ), as among those times not eligible for the fair value measurement option except contingent obligations for cancelled leases and guarantees of third-party lease obligations. This statement is effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 159 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of changes in value of a financial instrument, derivative or non-derivative, caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows. We are exposed to the market risks described below.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk .    Although we have significant foreign-based operations, the U.S. dollar is our primary operating currency. Thus, substantially all of our revenue and expenses in 2004, 2005 and 2006 were denominated in U.S. dollars. Foreign exchange fluctuations did not materially impact our financial results in those periods.

Interest Rate Risk.     The nature of our business exposes us to market risk arising from changes in interest rates to which our variable-rate debt is linked. During 2004, 2005 and 2006 we did not utilize interest rate swap agreements or other hedging agreements to manage the market risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates.

As of March 31, 2007 the principal amount of debt outstanding under fixed-rate arrangements and variable-rate arrangements was $37.8 million and $118.5 million, respectively. A 1.0% increase or decrease in underlying interest rates will increase or decrease interest expense by approximately $1.2 million annually assuming debt remains constant at March 31, 2007 levels.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Credit Risk

We maintain detailed credit records about the container lessees for our total fleet. Our credit policy sets different maximum exposure limits for our container lessees. Credit criteria may include, but are not limited to, container lessee trade route, country, social and political climate, assessments of net worth, asset ownership, bank and trade credit references, credit bureau reports, including those from Dynamar, operational history and financial strength. We monitor container lessees’ performance and lease exposures on an ongoing basis, and our credit management processes are aided by the long payment experience we have with most of the container lessees for our total fleet and our broad network of long- standing relationships in the shipping industry that provide current information about the container lessees for our total fleet. In managing this risk we also make an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based on two key components: (1) specific reserves for receivables which are impaired for which management believes full collection is doubtful; and (2) reserves for estimated losses inherent in the receivables based upon historical trends. The credit risk on accounts receivable related to the containers we manage is the responsibility of the container investors. We hold back a percentage of lease payments relating to managed containers to be applied against future lessee defaults. However we do not record an allowance for doubtful accounts related to those accounts receivable. Under our management agreements, if we are unable to ultimately collect any amount due from a managed container lessee, the container investors are obligated to reimburse us for any amounts we have previously paid to them in advance of receiving the amount from the container lessee. We typically pay container investors the amounts due to them under the leases we manage within

 

75


Table of Contents

60 days after invoicing lessees. Accordingly, we have credit risk exposure on amounts that we have paid to container investors in advance of receiving the funds from the lessees. Although our container investors are obligated under the terms of our management agreements to reimburse us for amounts advanced that are subsequently not collected from the managed container lessees, we bear the credit risk that one or more of our managed container lessees will become insolvent or otherwise be unable to pay us the amounts due under the lease. We receive all funds from our managed container lessees directly and if we determine that a payment due from a container lessee is not collectable we deduct that amount from future payments to the relevant container investors to the extent that amount exceeds amounts we have previously held back. We monitor our managed fleet credit risk exposure to managed container lessees and cease making payments to container investors with respect to containers leased to a lessee that we have determined is unlikely to make payment under the lease.

As of December 31, 2006, approximately 91.8% of accounts receivable for our total fleet and 87.9% of the finance lease receivables were from container lessees outside of the United States. China, (including Hong Kong) and Korea accounted for 14.2% and 10.5%, respectively, of our total fleet container leasing revenue for Adjusted 2006. No other countries accounted for greater than 10.0% of our total fleet container leasing revenue for the same period. Total fleet container leasing revenue differs from our reported container rental revenue in that total fleet container leasing revenue comprises revenue earned from leases on containers in our total fleet, including revenue earned by our investors from leases on containers in our managed fleet, while our reported container revenue only comprises container leasing revenue associated with our owned fleet. We derive revenue with respect to container leasing revenue associated with our managed fleet from management fees based upon the operating performance of the managed containers.

Revenue from our ten largest container lessees represented 57.7% of the revenue from our container leasing segment for Adjusted 2006, with revenue from our single largest container lessee accounting for 13.8%, or $4.8 million, of revenue from our container leasing segment during such period.

An allowance of $1.0 million has been established against non-performing receivables as of December 31, 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2006, receivable write-offs, net of recoveries, totaled $2.2 million.

 

76


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

We operate in the worldwide intermodal freight container leasing industry. Intermodal freight containers, or containers, are large, standardized steel boxes used to transport cargo by a number of means, including ship, truck and rail. Container shipping lines use containers as the primary means for packaging and transporting freight internationally, generally from export-oriented economies in Asia to North America and Western Europe.

Containers are built in accordance with standard dimensions and weight specifications established by the International Standards Organization. The industry-standard measurement unit is the 20’ equivalent unit, or TEU, which compares the size of a container to a standard container 20’ in length. For example, a 20’ container is equivalent to one TEU and a 40’ container is equivalent to two TEUs. Containers are eight feet wide, come in lengths of 20’, 40’ or 45’ and are either 8’6” or 9’6” tall. The two principal types of containers are described as follows:

 

   

Dry van containers.     A dry van container is constructed of steel sides, roof and end panel with a set of doors on the other end, a wooden floor and a steel undercarriage. Dry van containers are the least expensive and most commonly used type of container. According to Containerisation International, World Container Census 2006 , dry van containers comprised approximately 89.2% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEUs, as of mid-2005. They are used to carry general cargo, such as manufactured component parts, consumer staples, electronics and apparel.

 

   

Specialized containers.     Specialized containers consist of open-top, flat-rack, refrigerated and tank containers. An open-top container is similar in construction to a dry van container except that the roof is replaced with a tarpaulin supported by removable roof bows. A flat-rack container is a heavily reinforced steel platform with a wood deck and steel end panels. Open-top and flat-rack containers are generally used to move heavy or oversized cargo, such as marble slabs, building products or machinery. A refrigerated container has an integral refrigeration unit on one end which plugs into an outside power source and is used to transport perishable goods. Tank containers are used to transport bulk products such as chemicals, oils, and other liquids. According to Containerisation International, World Container Census 2006 , specialized containers comprised approximately 10.8% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEUs, as of mid-2005.

Containers provide a secure and cost-effective method of transportation because they can be used in multiple modes of transportation, making it possible to move cargo from a point of origin to a final destination without repeated unpacking and repacking. As a result, containers reduce transit time and freight and labor costs as they permit faster loading and unloading of shipping vessels and more efficient utilization of transportation containers than traditional bulk shipping methods. The protection provided by containers also reduces damage, loss and theft of cargo during shipment. While the useful economic life of containers varies based upon the damage and normal wear and tear suffered by the container, we estimate that the useful economic life for a dry van container used in intermodal transportation is 12.5 years.

Container shipping lines own and lease containers for their use. Containerisation International, Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2006 , estimates that as of mid-2006 transportation companies, including container shipping lines and freight forwarders, owned approximately 57.3% of the total worldwide container fleet and container leasing companies owned approximately 42.7% of the total worldwide container fleet. Given the uncertainty and variability of export volumes and the fact that container shipping lines have difficulty in accurately forecasting their container requirements at different ports, the availability of containers for lease significantly reduces a shipping line’s need to purchase and maintain excess container inventory. In addition, container leases allow the container shipping lines to

 

77


Table of Contents

adjust their container fleets both seasonally and over time and help to balance trade flows. The flexibility offered by container leasing helps container shipping lines improve their overall container fleet management and provides the container shipping lines with an alternative source of financing.

Over the last 25 years, containerized trade has grown at a rate greater than that of worldwide economic growth. According to The Drewry Annual Container Market Review and Forecast 2006/2007 , worldwide containerized cargo volume grew each year from 1980 through 2005, attaining a compounded annual growth rate of 9.8% during that period. Drewry estimates that 2006 container cargo volume grew 10.3% over the prior year. Drewry forecasts that cargo volume will continue to grow at approximately 9.0% annually through 2011, as illustrated by the following chart:

LOGO

We believe that this projected growth is due to several factors, including the continuing shift in global manufacturing capacity to lower labor cost regions such as China and India, the continued integration of developing high-growth economies into global trade patterns, the continued conversion of cargo from bulk shipping into container shipping and the growing liberalization and integration of world trade. Current trends in containerized shipbuilding also support expectations for increased container demand. According to the Drewry report, current orders for container ships set to be delivered between 2006 and 2009 represent approximately 4.2 million TEUs of shipping vessel capacity, or the equivalent of 48.4% of the existing container ship fleet. Given that we believe that container shipping lines require two TEUs of available containers for every TEU of capacity on their container ships, we expect that container demand should remain strong.

 

78


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are one of the world’s leading container leasing and management companies. We believe that our share of the worldwide leased container fleet, as measured in TEUs, increased from approximately 4.3% as of mid-1998 to 6.3% as of mid-2006, representing the seventh largest fleet of leased containers in the world. We operate our business through two segments: container leasing and container management. We purchase new containers, lease them to container shipping lines and either retain them as part of our owned fleet or sell them with the assistance of independent investment arrangers, to container investors for whom we then provide management services. In operating our fleet, we lease, re-lease and dispose of containers and contract for the repair, repositioning and storage of containers. As of March 31, 2007, our fleet comprised 684,000 TEUs, 74.7% of which represented our managed fleet and 25.3% of which represented our owned fleet.

We were founded in 1989 by our Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, as a traditional container leasing company that leased containers owned by us to container shipping lines. In 1998, we shifted our strategic focus from leasing containers owned by us to managing containers owned by container investors. Our managed fleet, as measured in TEUs, increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 19.2% from December 31, 1998 to December 31, 2006 as compared to a compounded annual growth rate of 11.3% for our total fleet, as measured in TEUs, during the same period. The following chart illustrates our increased focus on managing containers for our container investors and our overall fleet growth.

LOGO

The shift in our strategic focus to managing containers for container investors has enabled us to grow our total fleet while reducing our debt and operating lease commitments. This has allowed us to realize a higher return on assets and equity than we believe would have been possible if our fleet had consisted entirely of containers owned by us. We reduced our debt, capital lease obligations and equipment operating lease commitments from $189.5 million as of December 31, 2001 to $78.7 million as of September 30, 2006. On October 1, 2006, we repurchased 50.0% of our then-outstanding common stock from Interpool. In connection with this repurchase of our common stock, we incurred $77.5 million of incremental indebtedness, which caused our debt, capital lease obligations and equipment operating lease commitments to increase to $155.4 million as of December 31, 2006. We will use our net proceeds from this offering to repay this incremental indebtedness. As a result of the repurchase of our common stock from Interpool, Mr. Ogawa’s ownership of our common stock increased from 50.0% to 100.0%. In February 2007 Mr. Ogawa sold approximately 14.9% of our outstanding common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock, to an entity affiliated with the Development Bank of Japan.

 

79


Table of Contents

We lease our containers to lessees under long-term leases, short-term leases and finance leases. Long-term leases cover a specified number of containers that will be on lease for a fixed period of time. Short-term leases provide lessees with the ability to lease containers either for a fixed term of less than one year or without a fixed term on an as-needed basis, or with flexible pick-up and drop-off of containers at depots worldwide. Finance leases are long-term lease contracts that grant the lessee the right to purchase the container at the end of the term for a nominal amount. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, 92.4% of our fleet, as measured in TEUs, was on lease. As of March 31, 2007, 70.5% of our on-lease fleet was on long-term leases, 27.6% was on short-term leases and 1.9% was on finance leases.

We manage containers under management agreements that cover portfolios of containers. Our management agreements typically have terms of eight to 12 years and provide that we receive a management fee based upon the actual rental revenue for each container less the actual operating expenses directly attributable to that container. We also receive fees for selling used containers on behalf of container investors. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, our container management segment generated revenues of $6.3 million and income before income taxes of $3.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, our container management segment generated revenues of $21.1 million, $16.9 million and $9.0 million, respectively, and income before income taxes of $13.9 million, $10.4 million and $6.4 million, respectively.

Our container leasing segment revenue comprises container rental revenue and finance lease income from our owned fleet, and our container management segment revenue comprises gain on sale of container portfolios and management fee revenue for managing containers for container investors. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, our container leasing segment generated revenues of $8.2 million and income before income taxes of $2.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, our container leasing segment generated revenues of $40.4 million, $25.2 million and $9.7 million, respectively, and income before income taxes of $4.3 million, $5.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

For the three months ended March 31, 2007, we generated total revenues of $14.5 million, EBITDA of $11.1 million, and net income of $3.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, we generated total revenues of $61.6 million, $42.1 million and $18.6 million, respectively, EBITDA of $39.0 million, $30.1 million and $14.7 million, respectively, and net income of $10.0 million, $10.4 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Our Strengths

We believe our strengths include the following:

Multiple Sources of Revenue.     We have multiple sources of revenue, which primarily include container rental revenue, gain on sale of container portfolios and management fee revenue. Our container rental revenue and management fee revenue are structured to provide us with stable revenue over longer periods of time while our gain on sale of container portfolios has historically generated significant incremental revenue and facilitated growth in management fee revenue by increasing the number of containers we manage for container investors. From January 1, 2002 through Adjusted 2006, our annual container rental revenue ranged from $33.6 million to $45.9 million and our management fee revenue ranged from $4.9 million to $12.1 million. During this same period of time our gain on sale of container portfolios ranged from $3.3 million to $13.8 million. By having multiple sources of revenue, we believe that we have been able to realize a higher return on assets and equity than would have been possible if our fleet had consisted entirely of containers owned by us. We believe it is important to maintain a balance between the size of our owned fleet and our managed fleet to maintain our multiple sources of revenue.

 

80


Table of Contents

High-Quality Asset Management Services.     There are several container investors in Europe and Asia that focus on investing in containers and other shipping-related assets. Demand for container investment is driven by steady cash flow from container leasing revenue as well as tax benefits to the container investors in certain countries. We sell portfolios of leased containers to a number of container investors in Europe and Asia through various intermediaries. Following the sale, we manage these portfolios on behalf of the container investors. We believe that container investors view us as one of the highest quality companies providing container management services due to the quality of the container portfolios that we sell and the asset management services that we provide. We are one of a few container management companies to enter into management services agreements with container investors in Japan, and we intend to expand our management services for container investors in other Asian countries. From January 1, 2004 through March 31, 2007, we sold to European and Asian container investors containers representing 211,000 TEUs for $363.4 million of gross proceeds.

Capital-efficient Third-party Fleet Management Operation.     We have grown our managed fleet by selling portfolios of containers to container investors, most of which are subject to lease at the time of sale. By selling these portfolios to container investors, we are able to free up capital more quickly than if we kept the containers as part of our owned fleet. This enables us to deploy the capital for other uses. Our container management segment provides us with revenue at the time of sale, long-term contractual management fees, as well as a sales fee earned when we sell used containers for container investors, all with very little long-term investment from us.

Long-Standing Container Lessee Relationships with Attractive Credit Characteristics.     We currently lease containers to over 250 container lessees, including many of the largest international container shipping lines. As of December 31, 2006, we had conducted business with our top 20 lessees, as measured in TEUs, for an average of approximately 12 years. These lessees include 14 of the 20 largest international container shipping lines as of December 31, 2006 according to an industry publication and represented 64.3% of our total fleet on lease, as measured in TEUs. These top 20 lessees had, as of December 31, 2006, a weighted-average Dynamar credit rating of 2.4 on a rating scale of one through 10, with a one representing the strongest credit rating. Dynamar B.V. provides credit ratings to the container leasing industry.

Experienced Management Team.     We have significant experience in the container leasing industry. Our senior management team has worked together for a significant period of time. Our six key officers have an average of approximately 15 years of experience in the container leasing industry. In addition, our marketing, operations and underwriting personnel have developed long-term relationships with lessees that improve our access to continued opportunities with leading container shipping lines.

Flexibility to Satisfy Changing Market Demands.     Our operating expertise and financial flexibility enable us to meet the evolving requirements of lessees and container investors. We have significant experience in structuring and selling to container investors portfolios of containers that we believe have attractive investment returns. By selling these portfolios to container investors, we have been able to purchase a substantial number of new containers while at the same time maintaining significant borrowing capacity under our senior secured credit facility. This has enabled us to choose when to purchase new containers based upon our expectations of near-term market conditions and quickly respond to the changing demands of lessees for short- and long-term leases.

Proprietary, Real-time Information Technology System.     We have developed a proprietary, real-time information technology system to assist us in managing our container fleet. Our proprietary IT system tracks all of our containers individually by container number, provides design specifications for the containers, tracks on-lease and off-lease transactions, matches each on-lease container to a lease contract and each off-lease container to a depot contract, maintains the major terms for each lease contract, tracks accumulated depreciation, calculates the monthly bill for each container lessee and tracks and bills

 

81


Table of Contents

for container repairs. Our proprietary IT system has interfaces for our employees and accounting systems, enables depots to enter and update information in real-time and allows lessees to access information about their leases and leased containers through the Internet. Our proprietary IT system has been essential to providing a high level of customer service, and we believe it is scalable to satisfy our future growth without significant future capital expenditures.

Our Operations

Container Fleet Overview.     The table below summarizes the composition of our fleet as of March 31, 2007 by the type of container:

 

     As of March 31, 2007  
     Dry Van
Containers
   Percent of
Total Fleet
    Specialized
Containers
   Percent of
Total Fleet
    Total    Percent of
Total Fleet
 
     (unaudited)  

Managed fleet in TEUs

   506,468    74.1 %   4,532    0.7 %   511,000    74.7 %

Owned fleet in TEUs

   164,381    24.0     8,472    1.2     172,853    25.3  
                                 

Total

   670,849    98.1 %   13,004    1.9 %   683,853    100.0 %
                                 

Overview of Management Services.     We lease, re-lease and dispose of containers and contract for the repair, repositioning and storage of our managed fleet. Our management agreements typically provide that our fee for managing a particular container is based upon the actual net operating revenue for each container, which is equal to actual rental revenue for a container less the actual operating expenses directly attributable to that container. Management fees are collected monthly or quarterly, depending upon the agreement, and generally are not paid if net operating revenue is zero or less for a particular period. If operating expenses exceed revenue, the container investors are required to pay the excess or we may deduct the excess, including our management fee, from future net operating revenue. Under these agreements, we typically receive a commission for selling or otherwise disposing of containers for the container investor. Our management agreements generally require us to indemnify the container investor for liabilities or losses arising out of our breach of our obligations. In return, the container investor typically indemnifies us in our capacity as the manager of the container against breach by the container investor, sales taxes on commencement of the arrangement, withholding taxes on payments to the container investor under the management agreement and any other taxes, other than our income taxes, incurred with respect to the containers that are not otherwise included as operating expenses deductible from revenue. The term of our management agreements is generally eight to 12 years from the acceptance date of containers under the agreement.

Marketing and Operations.     Our marketing and operations personnel are responsible for developing and maintaining relationships with our lessees, facilitating lease contracts and maintaining day-to-day coordination of operational issues. This coordination allows us to negotiate lease contracts that satisfy both our financial return requirements and our lessees’ operating needs. It also facilitates our awareness of lessees’ potential container shortages and their awareness of our available container inventories.

As of March 31, 2007, members of our marketing staff had an average of 18 years experience in the container leasing market. We believe that our long-standing relationships with our lessees and the close communications we maintain with their operating staffs represent an important advantage for us. As of March 31, 2007, we employed 52 people within our marketing and operations group in eight countries. In addition, we have 11 independent agents in 11 other countries that help support our marketing and operations group.

 

82


Table of Contents

Overview of Our Leases.     The vast majority of our container leases are structured as long-term and short-term leases, although we also provide lessees with finance leases. To meet the needs of our lessees and achieve a favorable utilization rate, we lease containers under three main types of leases:

 

   

Long-Term Leases .     Our long-term leases specify the number of containers to be leased, the pick-up and drop-off locations, the applicable per diem rate and the contractual term. We typically enter into long-term leases for a fixed term ranging from three to eight years, with five-year term leases being most common. Our long-term leases generally require our lessees to maintain all units on lease for the duration of the lease, which provides us with scheduled lease payments. Some of our long-term leases contain an early termination option and afford the lessee continuing supply and total interchangeability of containers, with the ability to redeliver containers if the lessee’s fleet requirements change. Our leases typically require the lessees to pay additional amounts pursuant to retroactive rate adjustments. These rate adjustments have not been material to our results of operations. As of March 31, 2007, approximately 70.5% of our on-lease fleet, as measured in TEUs, was under long-term leases with an average remaining term of 30 months.

 

   

Short-Term Leases .     Short-term leases include both master interchange leases and customized short-term leases. Master interchange leases provide a master framework pursuant to which lessees can lease containers on an as-needed basis, and thus command a higher per diem rate than long-term leases and more flexible terms. The terms of master interchange leases are typically negotiated on an annual basis. Under our master interchange leases, lessees know in advance their per diem rates and drop-off locations, subject to monthly port limits. We also enter into other short-term leases that typically have a term of less than one year and are generally used for one-way leasing, typically for small quantities of containers. The terms of short-term leases are customized for the specific requirements of the lessee. Short-term leases are sometimes used to reposition containers to high-demand locations and accordingly may contain terms that provide incentives to lessees. As of March 31, 2007, approximately 27.6% of our on-lease fleet, as measured in TEUs, was under short-term leases.

 

   

Finance Leases.     Finance leases provide our lessees with an alternative method to finance their container acquisitions. Finance leases are long-term in nature, typically ranging from three to five years, and require relatively little customer service attention. They ordinarily require fixed payments over a defined period and provide lessees with a right to purchase the subject containers for a nominal amount at the end of the lease term. Per diem rates under finance leases include an element of repayment of capital and, therefore, typically are higher than per diem rates charged under long-term leases. Finance leases require the container lessee to keep the containers on lease for the entire term of the lease. As of March 31, 2007, approximately 1.9% of our on-lease fleet, as measured in TEUs, was under finance leases with an average remaining term of 31 months.

 

   

Lease Agreements.     Our lease agreements contain business terms, such as the per diem rate, term and drop-off schedule, and the general terms and conditions detailing standard rights and obligations. The lease agreement requires lessees to pay the contractual per diem rate, depot charges, taxes and other charges when due, to maintain the containers in good condition and repair, to return the containers in good condition in accordance with the return condition set forth in the lease agreement, to use the containers in compliance with all applicable laws, and to pay us for the value of the container as determined by the lease agreement if the container is lost or destroyed. The default clause in our lease agreement gives us certain legal remedies in the event that a container lessee is in breach of the terms underlying the lease agreement.

Our lease agreements contain an exclusion of warranties clause and require lessees to defend and indemnify us in most instances from third-party claims arising out of the lessee’s use, operation, possession or lease of the containers. Lessees are required to maintain physical damage and

 

83


Table of Contents

comprehensive general liability insurance and to indemnify us against loss with respect to the containers. We also maintain our own contingent physical damage and third-party liability insurance that covers our containers during both on-lease and off-lease periods. All of our insurance coverage is subject to annual deductible provisions and per occurrence and aggregate limits.

Underwriting.     We lease to container shipping lines and other lessees that meet our credit criteria. Our credit approval process is rigorous and all of our underwriting and credit decisions are controlled by our credit committee, which includes our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and four other members of our senior management. Our credit policy sets different maximum exposure limits depending on our relationship and previous experience with each container lessee. Credit criteria may include, but are not limited to, trade route, country, social and political climate, assessments of net worth, asset ownership, bank and trade credit references, credit bureau reports, including those from Dynamar, operational history and financial strength. Our credit committee monitors our lessees’ performance and our lease exposures on an ongoing basis and generally reviews all accounts with receivables over 90 days past due. Our underwriting processes are aided by the long payment experience we have with most of our lessees, our broad network of relationships in the shipping industry that provide current information about our lessees’ market reputations and our focus on collections.

Other factors minimizing losses due to default by a lessee include our ability to achieve a high recovery rate for containers in default situations and our ability to efficiently re-lease recovered containers. Many of our lessees call on ports that allow us to seize the lessees’ ships or their fuel stocked at depots or repossess our containers if the container lessee is in default under our container leases. For 2003 through 2006, we have recovered on average approximately 97.6% of the containers that were the subject of defaulted contracts. We typically incur operating expenses such as repairs and repositioning when containers are recovered after a container lessee default. However, all recovery expenses are typically covered under physical damage insurance and we are reimbursed above our deductible amount.

Re-leasing, Logistics Management and Depot Management.     We believe that managing the period after termination of our containers’ first lease is one of the most important aspects of our business. Successful management of this period requires disciplined re-leasing capabilities, logistics management and depot management.

 

   

Re-leasing.     Since our leases allow our lessees to return their containers, we typically lease a container several times during the time we manage it as part of our fleet. New containers can usually be leased with a limited sales and customer service infrastructure because initial leases for new containers typically cover large volumes of units and are fairly standardized transactions. Used containers, on the other hand, are typically leased in smaller transactions that are structured to accommodate pick-ups and returns in a variety of locations. Our utilization rates depend on our re-leasing abilities. Factors that affect our ability to re-lease used containers include the size of our lessee base, ability to anticipate lessee needs, our presence in relevant geographic locations and the level of service we provide our lessees. We believe that our global presence and long-standing relationships with over 250 container lessees provide us an advantage in re-leasing our containers relative to many of our smaller competitors.

 

   

Logistics Management.     The shipping industry is characterized by large regional trade imbalances, with loaded containers generally flowing from export-oriented economies in Asia to North America and Western Europe. Because of these trade imbalances, container shipping lines have an incentive to return leased containers in North America and Western Europe to avoid the cost of shipping empty containers. We have managed this structural imbalance of inventories with the following approach:

 

 

Limiting or prohibiting container returns to low-demand areas.     In order to minimize our repositioning costs, our leases typically include a list of the specific locations to

 

84


Table of Contents
 

which containers may be returned, limitations on the number of containers that may be returned to low-demand locations, high drop-off charges for returning containers to low-demand locations or a combination of these provisions;

 

  Taking advantage of a robust secondary resale market when available.     In order to maintain a younger fleet age profile, we have aggressively sold our older containers. In 2005 and 2006, we sold containers representing approximately 31,000 and 41,000 TEUs, respectively;
  Developing country-specific leasing markets to utilize older containers in the portable storage market .    In North America and Western Europe, we have been successful in leasing older containers for use as portable storage. As of March 31, 2007, we had approximately 12,100 TEUs on operating leases and 2,000 TEUs on finance leases in the portable storage market;

 

  Seeking one-way lease opportunities to move containers from lower demand locations to higher demand locations .    One-way leases may include incentives, such as free days, credits and damage waivers. The cost of offering these incentives is considerably less than the cost we would incur if we paid to reposition the containers. As of March 31, 2007, approximately 17,400 TEUs were on lease under one-way leases; and

 

  Paying to reposition our containers to higher demand locations .    At locations where our inventories remain high, despite the efforts described above, we will selectively choose to ship excess containers to locations with higher demand. In 2005 and 2006 we repositioned containers representing approximately 1,200 and 1,000 TEUs, respectively.

 

   

Depot Management.     As of December 31, 2006, we managed our container fleet through 265 independent container depot facilities located in 47 countries. Depot facilities are generally responsible for repairing containers when they are returned by lessees and for storing the containers while they are off-hire. Our operations group is responsible for managing our depot contracts and periodically visiting the depot facilities to conduct inventory and repair audits. We also supplement our internal operations group with the use of independent inspection agents. As of December 31, 2006, a large majority of our off-lease inventory was located at depots that are able to report notice of container activity and damage detail via electronic data interchange, or EDI. We use the industry standard, ISO 9897 Container Equipment Data Exchange messages, for EDI reporting.

Most of the depot agency agreements follow a standard form and generally provide that the depot will be liable for loss or damage of containers and, in the event of loss or damage, will pay us the previously agreed loss value of the applicable containers. The agreements require the depots to maintain insurance against container loss or damage and we carry insurance to cover the risk when a depot’s insurance proves insufficient.

Our container repair standards and processes are generally managed in accordance with standards and procedures specified by the Institute of International Container Lessors, or the IICL. The IICL establishes and documents the acceptable interchange condition for containers and the repair procedures required to return damaged containers to the acceptable interchange condition. At the time that containers are returned by lessees, the depot arranges an inspection of the containers to assess the repairs required to return the containers to acceptable IICL condition. As part of the inspection process, damages are categorized either as lessee damage or normal wear and tear. Items typically designated as lessee damage include dents in the container and debris left in the container, while items such as rust are typically designated as normal wear and tear. In general, lessees are responsible for the lease damage portion of the repair costs and we are responsible for normal wear and tear. For an additional fee, we sometimes offer our lessees a container

 

85


Table of Contents

damage protection plan, pursuant to which we assume financial responsibility for repair costs up to a pre-negotiated amount.

Investors.     We have historically sold portfolios of leased containers to investment entities located in Germany, Switzerland, Austria and Japan. Although we have sold several portfolios containing large numbers of containers to an investment company in Switzerland, the investment entities that typically have purchased containers from us are funds with many underlying investors. In Germany, these funds are frequently referred to as “KG Funds” although similar types of funds exist in other countries. These funds are formed by investment arrangers who act as financial intermediaries between lessors of containers and other shipping assets. We are contacted on a regular basis by independent investment managers who are interested in assisting us with arranging sales of container portfolios. These independent investment arrangers will either seek out investments in these leased assets on behalf of an investment fund or a group of investors or will work with us to identify an investor or group of investors to invest in a pool of these leased assets.

Customer Concentration.     Our customers include container lessees and container investors to whom we have sold container portfolios and for whom we manage containers.

 

   

Container Leasing Segment Concentration.      Revenue from our ten largest container lessees represented 57.7% of the revenue from our container leasing segment for the year ended December 31, 2006, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, with revenue from our single largest container lessee accounting for 13.8%, or $4.8 million, of revenue from our container leasing segment during such period. This $4.8 million of revenue represented 7.9% of our total revenue for this period. The largest lessees of our owned fleet are often among the largest lessees of our managed fleet. The largest lessees of our managed fleet are responsible for a significant portion of the billings that generate our management fee revenue.

 

   

Container Management Segment Concentration.     A substantial majority of our container management segment revenue is derived from container investors associated with five different investment arrangers located in Germany, Switzerland, Austria and Japan. These arrangers are typically in the business of identifying and organizing investors for a variety of investment vehicles and compete with other institutions in these and other countries that perform similar functions. Container investors associated with five independent investment arrangers represented 95.6% of our container management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006 on a pro forma, as adjusted basis. Revenue from the largest of our container investors, P&R Equipment and Finance Corp., represented 29.8%, or $7.7 million, of revenue from our container management segment during the year ended December 31, 2006, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis. This $7.7 million of revenue represented 12.7% of our total revenue for this period. The willingness of investment arrangers to continue to form entities that invest in containers will depend upon a number of factors outside of our control, including the laws in the countries in which they are domiciled, the tax treatment of an investment or restrictions on foreign investments. If a change in tax laws in any country or other conditions make investments in containers less attractive, we will need to identify new container investors in other jurisdictions. If we are unable to identify new investors to offset decreases in demand, our gain on sale of container portfolios will decrease almost immediately, and management fee revenues will decrease if existing management agreements that terminate are not replaced by new management agreements.

Proprietary Real-time Information Technology System.     Our proprietary real-time information technology system tracks all of our containers individually by container number, provides design specifications for the containers, tracks on-lease and off-lease transactions, matches each on-lease container to a lease contract and each off-lease container to a depot contract, maintains the major terms for each lease contract, tracks accumulated depreciation, calculates the monthly bill for each container lessee and

 

86


Table of Contents

tracks and bills for container repairs. Most of our depot activity is reported electronically, which enables us to prepare container lessee bills and calculate financial reporting information more efficiently.

In addition, our system allows our lessees to conduct business with us through the Internet. This allows our lessees to review our container inventories, monitor their on-lease information, view design specifications and receive information on maintenance and repair. Many of our lessees receive billing and on- and off- lease information from us electronically.

Our Suppliers.     We purchase most of our containers in China from manufacturers that have met our qualification requirements. We are currently not dependent on any single current manufacturer. We have long-standing relationships with all of our major container suppliers. Our technical services personnel review the designs for our containers and periodically audit the production facilities of our suppliers. In addition, we contract with independent third-party inspectors to monitor production at factories while our containers are being produced. This provides an extra layer of quality control and helps ensure that our containers are produced in accordance with our specifications.

Our Competition

We compete primarily with other container leasing companies, including both larger and smaller lessors. We also compete with companies offering finance leases and container shipping lines, which sometimes lease their excess container inventory. Other participants in the shipping industry, such as container manufacturers, may also decide to enter the container leasing business. It is common for container shipping lines to utilize several leasing companies to meet their container needs and to minimize reliance on individual leasing companies. According to Containerisation International, Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2006 , we compete as part of the top ten container leasing companies, which were estimated to account for approximately 84.3% of the TEUs available in the container leasing market at mid-2006.

Our competitors compete with us in many ways, including pricing, lease flexibility, supply reliability, customer service and the quality and condition of containers. Some of our competitors have greater financial resources than we do, or are affiliates of larger companies. We emphasize the quality of our fleet, supply reliability and high level of customer service to our container lessees. We generally do not rely on aggressive pricing of our products and services. We focus on ensuring adequate container availability in high-demand locations, dedicate large portions of our organization to building relationships with lessees, maintain close day-to-day coordination with lessees and have developed a proprietary information technology system that allows our lessees to access real-time information about their containers.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants to air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and third-party claims for property or natural resource damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations in connection with our or our lessees’ current or historical operations. Under some environmental laws in the United States and certain other countries, the owner or operator of a container may be liable for environmental damage, cleanup or other costs in the event of a spill or discharge of material from the container without regard to the fault of the owner or operator. While we typically maintain liability insurance coverage and typically require our lessees to provide us with indemnity against certain losses, the insurance coverage is subject to large deductibles, limits on maximum coverage and significant exclusions and may not be sufficient or available to protect against any or all liabilities and such indemnities may not cover or be sufficient to protect us against losses arising from environmental damage.

 

87


Table of Contents

Regulation

We may be subject to regulations promulgated in various countries, including the United States, seeking to protect the integrity of international commerce and prevent the use of containers for international terrorism or other illicit activities. For example, the Container Security Initiative, the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism and Operation Safe Commerce are among the programs administered by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that are designed to enhance security for cargo moving throughout the international transportation system by identifying existing vulnerabilities in the supply chain and developing improved methods for ensuring the security of containerized cargo entering and leaving the United States. Moreover, the International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972, as amended, adopted by the International Maritime Organization, applies to new and existing containers and seeks to maintain a high level of safety of human life in the transport and handling of containers by providing uniform international safety regulations. As these regulations develop and change, we may incur increased compliance costs due to the acquisition of new, compliant containers and/or the adaptation of existing containers to meet any new requirements imposed by such regulations.

Properties

As of March 31, 2007, we operated our business in ten offices in eight countries, including the United States, Belgium, Hong Kong, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan and the United Kingdom. We have two offices in the United States including our headquarters in San Francisco, California, and eight offices outside the United States, all of which we lease.

Employees

As of March 31, 2007, we employed approximately 65 employees worldwide. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements. We believe that relations with our employees are good.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be a party to litigation matters or disputes arising in the ordinary course of business, including in connection with enforcing our rights under our leases. Currently, we are not party to any legal proceedings which are material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

88


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current board of directors and key personnel who are responsible for overseeing the management of our business (ages as of March 31, 2007):

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Hiromitsu Ogawa

   66    Executive Chairman

Masaaki (John) Nishibori

   62    President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

Victor M. Garcia

   39    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Frederic M. Bauthier

   53    Senior Vice President, Marketing

Camille G. Cutino

   48    Vice President, Operations

Chung (Thomas) C. Phuong

   41    Vice President, Controller

Hiromitsu Ogawa is our founder and Executive Chairman. From 1989 to November 2006, he served as our Chief Executive Officer. Prior to starting our company in 1989, he was with Itel Containers for 12 years as Vice President of Marketing for Japan/Korea. Earlier in his career, he also held the positions of Executive Managing Director of Heublein Japan Co. Ltd. He was also Sales Promotion Manager with Coca-Cola Japan Co. Ltd. Mr. Ogawa graduated from Kyoto University of Foreign Studies with a B.A.

Masaaki (John) Nishibori has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since November 2006 and has served as a member of our board of directors since 1998. Mr. Nishibori was our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1993 to November 2006. From 1973 to 1993, Mr. Nishibori was a commercial banker for The First National Bank of Boston. While with The First National Bank of Boston, Mr. Nishibori served as chief executive officer of Bank of Boston, Italy, Boston Finanziaria, S.p.A and Boston Leasing Italia, S.p.A and later as Senior Credit Officer of the Specialized Finance Department. From 1970 to 1973, Mr. Nishibori was a management consultant at Arthur D. Little, Inc. Mr. Nishibori is a graduate of Hitotsubashi University and holds an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Victor M. Garcia has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2006. From July 1990 to October 31, 2006, he was employed by Banc of America Securities where he was a Managing Director and senior banker in the Transportation Group within the Global Corporate and Investment Bank. Mr. Garcia holds a B.S. from Babson College.

Frederic M. Bauthier has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing since 1992. From 1980 to 1991, Mr. Bauthier was responsible for marketing activities at Itel Containers. Mr. Bauthier holds a B.A. from University of Maryland and an M.B.A. from San Francisco State University.

Camille G. Cutino has served as our Vice President, Operations since 2000. From 1991 to 1999, Ms. Cutino was our Director of Operations. Ms. Cutino served as an independent contractor to us from May 1991 to June 1992. From July 1986 to April 1991, Ms. Cutino was the Director of Operations for Itel Containers. Ms. Cutino holds a B.S. from San Francisco State University.

Chung (Thomas) C. Phuong has served as our Vice President, Controller since 2000. From 1994 to 2000, Mr. Phuong served with us in various accounting capacities. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Phuong was a Senior Accountant for Telogy, Inc. Mr. Phuong holds a B.S. from San Francisco State University.

 

89


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of two directors. Prior to the completion of this offering we will add the following three additional non-employee directors to our board of directors.

Marvin Dennis currently serves as the President of Dennis & Company, a financial consulting company he founded in 1996. From 1974 to 1996, Mr. Dennis served as Chief Financial Officer of Trans Ocean Ltd., a maritime container lessor company he co-founded. He currently serves on the board of directors of AlarmPoint Systems Inc., a software provider. Mr. Dennis holds a B.S. from the University of Illinois, a J.D. from DePaul University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

William W. Liebeck has managed a personal private equity and public stock portfolio since 2005. From the periods 1988 to 1995 and 1997 to 2005, Mr. Liebeck was a partner at two private equity firms, Equivest Partners and Thoma Cressey Equity Partners, respectively. He also serves on the board of directors at LECG, an expert services firm. Mr. Liebeck holds a B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

Gary M. Sawka has worked as a financial consultant for several Nasdaq-listed companies since 2002. From 2000 to 2001, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ePlanning Securities, Inc. During the period from 1984 to 2000, Mr. Sawka served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TVIA, Inc., PrimeSource Corporation and Itel Containers. Mr. Sawka holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Southern California and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

Board of Directors Compensation

We did not pay compensation to any of our directors in 2006. In 2007, we will pay each of our non-employee directors an annual cash retainer of $25,000. In addition to the retainer, we will pay our non-employee directors $2,000 for each meeting of our board of directors they attend, $1,500 for each audit committee meeting they attend and $1,000 for each compensation committee meeting and nominating and corporate governance committee meeting they attend. Annual retainers will be paid to the chairperson of each committee of the board of directors as follows: $12,000 to the audit committee chairperson, and $8,000 to each of the compensation committee chairperson and the nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson. Upon joining our board of directors, each non-employee director will receive non-qualified stock options to purchase 12,500 shares of our common stock. Options granted in connection with this offering will vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the effective date of this offering. On the one-year anniversary of the effectiveness of this offering, we will grant the non-employee directors who join our board of directors upon the completion of this offering an additional non-qualified stock option to purchase 7,500 shares of our common stock. These options will vest in full on the one-year anniversary of their grant date.

Board of Directors Committees

Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administrative functions. Our board of directors has established the following committees:

Audit Committee.     The functions of the audit committee include oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the performance, qualifications and independence of our independent auditors. Our audit committee is directly responsible, subject to stockholder ratification, for the appointment, retention, compensation, evaluation,

 

90


Table of Contents

termination and oversight of the work of any independent auditor engaged for the purpose of issuing an audit report or related work. The purpose and responsibilities of our audit committee are set forth in the Audit Committee Charter approved by our board of directors on January 31, 2007.

Upon completion of this offering, Marvin Dennis, William Liebeck and Gary Sawka will serve on our audit committee and will qualify as “independent,” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1)(ii) under the Exchange Act and in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee.     The compensation committee has overall responsibility for evaluating and approving our executive officer incentive compensation, benefit, severance, equity-based or other compensation plans, policies and programs. The compensation committee will also be responsible for producing an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement. The purpose and responsibilities of our compensation committee are set forth in the Compensation Committee Charter approved by our board of directors on January 31, 2007. Upon completion of this offering, Marvin Dennis, William Liebeck and Gary Sawka will serve on our compensation committee and will qualify as “independent,” as determined in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.     The corporate governance and nominating committee will assist our board of directors in promoting our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders through the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices. In furtherance of this purpose, the corporate governance and nominating committee will identify individuals qualified to become directors and recommend to our board of directors the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders. It will also review the qualifications and independence of the members of our board of directors and its various committees on a regular basis and make any recommendations the committee members may deem appropriate from time to time concerning any recommended changes in the composition of our board of directors and its committees. The corporate governance and nominating committee will also recommend to our board of directors the corporate governance guidelines and standards regarding the independence of outside directors applicable to our company and review such guidelines and standards and the provisions of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter on a regular basis to confirm that such guidelines, standards and charter remain consistent with sound corporate governance practices and with any legal or regulatory requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. The corporate governance and nominating committee will also monitor our board of directors and our compliance with any commitments made to our regulators or otherwise regarding changes in corporate governance practices and lead our board of directors in its annual review of our board of directors’ performance.

The purpose and responsibilities of our governance and nominating committee are set forth in the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter approved by our board of directors on January 31, 2007. Upon completion of this offering, Marvin Dennis, William Liebeck and Gary Sawka will serve on our corporate governance and nominating committee and will qualify as “independent,” as determined in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Our board of directors may establish other committees from time to time to facilitate the management of our business and affairs.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors and employees, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our Web site at www.caiintl.com prior to the completion of this offering. We intend to satisfy the requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding disclosure of amendments to, or waivers from, provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting such information on our Web site.

 

91


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation limits the personal liability of our board members for breaches by them of their fiduciary duties to the extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability may not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. In addition and in accordance with Delaware law, our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of whether indemnification would be permitted under Delaware law. We currently maintain liability insurance for our directors and officers.

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of us, arising out of such person’s services as a director or executive officer of ours, any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provided services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

Corporate Governance

We believe that we are in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations and that we will comply with all New York Stock Exchange corporate governance and listing requirements within the time period prescribed by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In the interim, we will rely on transition periods available to companies in conjunction with their initial public offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No executive officer currently serves, or in the past has served, on the compensation committee or the board of directors of any other company of which any of the members of our compensation committee or any of our directors is an executive officer. Prior to this offering we did not have a compensation committee. Hiromitsu Ogawa and Masaaki (John) Nishibori have participated in the deliberations of the board of directors concerning the determination of executive officer compensation.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Compensation for our executive officers is designed to attract and retain highly qualified individuals to serve in key executive roles and to provide incentives to these individuals that are aligned with our short- and long-term business strategies.

General.     Prior to this offering, we were a closely held corporation with a small number of stockholders. Our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer comprised our entire board of directors. Prior to this offering, we did not have a compensation committee.

 

92


Table of Contents

We have not retained compensation consultants to review our compensation policies or procedures. Historically, our Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with our board of directors, has set the compensation of our executive officers. As a result of our corporate structure and the informal nature of our compensation process, compensation for our executive officers has not always been determined with a view to achieving specific goals or as a result of a detailed, objectives-based process. Generally, we have sought to provide compensation packages to our executive officers that are fair and competitive.

Elements of Compensation.     During 2006, the principal elements of our executive officers’ compensation were base salaries and cash bonuses. For 2007, we expect to compensate certain executive officers with equity awards as well. We provide cash bonuses to our executive officers to encourage and reward the achievement of certain goals of our company or a certain department. We intend to grant equity awards to our executive officers in order to provide overall compensation packages that are competitive with other public companies and to align management incentives with our stockholders’ interests.

Base Salary.     We set the base salary of each of our executive officers at a level we believe compensates these individuals adequately for the work they are expected to perform in their respective positions. We also consider the base salaries paid to similarly-positioned executives by companies we believe are comparable to us, including TAL International Group, Inc., Cronos Group and Interpool.

In 2006, the base salaries of Messrs. Ogawa and Nishibori increased from $505,648 to $525,874, or 4.0%, and from $424,216 to $441,185, or 4.0%, respectively. Until November 1, 2006, we had employment arrangements with Messrs. Ogawa and Nishibori that established their initial base salaries and provided that their respective base salaries would increase by at least 4.0% annually. Effective November 1, 2006, we and Mr. Ogawa entered into a new employment agreement that establishes an initial base salary and provides that his base salary will increase at least 4.0% annually.

Effective November 1, 2006, we and Mr. Nishibori entered into a new employment agreement that establishes his initial base salary and provides that, as long as the convertible subordinated note held by Interpool is outstanding, his base salary will increase 4.0% annually. After the Interpool note is repaid, Mr. Nishibori’s employment agreement provides that his base salary will immediately increase to $500,000 and that his base salary will increase at least 4.0% annually thereafter. We intend to repay the Interpool note using proceeds from this offering.

Our employment agreement with Victor Garcia, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, establishes his initial base salary and provides that, beginning on November 1, 2007, his base salary will increase by at least 4.0% annually.

We do not have employment agreements with Frederic Bauthier or Camille Cutino, who have worked for us since 1991 and 2000, respectively. In 2006, the base salaries for Mr. Bauthier and Ms. Cutino increased from $237,744 to $273,400, or 15.0%, and from $119,757 to $129,936, or 8.5%, respectively. The increases in these base salaries reflect a 5.0% increase in base salaries provided to most of our employees in 2006, plus additional increases based on a review of the base salaries paid by publicly traded companies in our industry, including TAL International Group, Inc., Cronos Group and Interpool. We determined that Mr. Bauthier’s and Ms. Cutino’s base salaries did not reflect market rates for similar positions at these companies and increased their base salaries accordingly.

Cash Bonuses.     We provide cash bonuses to each of our executive officers to reward the achievement of certain qualitative and quantitative goals of our company or a certain department.

The cash bonuses to executive officers other than Messrs. Ogawa and Nishibori are discretionary. Our board of directors allocates a general pool for all cash bonuses, except for the bonuses to Messrs. Ogawa and Nishibori. From this bonus pool, our Chief Executive Officer then determines the cash bonuses to be

 

93


Table of Contents

paid to each executive officer and the department heads. The Chief Executive Officer also allocates a portion of the bonus pool to be distributed by each department head, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, to certain non-executive employees in each department.

When setting the discretionary cash bonuses for our executive officers, the Chief Executive Officer considers several factors, including the overall performance of our company, the individual executive’s role in our performance and the achievement of specific goals set for the individual executive by our Chief Executive Officer. The amount of cash bonus for Frederic Bauthier, our Senior Vice President of Marketing, is also determined based on our container leasing activities, sales of containers and total revenue. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Garcia’s discretionary cash bonus also will be based in part on our company’s achievement of certain earnings goals. Discretionary cash bonuses are paid twice each fiscal year and are based on the performance for the previous six-month period. The discretionary cash bonuses paid to executives for performance during 2006 were $87,919 for Mr. Bauthier and $23,525 for Ms. Cutino.

Pursuant to Mr. Ogawa’s employment arrangement, in 2006 Mr. Ogawa was entitled to receive a cash bonus if we achieved 70.0% or more of our budgeted pretax profit for 2006. We have chosen pretax profit as our measure of performance because we believe it is a meaningful indicator of our company’s overall performance. Our budgeted pretax profit is determined each year by our board of directors and the pretax profits achieved are as reflected in our audited financial statements. Mr. Ogawa received a cash bonus of $251,000 based on the pretax profits achieved for the year.

Under Mr. Nishibori’s new employment agreement, as long as the convertible subordinated note held by Interpool is outstanding, Mr. Nishibori received a cash bonus of $176,474 based on our pretax profit for the year, and after the Interpool note is repaid Mr. Nishibori will be entitled to receive between 10.0% and 100.0% of his base salary, depending on our pretax profit for the year. The 2006 cash bonuses for Messrs. Ogawa and Nishibori will be determined after our financial statements for 2006 have been audited.

In addition to being eligible for discretionary cash bonuses, Mr. Garcia’s employment agreement provides that upon completion of this offering, Mr. Garcia will receive a cash bonus of up to $100,000 on November 1, 2007 and on each of the following three anniversaries of that date, so long as he remains employed by us on such dates.

Stock Options and Equity Awards.     We have not made any equity awards to any of our employees, directors or other service providers since 1998. In 2007, our board of directors and our stockholders approved the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”) and reserved 721,980 shares of our common stock for issuance under the Plan. In connection with this offering, we intend to make restricted stock grants consisting of an aggregate of 36,876 shares of our common stock under the Plan to certain of our employees, other than Messrs. Ogawa, Nishibori, Garcia and Bauthier. These stock grants will be subject to vesting over three years. In addition, we intend to issue stock options exercisable for up to an aggregate of 508,620 shares of our common stock upon the determination of the initial public offering price for our common stock by the underwriters as set forth below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares

Masaaki (John) Nishibori (1)(2)

   259,980

Victor M. Garcia (1)(2)

   130,200

Frederic M. Bauthier (1)

   118,440

(1)

Options will vest and become exercisable at the rate of 25.0% on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and an additional 1/48th of the original grant amount each month thereafter and will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price as set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

footnotes continued on following page

 

94


Table of Contents

(2)

If, in anticipation of, or within 12 months of, a change in control, Messrs. Nishibori or Garcia is terminated without “cause” or terminates his employment for “good reason,” his stock options will become fully vested and exercisable.

We do not currently intend to grant Mr. Ogawa an equity incentive award in 2007.

Severance and Change in Control Payments.     In the event of termination of the executive’s employment without “cause” or as a result of the executive’s death or disability or in the event of termination of employment by the executive for “good reason,” each of Messrs. Ogawa, Nishibori and Garcia is entitled to receive the following severance payments:

 

   

an amount equal to the greater of: (1) one year of base salary; or (2) base salary for the remainder of the term of the executive’s employment agreement as of the date of termination;

 

   

except in the case of death, continued health, dental, life and disability insurance for a period of one year after termination (including dependents if dependents were covered prior to termination); and

 

   

if termination occurs more than one month after the end of the prior fiscal year, a pro-rated cash bonus based on the number of days of employment during the fiscal year in which termination occurs.

If, in anticipation of or within 12 months of a change in control, Messrs. Nishibori or Garcia is terminated without “cause” or terminates his employment for “good reason,” his stock options will become fully vested and exercisable. These arrangements are intended to attract and retain qualified executive officers who could obtain similar positions at other companies.

Historically, we have not considered tax or accounting factors in determining compensation for our executive officers. However, each of Messrs. Nishibori’s and Garcia’s employment agreements provides that if he becomes entitled to receive or if he receives any payments that would be characterized as “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the payments will be reduced to the highest amount that may be paid to these executive officers without having any portion of any payment treated as an “excess parachute payment,” but only if the effect of the reduction is that the executive officer would receive a greater amount of payments, as determined on an after-tax basis. If, on an after-tax basis, the payments Messrs. Nishibori or Garcia would receive would be greater without any reduction, then these payments will not be reduced.

Other Benefits.     Executive officers are eligible to participate in all our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and our 401(k), in each case on the same basis as other employees. In addition, we pay for additional life insurance polices for certain of our executive officers. We also pay golf membership fees for certain of our executive officers and provided a car to Mr. Ogawa until June 2006. We also provide vacation and other paid holidays to all employees, including our executive officers.

 

95


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

The following table provides information concerning compensation for services rendered to us in all capacities for the year ended December 31, 2006 by our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and two other highly compensated executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 in 2006 (our “Named Executive Officers”).

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year   Salary   Bonus   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
  All Other
Compensation
    Total

Hiromitsu Ogawa (1)

   2006   $ 515,761   $ —     $ 251,000   $ 53,910 (2)   $ 820,701

Former Chief Executive Officer

            

Masaaki (John) Nishibori (3)

   2006     432,701     —       176,474     29,069 (4)     638,244

President and Chief Executive Officer

            

Victor M. Garcia (5)

   2006     50,000     120,000     —       3,930 (6)     173,930

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

            

Frederic M. Bauthier

   2006     255,501     73,060     —       11,031 (7)     339,592

Senior Vice President, Marketing

            

Camille Cutino

   2006     124,847     13,535     —       6,719 (8)     145,101

Vice President, Operations

            

(1)

Mr. Ogawa resigned as Chief Executive Officer and became our Executive Chairman on November 1, 2006.

(2)

Includes $28,970 of life insurance premiums, as well as car and gasoline expenses, monthly golf club dues, parking expenses and 401(k) matching.

(3)

Mr. Nishibori served as Chief Financial Officer until November 1, 2006 and became President and Chief Executive Officer on November 1, 2006.

(4)

Includes $12,505 of life insurance premiums, as well as monthly golf club dues, parking expenses and 401(k) matching.

(5)

Mr. Garcia became Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on November 1, 2006. The amount of salary shown in the table for Mr. Garcia reflects the portion of 2006 during which he served as an executive officer. For a description of his 2007 compensation, see “Employment Agreements.”

(6)

Includes housing reimbursements.

(7)

Includes life insurance premiums, parking expenses and 401(k) matching.

(8)

Includes life insurance premiums, parking expenses and 401(k) matching.

Grants of Non-Equity Incentive Plan Based Awards Table for Fiscal Year 2006

The following table provides information regarding grants of awards under non-equity incentive plans to our Named Executive Officers during the year ended December 31, 2006. No other Named Executive Officers participated in non-equity incentive plans.

 

     Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards

Name

   Threshold    Target    Maximum

Hiromitsu Ogawa

   $ 52,587    $ 210,350    $ 525,874

Masaaki (John) Nishibori

     44,119      176,474      176,474

 

96


Table of Contents

Hiromitsu Ogawa.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Ogawa effective November 1, 2006 in connection with his position as our Executive Chairman. The employment agreement is for a term of two years from the effective date of this offering, unless the agreement is terminated earlier for death, disability, company insolvency, “cause” or “good reason.” In addition, Mr. Ogawa may terminate the agreement with 30 days’ notice anytime after the one-year anniversary of the effective date of this offering. Mr. Ogawa’s annual base salary rate from July 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007 is $525,874 and his annual base salary rate will be increased by 4.0% on July 1 of each subsequent year that his employment agreement is in effect, beginning on July 1, 2007.

As set forth in the table below, Mr. Ogawa is entitled to receive non-equity incentive plan compensation if we achieve certain percentages of our budgeted pretax profit in a specific fiscal year.

 

Percent of Budgeted Pretax Profit
Achieved

   Bonus
(as a Percentage
of Base Salary)
 

less than 70%

   0 %

70

   10  

80

   20  

90

   30  

100

   40  

110

   50  

120

   60  

130

   70  

140

   80  

150

   90  

160 and above

   100  

In 2006, Mr. Ogawa was entitled to receive a non-equity incentive plan payment of $525,874. However, Mr. Ogawa has voluntarily elected to forego $274,874 of this amount.

Following the effectiveness of this offering, Mr. Ogawa will no longer be eligible to receive non-equity plan compensation. Our board of directors will determine, in its discretion, any cash bonuses to be paid to Mr. Ogawa following the completion of this offering.

Masaaki (John) Nishibori.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Nishibori effective November 1, 2006 in connection with his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement is effective until October 31, 2008 and automatically renews for additional two-year periods, unless the agreement is terminated earlier by us for death, disability, company insolvency or “cause,” by Mr. Nishibori for “good reason” or by either party with at least 90 days written notice prior to the end of the term. As long as the convertible subordinated note held by Interpool is outstanding, Mr. Nishibori’s annual base salary from November 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007 is $441,185 and his annual base salary will be increased by 4.0% on July 1 of each subsequent year that his employment agreement is in effect, beginning on July 1, 2007. If the note held by Interpool is repaid, Mr. Nishibori’s annual base salary shall immediately increase to $500,000 and his annual base salary will be increased by at least 4.0% on January 1 of each subsequent year that his employment agreement is in effect, beginning on January 1, 2008.

 

97


Table of Contents

As set forth in the table below, as long as the convertible subordinated note held by Interpool is outstanding, Mr. Nishibori will be entitled to receive a cash bonus if we achieve certain percentages of our budgeted pretax profit in a specific fiscal year as set forth in the following table.

 

Percent of Budgeted Pretax
Profit Achieved

   Bonus
(as a Percentage
of Base Salary)
 

less than 70%

   0 %

70

   10  

80

   20  

90

   30  

100 and above

   40  

We intend to repay the Interpool note with proceeds from this offering. When the Interpool note has been repaid, Mr. Nishibori will be entitled to receive a cash bonus if we achieve certain percentages of our budgeted pretax profit in a specific fiscal year as set forth in the following table.

Percent of Budgeted Pretax

Profit Achieved

  

Bonus

(as a Percentage

of Base Salary)

 

less than 70%

   0 %

70

   10  

80

   20  

90

   30  

100

   40  

110

   50  

120

   60  

130

   70  

140

   80  

150

   90  

160 and above

   100  

Victor M. Garcia.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Garcia effective November 1, 2006 in connection with his position as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement is effective until October 31, 2009 and automatically renews for additional two-year periods, unless the agreement is terminated earlier by us for death, disability, company insolvency or “cause,” by Mr. Garcia for “good reason” or by either party with at least 90 days written notice prior to the end of the term. Mr. Garcia’s annual base salary from November 1, 2006 to October 31, 2007 is $300,000 and his annual base salary will be increased by at least 4.0% on November 1 of each subsequent year that his employment agreement is in effect, beginning on November 1, 2007.

In addition to being eligible for discretionary cash bonuses, Mr. Garcia’s employment agreement provides that upon completion of this offering, Mr. Garcia will receive a cash bonus of up to $100,000 on November 1, 2007 and on each of the following three anniversaries of that date, so long as he remains employed by us on such dates.

Mr. Garcia may become entitled to an annual cash bonus of up to 40.0% of his base salary. This bonus is tied, in part, to the achievement of our annual earnings goals. We also reimburse Mr. Garcia for the premiums he pays for a $600,000 life insurance policy and will reimburse him for up to $35,000 in relocation expenses. In connection with Mr. Garcia’s relocation to California, we paid for one month of his housing in the San Francisco area.

 

98


Table of Contents

Severance and Change In Control Arrangements.     The following table describes the potential payments upon termination of Mr. Ogawa without “cause” or for “good reason” assuming the triggering event occurred on December 29, 2006 (the last business day of fiscal 2006).

 

     Voluntary Termination,
Termination for Cause
or Insolvency
   Involuntary (Without
Cause) or Good
Reason Termination
    Death     Disability  

Compensation:

         

Base salary

   $ —      $ 964,102 (1)   $ 964,102 (1)   $ 964,102 (1)

Non-equity incentive plan compensation

     —        525,874 (2)     525,874 (2)     525,874 (2)

Benefits:

         

COBRA premiums

     —        17,732 (3)     —         17,732 (3)

Life and disability insurance

     —        30,418 (4)     —         30,418 (4)

Accrued vacation pay

     40,452      40,452       40,452       40,452  
                               

Total (5)

   $ 40,452    $ 1,578,578     $ 1,530,428     $ 1,578,578  
                               

(1)

Lump-sum payment made within 30 days of termination equal to the greater of one year of base salary or the base salary for the remaining term of Mr. Ogawa’s employment agreement.

(2)

Lump-sum payment equal to the sum of a pro rata portion of Mr. Ogawa’s estimated non-equity incentive plan compensation earned in 2006 (based on the 363 days worked by Mr. Ogawa’s during 2006).

(3)

Represents estimated COBRA and dental premiums to be paid by us on behalf of Mr. Ogawa for a period of 12 months after termination.

(4)

Represents estimated life and disability insurance premiums to be paid by us on behalf of Mr. Ogawa for a period of 12 months after termination.

(5)

If Mr. Ogawa becomes entitled to receive or receives any payments that would be characterized as “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the payments will be reduced to the highest amount that may be paid to Mr. Ogawa without having any portion of any payment treated as an “excess parachute payment,” but only if the effect of the reduction is that Mr. Ogawa would receive a greater amount of payments, as determined on an after-tax basis. If, on an after-tax basis, the payments Mr. Ogawa would receive would be greater without any reduction, then no reduction will apply.

 

99


Table of Contents

The following table describes the potential payments upon termination of Mr. Nishibori without “cause” or for “good reason” assuming the triggering event occurred on December 29, 2006 (the last business day of fiscal 2006).

 

     Voluntary Termination,
Termination for Cause
or Insolvency
   Involuntary (Without
Cause) or Good
Reason Termination
    Death     Disability  

Compensation:

         

Base salary

   $ —      $ 808,839 (1)   $ 808,839 (1)   $ 808,839 (1)

Non-equity incentive plan compensation

     —        176,474 (2)     176,474 (2)     176,474 (2)

Benefits:

         

COBRA premiums

     —        13,664 (3)     —         13,664 (3)

Life and disability insurance

     —        14,026 (4)     —         14,026 (4)

Accrued vacation pay

     30,544      30,544       30,544       30,544  
                               

Total (5)

   $ 30,544    $ 1,043,547     $ 1,015,857     $ 1,043,547  
                               

(1)

Lump-sum payment made within 30 days of termination equal to the greater of one year of base salary or the base salary for the remaining term of Mr. Nishibori’s employment agreement.

(2)

Lump-sum payment equal to the sum of a pro rata portion of Mr. Nishibori’s estimated non-equity incentive plan compensation earned in 2006 (based on the 363 days worked by Mr. Nishibori during 2006).

(3)

Represents estimated COBRA and dental premiums to be paid by us on behalf of Mr. Nishibori for a period of 12 months after termination.

(4)

Represents estimated life and disability insurance premiums to be paid by us on behalf of Mr. Nishibori for a period of 12 months after termination.

(5)

If Mr. Nishibori becomes entitled to receive or receives any payments that would be characterized as “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the payments will be reduced to the highest amount that may be paid to Mr. Nishibori without having any portion of any payment treated as an “excess parachute payment,” but only if the effect of the reduction is that Mr. Nishibori would receive a greater amount of payments, as determined on an after-tax basis. If, on an after-tax basis, the payments Mr. Nishibori would receive would be greater without any reduction, then no reduction will apply.

In addition to the severance payments listed above, if Mr. Nishibori is terminated without “cause” or he terminates his employment for “good reason” in connection with a change in control, his stock options will become fully vested and exercisable.

 

100


Table of Contents

The following table describes the potential payments upon termination of Mr. Garcia without “cause” or for “good reason” assuming the triggering event occurred on December 29, 2006 (the last business day of fiscal 2006).

     Voluntary Termination,
Termination for Cause
or Insolvency
   Involuntary (Without
Cause) or Good
Reason Termination
    Death     Disability  

Compensation:

         

Base salary

   $ —      $ 850,000 (1)   $ 850,000 (1)   $ 850,000 (1)

Bonus

     —        120,000 (2)     120,000 (2)     120,000 (2)

Benefits:

         

COBRA premiums

     —        14,377 (3)     —         14,377 (3)

Life and disability insurance

     —        1,868 (4)     —         1,868 (4)

Accrued vacation pay

     3,846      3,846       3,846       3,846  
                               

Total (5)

   $ 3,846    $ 990,091     $ 973,846     $ 990,091  
                               

(1)

Lump-sum payment made within 30 days of termination equal to the greater of one year of base salary or the base salary for the remaining term of Mr. Garcia’s employment agreement.

(2)

Lump-sum payment equal to the sum of a pro rata portion of Mr. Garcia’s estimated target annual discretionary cash bonus earned in 2006 (based on the 58 days worked by Mr. Garcia during 2006).

(3)

Represents estimated COBRA and dental premiums to be paid by us on behalf of Mr. Garcia for a period of 12 months after termination.

(4)

Represents estimated life and disability insurance premiums to be paid by us on behalf of Mr. Garcia for a period of 12 months after termination.

(5)

If Mr. Garcia becomes entitled to receive or receives any payments that would be characterized as “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the payments will be reduced to the highest amount that may be paid to Mr. Garcia without having any portion of any payment treated as an “excess parachute payment,” but only if the effect of the reduction is that Mr. Garcia would receive a greater amount of payments, as determined on an after-tax basis. If, on an after-tax basis, the payments Mr. Garcia would receive would be greater without any reduction, then no reduction will apply.

In addition to the severance payments listed above, if Mr. Garcia is terminated without “cause” or he terminates his employment for “good reason” in connection with a change in control, his stock options will become fully vested and exercisable.

 

101


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Relationship with Interpool

Interpool, one of the world’s leading suppliers of equipment and services to the transportation industry, acquired 50.0% of our common stock in April 1998. At the time of the acquisition, we and Interpool entered into various commercial arrangements and during the period from 1998 through September 30, 2006, the companies conducted joint operational and marketing activities. In addition, in connection with certain loans made by Interpool to us, we agreed that Interpool could appoint a majority of the members of our board of directors. We also issued to Interpool a warrant to purchase our common stock. For the period from June 27, 2002 through September 30, 2006, Interpool included us as a consolidated subsidiary in their financial statements.

During the third quarter of 2005, our Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, exercised his contractual right under the Shareholders Agreement dated April 29, 1998 among Interpool, Mr. Ogawa and us (the “Shareholders Agreement”) to request an independent valuation of us. Our board of directors engaged Piper Jaffray to perform this valuation, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2005. Subsequently, Interpool advised Mr. Ogawa that it had decided not to exercise its right under the Shareholders Agreement to make an offer to acquire Mr. Ogawa’s 50.0% common equity interest in us for an amount equal to his percentage interest in the fair value of us as determined by the valuation.

On October 1, 2006, we purchased all of Interpool’s shares of our common stock for total consideration of $77.5 million, consisting of $40.0 million of cash and the issuance by us to Interpool of a convertible subordinated secured promissory note in the principal amount of $37.5 million. The note will mature in October 2010 and bears interest at a rate of 7.87%, increasing by 1.0% every six months, with no cap, until the note is paid in full. If the note remains outstanding after two years, or earlier if it is not fully repaid in connection with any initial public offering by us, Interpool may convert it into shares of our common stock representing a substantial minority position in us. Interpool would also be entitled to certain registration rights, rights to certain information, representation on our board of directors and rights to participate in future equity offerings if the note becomes convertible. We intend to repay the note in full with the proceeds of this offering.

In connection with the repurchase from Interpool of our common stock, all of the directors appointed by Interpool to our board resigned, the Shareholders Agreement terminated, the warrant terminated, we repaid the loan Interpool had originally made to us in 1998 and the joint administrative and marketing activities between our companies ceased. We and Interpool concurrently entered into a new non-exclusive long-term management agreement pursuant to which Interpool has the option, subject to certain conditions, to use us as manager for shipping containers in Interpool’s fleet that have been returned by container shipping lines following termination of a long-term lease, in return for payment of a management fee. This management agreement has a term (during which Interpool may tender containers for management by us) that will end no earlier than October 1, 2011, but is subject to extension unless either we or Interpool affirmatively terminate the extensions by written notice. Interpool’s right to tender containers to us for management is subject to the equipment meeting certain age, physical condition and other eligibility criteria. Under this new management agreement, Interpool will continue to have the right to sell groups of containers to investors and to use us as submanager of these containers on the same terms. If we agree to manage containers for any other owner under comparable terms, but with compensation to us less than specified amounts, our management fee and sales fee under this agreement will be reduced to the lower compensation levels. We currently do not manage any containers at rates that would cause the management fee and sales fee to be reduced pursuant to this provision. At December 31, 2006, we managed approximately 26,000 TEUs for Interpool. We also act as manager for containers that Interpool sold to a Swiss investor group under the terms of a management agreement which expires in 2016.

 

102


Table of Contents

Loans to Certain Members of Management

On June 12, 1998, we loaned approximately $531,000 to Masaaki (John) Nishibori, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and approximately $88,000 to Frederic Bauthier, our Senior Vice President, Marketing, in connection with their exercise of options to purchase shares of our preferred stock pursuant to nonqualified stock options dated as of May 15, 1998. Each of their loans is secured by a pledge of shares of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them. Interest on each loan is payable annually at a rate of 10.5% per annum. Payment in full of amounts due under each of these loans is due upon, among other events, a redemption of preferred stock or an initial public offering of our common stock. Mr. Nishibori and Mr. Bauthier intend to repay their loans in full immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Ogawa, our Executive Chairman, Mr. Nishibori, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Victor Garcia, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as described in “Management—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

Sale of Common Stock to DBJ Value Up Fund

On February 16, 2007, our Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, sold 1,691,760 shares of our common stock to DBJ Value Up Fund (“DBJ”), an affiliate of the Development Bank of Japan, representing approximately 14.9% beneficial ownership in us after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock. DBJ agreed to pay Mr. Ogawa up to $26.9 million, consisting of a $20.9 million initial payment and, depending on the final valuation of this offering, a deferred payment of up to $6.0 million. At certain valuations, there could be no deferred payment. This transaction was based on a customary discount for a block sale and for the illiquidity of the common stock. In connection with this sale, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement, an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement with Mr. Ogawa and DBJ. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” and “Description of Capital Stock—Voting Agreement” for more information regarding these agreements.

Registration Rights Agreement with Mr. Ogawa and DBJ

On February 16, 2007 we entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement with Mr. Ogawa and DBJ. For a description of this agreement see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

103


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2007 and after giving effect to the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option):

 

   

each person (or group of affiliated persons) known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each Named Executive Officer; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

As of March 31, 2007, there were 10,584,000 outstanding shares of our common stock.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under Rule 13d-3 as promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and generally includes shares over which a holder has voting or investment power. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of other securities, to the extent such securities may be converted or exercised by the respective person or group within 60 days after March 31, 2007. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, shares of common stock issuable within 60 days after March 31, 2007 are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group. For purposes of the table below we have assumed the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into 724,920 shares of common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percentage of
Shares Beneficially Owned
 
      Before
This
Offering
    After This
Offering (2)
 

Hiromitsu Ogawa (3)

   8,892,240    78.63 %   51.97 %

DBJ Value Up Fund (4)

   1,691,760    14.96     9.89  

1-9-1 Otemachi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo

100-0004 Japan

       

Masaaki (John) Nishibori (5)(6)

   556,920    4.92     3.26  

Victor M. Garcia (6)

   —      —       —    

Frederic M. Bauthier (5)(6)

   168,000    1.49     *  

Camille G. Cutino (7)

   —      —       —    

Marvin Dennis (8)

   —      —       —    

William W. Liebeck (8)

   —      —       —    

Gary M. Sawka (8)

   —      —       —    

All directors and executive officers as a group (2) (7)

   9,617,160    85.04 %   56.21 %

* Less than 1%.

(1)

Unless otherwise specified, the address for the persons named in the table is c/o CAI International, Inc., One Embarcadero Center, Suite 2101, San Francisco, California, 94111.

(2)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full our directors and executive officers as a group will beneficially own 9,617,160 shares of common stock, representing 53.5% of the common stock outstanding.

footnotes continued on following page

 

104


Table of Contents

(3)

Mr. Ogawa beneficially owns 4,776,240 shares of our common stock in his own name. An additional 2,859,108 shares are held by the Ogawa Family Trust dated 7/06/98, of which Mr. Ogawa and his wife are co-trustees. An additional 1,256,892 shares are held by the Ogawa Family Limited Partnership. Mr. Ogawa is the trustee of the Ogawa Family Trust, which is the general partner of the Ogawa Family Limited Partnership.

(4)

DBJ Value Up Fund is an affiliate of the Development Bank of Japan.

(5)

Reflects shares of our common stock that will be issued upon the conversion of our Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(6)

In connection with the offering we intend to grant Messrs. Nishibori, Garcia and Bauthier options to purchase 259,980, 130,200 and 118,440 shares, respectively.

(7)

Excludes 1,320 restricted shares that will be granted in conjunction with this offering.

(8)

Upon joining our Board of Directors, which will occur immediately prior to this offering, each of Messrs. Dennis, Liebeck and Sawka will receive an option to purchase 12,500 shares.

 

105


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 84,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The following summary of some of the terms relating to our common stock, preferred stock, certificate of incorporation and bylaws is not complete and may not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read carefully our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the common shareholders. The holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting in the election of our directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be entitled to elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. If we are liquidated, dissolved or wound up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share pro rata all assets remaining after payment of or provision for our liabilities and liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights or rights to convert their common stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable. As of March 31, 2007 we had 10,584,000 shares of common stock outstanding. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 17,145,796 shares of common stock outstanding, including 36,876 shares of restricted stock that we intend to grant upon the pricing of this offering.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our outstanding shares of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted into 724,920 shares of common stock. Thereafter, pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, the board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the shareholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series. The board of directors also has the authority to fix the designations, voting powers, preferences, privileges and relative rights and the limitations of any series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. The board of directors, without shareholder approval, can issue preferred stock with voting, conversion or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock. Preferred stock could thus be issued quickly with terms that could delay or prevent a change of control of us or make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may decrease the market price of the common stock and may adversely affect the voting, economic and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no plans at this time to issue any preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third-party from acquiring us, even if the acquisition would benefit our stockholders. These provisions may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt of our company that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage types of

 

106


Table of Contents

transactions that may involve our actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of our outstanding shares, or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of us.

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock.      Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for our board of directors to issue without stockholder approval. As noted above, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has the authority under our certificate of incorporation to issue preferred stock with rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock. As a result, preferred stock could be issued quickly and easily, could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock and could be issued with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change of control or make removal of management more difficult. We may use the additional authorized shares of common or preferred stock for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or other transaction.

Classified Board of Directors; Election and Removal of Directors.     Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes, as nearly as equal in number as possible, with the directors in each class serving for three-year terms, and one class being elected each year by our stockholders. In addition, our directors are removable only for cause by the holders of not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office and only the board of directors may increase the size of the board of directors. Because this system of electing, appointing and removing directors generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the board of directors, it may discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of us and may maintain the incumbency of the board of directors.

Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders.     Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the ability of stockholders to act by written consent. Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the board of directors or by a majority of our board of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholders Proposals and Director Nominations.     Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide us with timely written notice of their proposal. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Amendment of Bylaws.     Our directors are expressly authorized to amend our bylaws.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. Subject to exceptions, the statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

107


Table of Contents
   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, those shares owned: (1) by persons who are directors and also officers; and (2) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

 

 

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

For purposes of Section 203, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, with an “interested stockholder” being defined as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the date of determination whether the person is an “interested stockholder,” did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Registration Rights

We have entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement with Mr. Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund. Pursuant to this Registration Rights Agreement, Mr. Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund have certain demand registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock. At any time starting 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, each of Mr. Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund may request that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering their shares, if the anticipated aggregate offering price is at least $5.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). Mr. Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund will be entitled to request no more than three demand registrations.

Also pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, Mr. Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund will have certain “piggyback” registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock. Accordingly, if we propose to register any of our common stock under the Securities Act we are required to notify Mr. Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund and to include in such registration all the shares of common stock requested to be included by them, subject to certain limitations. Under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we are generally obligated to pay all the expenses associated with any demand or “piggyback” registrations.

Pre-emptive Rights

Under Delaware law, a stockholder is not entitled to pre-emptive rights to subscribe for additional issuances of common stock or any other class of series of common stock or any security convertible into such stock in proportion to the shares that are owned unless there is a provision of the contrary in the certificate of incorporation. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide that our stockholders are entitled to pre-emptive rights.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc. Its address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CAP.”

 

108


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales by our existing stockholders of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of the common stock. Nevertheless, sales by our existing stockholders of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of 17,145,796 shares of common stock outstanding, including 36,876 shares of restricted stock that we intend to grant upon the pricing of this offering. All shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be held or acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only in a transaction registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rules 144, 144(k) and 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, summarized below.

Under the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Maximum
Number of
Shares

  

Date

0

   After the date of this prospectus

0

   After 90 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to volume limitations and contractual vesting schedules)

11,345,796

   After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to volume limitations and contractual vesting schedules)

Lock-up Agreements

We and each of our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders have agreed to certain restrictions on our ability to sell additional shares of our common stock for a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described below. We have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise issue or dispose of, any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or any related security or instrument, without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray on behalf of the underwriters. The agreements provide exceptions for sales to underwriters pursuant to the purchase agreement and other exceptions as described under “Underwriting.”

The lock-up period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

109


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including a person who may be deemed to be our “affiliate,” is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1.0% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal about 171,458 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks before a notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of certain public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner except an “affiliate,” is entitled to sell these shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Shares of our common stock issued in reliance on Rule 701, such as those shares acquired pursuant to options or other equity awards granted under our stock plans or other compensatory arrangements, are also restricted and, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this prospectus, may be sold by stockholders other than our affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding requirement.

Registration Rights

Following this offering and, in some cases, the expiration of the lock-up period described above, Mr. Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund will have demand registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock that will enable them to require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act and they will also have rights to participate in any of our future registrations of securities by us. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

 

110


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

This section describes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock if you are a non-U.S. holder. When we refer to a non-U.S. holder, we mean a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is other than:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (including for this purpose any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and to the control of one or more U.S. persons, or that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any other entity, either organized within or without the United States, treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the shares, the tax treatment of a partner as a beneficial owner of the shares generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Foreign partnerships also generally are subject to special U.S. tax documentation requirements.

Special rules may apply to certain non-U.S. holders, such as “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax. Such entities should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

This section does not consider the specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder and does not address the treatment of a non-U.S. holder under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction. This section is based on the federal tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

You should consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Except as described below, dividends paid to you are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30.0% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we will generally be required to withhold at a 30.0% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to us a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-U.S. person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a refund claim with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

If dividends paid to you are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent

 

111


Table of Contents

establishment that you maintain in the United States, we generally are not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to us a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-U.S. person and your entitlement to this exemption from withholding. In lieu of withholding, such dividends are taxed at rates applicable to U.S. citizens, resident aliens and domestic U.S. corporations. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain that you recognize on a disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met;

 

   

such gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you;

 

   

you are subject to the Code provisions applicable to certain U.S. expatriates; or

 

   

we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and either our common stock has ceased to be “regularly traded on an established securities market” prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the disposition occurs or you have held, directly or constructively at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or such shorter period that you held such shares, more than five percent of our common stock. We have not been, are not and do not anticipate becoming a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Federal Estate Taxes

If you hold our common stock at the time of death, such stock will be included in your gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you are generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099 with respect to dividend payments and the payment of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock effected at a U.S. office of a broker, as long as:

 

   

the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person; and

 

   

you have furnished to the payor or broker a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are a non-U.S. person, or other documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-U.S. person in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations (or you otherwise establish an exemption).

Payment of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale of our common stock that is effected at a foreign office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if:

 

   

the proceeds are transferred to an account maintained by you in the United States;

 

112


Table of Contents
   

the payment of proceeds or the confirmation of the sale is mailed to you at a U.S. address; or

 

   

the sale has some other specified connection with the United States as provided in U.S. Treasury regulations,

unless the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person.

In addition, a sale of our common stock will be subject to information reporting if it is effected at a foreign office of a broker that is:

 

   

a U.S. person;

 

   

a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. tax purposes;

 

   

a foreign person 50.0% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period; or

 

   

a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year one or more of its partners are “U.S. persons”, as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations, who in the aggregate hold more than 50.0% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, or such foreign partnership is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business,

unless the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person. Backup withholding will apply if the sale is subject to information reporting and the broker has actual knowledge that you are a U.S. person.

You generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the Internal Revenue Service.

In addition to the foregoing, we must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to you on Internal Revenue Service Form 1042-S the entire amount of any distribution made with respect to our common stock. This information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

113


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The underwriters named below have agreed to buy, subject to the terms of the purchase agreement, the number of shares listed opposite their names below. The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares if any are purchased.

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  
    

Total

   5,800,000

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares to the public at $         per share. The underwriters propose to offer the shares to certain dealers at the same price less a concession of not more than $         per share. The underwriters may allow and the dealers may reallow a concession of not more than $         per share on sales to certain other brokers and dealers. After the offering, these figures may be changed by the underwriters.

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of 870,000 additional shares of common stock at the same price to the public, and with the same underwriting discount, as set forth in the table below. The underwriters may exercise this option any time during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus, to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent the underwriters exercise the option, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares as it was obligated to purchase under the purchase agreement.

The following table shows the underwriting fees to be paid to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.

 

     Paid by Us
     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per share

     

Total

     

We estimate total offering expenses (not including underwriting discounts and commissions) will be $2.3 million, all of which will be borne by us.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered by them.

We and each of our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders have agreed to certain restrictions on our ability to sell additional shares of our common stock for a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described below. We have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise issue or

 

114


Table of Contents

dispose of, any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or any related security or instrument, without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray. The agreements provide exceptions for sales to underwriters pursuant to the purchase agreement. In addition, the agreement with our founder contains exceptions for (i) the sale of common stock to DBJ, which was completed in February 2007, (ii) transfers to family members for estate planning purposes and (iii) transfers pursuant to contracts for the sale of securities entered into prior to March 20, 2007 and disclosed in the first amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, provided in each of (i), (ii) and (iii) that the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the lockup agreement. The exception described in clause (iii) is no longer available as no contract for the sale of securities is disclosed in such amendment.

The lock-up period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the lock-up period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no established trading market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be negotiated by us and the underwriters. The factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we compete, our past and present operations, our historical results of operations, our prospects for future earnings, the recent market prices of securities of generally comparable companies and the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering and other relevant factors. There can be no assurance that the initial public offering price of the common stock will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active public market for the common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

To facilitate the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock during and after the offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in the common stock for their own account by selling more shares of common stock than have been sold to them by us. The underwriters may elect to cover any such short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters. In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of the common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares of common stock in the open market and may impose penalty bids. If penalty bids are imposed, selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in the offering are reclaimed if shares of common stock previously distributed in the offering are repurchased, whether in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the common stock to the extent that it discourages resales of the common stock. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

In connection with this offering, some underwriters (and selling group members) may also engage in passive market making transactions in the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Passive market making consists of displaying bids on the New York Stock Exchange limited by the prices of

 

115


Table of Contents

independent market makers and effecting purchases limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

In the past, Piper Jaffray has provided investment banking services, including valuation and private placement services, to us and we may engage them for these or other services in the future.

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CAP.”

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 150,000 shares of the common stock being sold in this offering for sale to our directors, employees, business associates and related persons at the initial public offering price. The sales will be made by Piper Jaffray through a directed share program. The purchasers of these shares will not be subject to a lock-up except to the extent the purchasers are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters as described above. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced to the extent these reserved shares are purchased. Any reserved shares which are not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares in this offering.

 

116


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Perkins Coie LLP, Menlo Park, California. The underwriters have been represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell, Menlo Park, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of CAI International, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC for the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

You can obtain our SEC filings, including the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, at the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

117


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (Predecessor) and the three months ended December 31, 2006 (Successor)

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (Predecessor) and the three months ended December 31, 2006 (Successor)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (Predecessor) and the three months ended December 31, 2006 (Successor)

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Schedule II—Valuation Accounts

   F-31

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007

   F-32

Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2006 (Predecessor) and 2007 (Successor)

   F-33

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2006 (Predecessor) and 2007 (Successor)

   F-34

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-35

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

CAI International, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CAI International, Inc. and subsidiaries (Successor) as of December 31, 2006, and of CAI International, Inc. and subsidiaries (Predecessor) as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 (Successor Period), and from January 1, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2005 (Predecessor Periods). In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the related financial statement schedule II. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Companies’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the aforementioned Successor consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CAI International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the Successor period, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Further, in our opinion, the aforementioned Predecessor consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CAI International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the Predecessor Periods, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, effective October 1, 2006, CAI International, Inc. repurchased 50% of its outstanding common stock. The repurchase of stock has been accounted for as a step acquisition and the change in basis has been pushed down to CAI International, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements. As a result of the repurchase of shares, the consolidated financial information for periods after the repurchase is presented on a different basis than that for the periods before the acquisition and, therefore, is not comparable.

As discussed in Note 2(n) to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007 the Successor adopted FASB Staff Position AUG AIR-1 (FSP), Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance. The FSP was retrospectively applied adjusting all financial statements presented.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

April 23, 2007

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

       Predecessor      Successor  
       December 31,
2005
     December 31,
2006
 
       (in thousands, except share data)  

ASSETS

             

Cash

   $ 7,573      $ 20,359  

Accounts receivable (owned fleet), net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,762 in 2005 and $1,045 in 2006

     11,056        7,731  

Accounts receivable (managed fleet)

     16,209        24,061  

Related party receivables

     198        128  

Current portion of direct finance leases

     3,006        2,248  

Deposits, prepayments and other assets

     2,103        4,077  

Deferred tax assets

     1,253        915  
                   

Total current assets

     41,398        59,519  
                   

Container rental equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $99,553 and $93,633 at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, respectively

     134,563        161,353  

Net investment in direct finance leases

     4,263        4,329  

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $2,424 and $290 at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, respectively

     437        459  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $307 in 2006

     —          7,093  

Goodwill

     —          50,247  
                   

Total assets

   $ 180,661      $ 283,000  
                   

LIABILITIES, CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

             

Accounts payable

   $ 3,541      $ 3,585  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     4,478        15,276  

Amounts due to affiliate

     6,847        —    

Due to container investors

     12,072        21,650  

Unearned revenue

     702        740  

Current portion of long-term debt

     —          5,000  

Current portion of subordinated note payable to affiliate

     6,730        —    

Current portion of capital lease obligation

     703        525  

Rental equipment payable

     9,900        30,788  
                   

Total current liabilities

     44,973        77,564  
                   

Revolving line of credit

     64,000        97,000  

Term loan

     —          13,750  

Subordinated convertible note payable

     —          37,500  

Subordinated note payable to affiliate

     10,095        —    

Deferred income tax liability

     22,057        24,500  

Capital lease obligation

     183        31  
                   

Total liabilities

     141,308        250,345  
                   

Cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock:

             

Series A 10.5% cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value. Aggregate liquidation value $1,531 and $1,621 at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, respectively. Authorized 1,113,840 shares; issued and outstanding 724,920 shares at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006

     7,465        6,072  

Note receivable on preferred stock

     (1,107 )          (1,172 )
                   
       6,358        4,900  
                   

Stockholders’ equity:

             

Common stock, no par value. Authorized 84,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 21,168,000 shares at December 31, 2005 and 10,584,000 shares at December 31, 2006

     2,520        1,260  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (44 )      95  

Retained earnings

     30,519        26,400  
                   

Total stockholders’ equity

     32,995        27,755  
                   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 180,661      $ 283,000  
                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

       Predecessor     Successor  
       2004     2005     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
    Three Months
Ended
December 31,
2006
 
            

(in thousands, except

per share data)

       

Revenue:

              

Container rental revenue

   $ 45,855     $ 39,614     $ 24,228     $ 9,383  

Management fee revenue

     6,809       11,230       8,530       3,569  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     13,420       9,913       8,365       5,392  

Finance lease income

     602       829       927       267  
                                  

Total revenue

     66,686       61,586       42,050       18,611  
                                  

Operating expenses:

              

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     15,545       14,764       9,653       2,360  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         —         —         307  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     275       572       270       81  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (718 )     (1,166 )     (804 )         (747 )

Equipment rental expense

     10,636       6,875       1,187       395  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     6,164       3,853       2,411       779  

Marketing, general, and administrative expenses

     11,783       12,551       8,967       3,389  
                                  

Total operating expenses

     43,685       37,449       21,684       6,564  
                                  

Operating income

     23,001       24,137       20,366       12,047  
                                  

Interest expense

     7,651       7,798       4,183       3,715  

Interest income

     (28 )     (27 )     (37 )     (20 )
                                  

Net interest expense

     7,623       7,771       4,146       3,695  
                                  

Income before income taxes

     15,378       16,366       16,220       8,352  

Income tax expense

     6,149       6,377       5,856       3,119  
                                  

Net income

     9,229       9,989       10,364       5,233  

(Accretion)/decretion of preferred stock

     (641 )     (713 )     1,464       (6 )
                                  

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 8,588     $ 9,276     $ 11,828     $ 5,227  
                                  

Net income per share:

              

Basic

   $ 0.41     $ 0.44     $ 0.56     $ 0.49  

Diluted

   $ 0.41     $ 0.44     $ 0.48     $ 0.36  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

              

Basic

     21,168       21,168       21,168       10,584  

Diluted

     21,168       21,168       21,735       16,270  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

and Three Months Ended December 31, 2006

Predecessor

 

     Cumulative redeemable
convertible preferred stock
    Common stock    

Retained
earnings

   

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)

   

Total
stockholders’
equity

 
     Shares    Amount     Note
receivable
on
preferred
stock
    Shares    Amount        
     (in thousands)  

Balances as of December 31, 2003

   725    $ 2,576     $ (977 )   21,168    $ 2,520     $ 12,655     $ 3     $ 15,178  

Accretion of preferred stock

   —        2,313       —       —        (1,672 )     (641 )     —         (2,313 )

Net income

   —        —         —       —        —         9,229       —         9,229  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —        —         —       —        —         —         56       56  
                        

Comprehensive income

                     9,285  

Stock-based compensation

   —        —         (65 )   —        1,672       —         —         1,672  
                                                          

Balances as of December 31, 2004

   725      4,889       (1,042 )   21,168      2,520       21,243       59       23,822  

Accretion of preferred stock

   —        2,576       —       —        (1,863 )     (713 )     —         (2,576 )

Net income

   —        —         —       —        —         9,989       —         9,989  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —        —         —       —        —         —         (103 )     (103 )
                        

Comprehensive income

                     9,886  

Stock-based compensation

   —        —         (65 )   —        1,863       —         —         1,863  
                                                          

Balances as of December 31, 2005

   725    $ 7,465       (1,107 )   21,168    $ 2,520       30,519       (44 )     32,995  
                                                          

Decretion of preferred stock

   —        (1,415 )     (49 )   —        —         1,464       —         1,464  

Net income

   —        —         —       —        —         10,364       —         10,364  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —        —         —       —        —         —         (4 )     (4 )
                        

Comprehensive income

                     10,360  
                                                          

Balances as of September 30, 2006

   725    $ 6,050     $ (1,156 )   21,168    $ 2,520     $ 42,347     $ (48 )   $ 44,819  
                                                          

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Successor

 

     Cumulative redeemable
convertible preferred stock
    Common stock    

Retained
earnings

   

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)

   

Total
stockholders’
equity

 
     Shares    Amount    Note
receivable
on
preferred
stock
    Shares     Amount        
     (in thousands)  

Balances as of September 30, 2006

   725    $ 6,050    $ (1,156 )   21,168     $ 2,520     $ 42,347     $ (48 )   $ 44,819  
                                                          

Repurchase of shares held by Interpool, Inc.

   —        —        —       (10,584 )     (1,260 )     (21,174 )     —         (22,434 )

Accretion of preferred stock

   —        22      (16 )   —         —         (6 )     —         (6 )

Net income

   —        —        —       —         —         5,233       —         5,233  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —        —        —       —         —         —         143       143  
                        

Comprehensive income

                     5,376  
                                                          

Balances as of December 31, 2006

   725    $ 6,072    $ (1,172 )   10,584     $ 1,260     $ 26,400     $ 95     $ 27,755  
                                                          

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

       Predecessor     Successor  
       Year Ended
December 31,
   

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2006

   

Three Months
Ended
December 31,

2006

 
       2004     2005      
             (in thousands)        

Cash flows from operating activities:

              

Net income

   $ 9,229     $ 9,989     $ 10,364     $ 5,233  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

              

Depreciation

     15,643       14,859       9,728       2,392  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     461       448       321       173  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         —         —         307  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     275       572       270       81  

Stock-based compensation

     1,607       1,798       —         —    

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     (13,420 )     (9,913 )     (8,365 )         (5,392 )

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (718 )     (1,166 )     (804 )     (747 )

Deferred income taxes

     6,098       6,297       405       78  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     695       771       383       110  

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities:

              

Accounts receivable

     (4,378 )     (2,146 )     (5,478 )     458  

Related party accounts receivable

     (88 )     261       24       3  

Deposits, prepayments and other assets

     (552 )     3,685       (582 )     (647 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (1,958 )     1,899       4,928       4,916  

Due to container investors

     6,634       2,393       6,645       2,933  

Amounts due to affiliate

     934       (316 )     (5,314 )     (1,533 )

Unearned revenue

     (216 )     (19 )     28       10  

Other liabilities

     105       2       183       —    
                                  

Net cash provided by operating activities

     20,351       29,414       12,736       8,375  
                                  

Cash flows from investing activities:

              

Purchase of containers

     (125,732 )     (127,288 )     (89,366 )     (45,843 )

Net proceeds from sale of container portfolios

     119,224       102,097       67,912       49,252  

Net proceeds from disposition of used container equipment

     8,320       14,496       8,683       3,650  

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     (70 )     (350 )     (120 )     (9 )

Receipt of principal payments from direct financing leases

     2,042       2,817       2,959       794  
                                  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     3,784       (8,228 )     (9,932 )     7,844  
                                  

Cash flows from financing activities:

              

Proceeds from bank debt

     30,500       82,472       124,890       64,000  

Principal payments made on bank debt

     (52,500 )     (83,472 )     (116,000 )     (21,141 )

Principal payments made on subordinated note payable

     —         (16,825 )     (13,798 )     (3,027 )

Debt issuance costs

     —         (1,217 )     (1,196 )     —    

Repurchase of CAI common stock held by Interpool

     —         —         —         (40,104 )
                                  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (22,000 )     (19,042 )     (6,104 )     (272 )
                                  

Effect on cash of foreign currency translation

     56       (103 )     (4 )     143  
                                  

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     2,191       2,041       (3,304 )     16,090  

Cash at beginning of the period

     3,341       5,532       7,573       4,269  
                                  

Cash at end of the period

   $ 5,532     $ 7,573     $ 4,269     $ 20,359  
                                  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

              

Cash paid during the year for:

              

Income taxes

   $ 43     $ 44     $ 44     $ 116  

Interest

     7,071       7,129       4,668       1,405  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activity:

              

Repurchase of common stock with subordinated convertible note

         $ 37,500  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(1) The Company and Nature of Operations

CAI International, Inc. (CAI or the Company) was originally incorporated under the name Container Applications International, Inc. in the state of Nevada on August 3, 1989. On February 2, 2007, the Company was reincorporated under its present name in the state of Delaware. The Company operates in the international intermodal marine cargo container leasing business. Within this single industry sector, the Company generates revenue from two reportable segments: container leasing and container management. The container leasing segment specializes primarily in the ownership and leasing of intermodal dry freight standard containers, while the container management segment manages containers for container investors. The Company leases its containers principally to international container shipping lines located throughout the world. The Company sells containers primarily to investor groups and provides management services to those investors in return for a management fee.

On January 4, 2007, the Company invested approximately $400,000 in cash for an 80% interest in CAIJ, an entity incorporated in Japan to facilitate the structuring and arrangement of container fund investments in Japan.

On April 23, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved a 420:1 stock split to be granted to stockholders of record at that date. All share and per share data in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split.

The Company’s headquarters are located in San Francisco, California.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Basis of Accounting and Principles of Consolidation

The Company utilizes the accrual method of accounting.

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Container Applications International Corporation—Tokyo (CAI TK), Container Applications International (U.K.) Ltd., Sky Container Trading, Ltd., Sky Domestic Container Leasing, Ltd. and Container Applications International Corporation—Malaysia. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Prior to October 1, 2006, the Company had two principal stockholders, each of whom beneficially owned 50.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. These stockholders were the Company’s founder and then Chief Executive Officer (now Executive Chairman), Hiromitsu Ogawa and Interpool Inc. (Interpool). On October 1, 2006, the Company repurchased 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of its outstanding common stock, held by Interpool for $77.5 million (the “Interpool Transaction”). The Company paid Interpool $40.0 million in cash and issued a convertible subordinated promissory note for the $37.5 million balance. The repurchase resulted in an increase in the percentage of common stock held by Mr. Ogawa, from 50.0% to 100.0%. In connection with the Interpool Transaction the Company applied pushdown accounting in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54 (SAB No. 54) and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141). Accordingly, the Company valued its assets and liabilities as of October 1, 2006 and recognized goodwill of $50.2 million and intangible assets of $7.4 million as a result of such valuation (see Notes 3 and 5). Due to the application of pushdown accounting and step acquisition accounting in the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations after October 1, 2006 will not be comparable in some respects to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations reflected in the Company’s historical financial statements as of dates or for periods ended prior to October 1, 2006. The consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of income, cumulative redeemable convertible

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

preferred stock and stockholders’ equity and cash flows prior to October 1, 2006, refer to the Predecessor company and this period is referred to as the pre-repurchase period, while the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income, cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity and cash flows on and subsequent to October 1, 2006 refer to the Successor company and the period is referred to as the post-repurchase period. A line has been drawn between the accompanying financial statements to distinguish between the pre-repurchase and post-repurchase periods.

 

  (b) Use of Estimates

Certain estimates and assumptions were made by the Company’s management that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenue recognition, the carrying amount of container equipment, the residual values and lives of container equipment, the valuation of the cumulative redeemable preferred stock for stock-based compensation accounting and accretion purposes and valuation allowances for receivables and deferred income tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

  (c) Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment

Furniture and equipment, which include furniture, fixtures, office equipment, and software, are depreciated on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of five years with no salvage value.

 

  (d) Container Rental Equipment

Prior to October 1, 2006, the Company depreciated container rental equipment over an estimated useful life of 12.5 years (using the straight-line method) to fixed residual values of $645 for 20’, $795 for 40’ and $805 for 40’ high cubes. For the period starting October 1, 2006 and thereafter, the Company revised its estimate of residual values to $850 for 20’, $950 for 40’ and $1,000 for 40’ high cubes. The change in residual value resulted in a reduction in the Company’s depreciation expense of $1.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2006. The estimated life of the containers remained unchanged at 12.5 years. Management’s decision to change the residual values of container equipment is based on higher sales prices of older used containers over the past three years and expectation of similar values in future periods. The Company will reassess its estimate of residual value and useful life of containers in the future for possible adjustments to those estimates.

The estimated useful life for all other containers remains at 15 years with a residual value of 15% of their original cost.

 

  (e) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , the Company’s container rental equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and three months ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded impairment losses related to certain container equipment identified for sale of $275,000, $572,000, $270,000 and $81,000, respectively.

 

  (f) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination accounted for using the purchase method. The Company’s goodwill resulted from the Interpool Transaction for which we have applied pushdown accounting and accounted for the repurchase of shares as a step acquisition. Goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Management has determined that the Company is comprised of two reporting units, container leasing and container management, and has allocated $13.8 million and $36.4 million of goodwill, respectively, to each segment. The allocation of the purchase price is based on the expected future cash flow contribution of each segment and goodwill for each reporting unit was determined as the difference between the allocation purchase price and the fair value of the net assets of each reporting unit. Intangible assets allocated to the container leasing and container management reporting units are $2.6 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Intangible assets have been allocated either directly to the relevant unit or on the expected future cash flows contribution of each segment.

Impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance occurs that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Factors that would suggest a possible impairment include, but are not limited to, material customer losses, an adverse change in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition or a loss in key personnel.

The impairment test is conducted by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. We perform the annual goodwill impairment test using a combination of the market and income approaches. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists and a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In the application of the impairment testing, we are required to make estimates of future operating trends and resulting cash flows and judgments on discount rates and other variables. Actual future results and other assumed variables could differ from these estimates. If goodwill is impaired we will record an impairment charge, which will result in a decrease in net income or an increase in net loss.

On October 1, 2006, the Company recorded goodwill of $50.2 million and intangible assets of $7.4 million resulting from the application of push down accounting under SFAS No. 141 in connection with the Company’s repurchase of its common shares of stock held by Interpool (see Note 3 ). The purchase price for the incremental ownership the Company acquired from Interpool was based on forecasts and assumptions made on our future cash flows.

Although management currently believes that the estimates used in the evaluation of goodwill and other intangibles are reasonable, differences between actual and expected revenue, operating results and cash flow could cause these assets to be deemed impaired. If impairment were to occur, the Company would be required to charge to earnings the amount of the write-down in the value of such assets.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company currently amortizes intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Trademarks

   10 years

Software

   3 years

Contracts—third party

   7 years

Contracts—owned equipment

   5 years

 

  (g) Finance Leases

Interest on finance leases is recognized using the effective interest method. Lease income is recorded in decreasing amounts over the term of the contract, resulting in a level rate of return on the net investment in direct finance leases.

 

  (h) Prepaid Debt Fees

To the extent that the Company is required to pay fees relating to its revolving line of credit, such fees are amortized over the life of the related revolving line of credit using the straight line method and reflected in interest expense. No fees were paid in connection with our convertible subordinated debt.

 

  (i) Foreign Currency Translation

The accounts of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have been converted at rates of exchange in effect at year-end for balance sheet accounts and at a weighted average of exchange rates for the year for income statement accounts. The effects of changes in exchange rates in translating foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements are included in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

  (j) Accounts Receivable (Owned Fleet)

Amounts billed under operating leases for containers owned by the Company are recorded in accounts receivable (owned fleet). The Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts it does not consider fully collectible. Changes in the financial condition of the container lessee or an adverse development in negotiations or legal proceedings to obtain payment could result in the actual loss exceeding the estimated allowance.

 

  (k) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset-and-liability method as specified under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be recovered.

 

  (l) Revenue Recognition

The Company provides a range of services to its customers incorporating rental, sale and management of container equipment. Revenue for all forms of service is recognized when earned following the guidelines of SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104).

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Container Rental Revenue

Container rental revenue arises from renting containers owned by the Company to various shipping lines. Rental agreements are either leases with a fixed term of between one and eight years or short-term master lease agreements where there is no term and the equipment can be returned at any time without penalty. Revenue is recorded on an accruals basis for master lease agreements as these agreements have no fixed term. For long-term leases, revenue is recorded on a straight-line basis when earned according to the terms of the container rental contracts. These contracts are classified as operating leases. Early termination of the container rental contracts subjects the lessee to a penalty, which is included in container rental revenue upon such termination.

Included in container rental revenue is revenue consisting primarily of fees charged to the lessee for handling, delivery, repairs, and fees relating to the Company’s damage protection plan, which are recognized as earned.

Management Fee Revenue and Gain on Sale of Container Portfolios

In addition to renting containers, the Company sells leased container portfolios to investor groups. After the date of sale the Company generally manages the container assets sold to the investor group. As these are arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates the arrangements under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (EITF 00-21) which addresses accounting for multiple element arrangements. The Company has determined that the two deliverables under the arrangements, the sale of the container and the management services, are separate units of accounting, thus revenue is recognized in accordance with SAB 104 for each unit.

The Company recognizes revenue from management fees earned under equipment management agreements as earned on a monthly basis. Management fees are typically a percentage of net operating income of each investor group’s fleet calculated on an accruals basis. Included in the Company’s balance sheet are accounts receivable from the managed fleet which are uncollected lease billings related to managed equipment. With the exception of containers managed under pooling agreements, all direct costs (storage, repairs, repositioning etc.) are charged to investors on a specific-identification basis or allocated basis. The Company’s financial statements include accounts payable and accruals of expenses related to managed equipment. The net amount of rentals billed less expenses payable and less management fees is recorded in amounts due to container investors or amounts due to affiliate on the balance sheet.

As described above, the Company periodically sells containers to container investors which are generally managed by the Company in return for a management fee. A gain is calculated as the excess of sales proceeds over the net book value of the containers sold. The proceeds from sale of these container portfolios were $119.2 million, $102.1 million, $67.9 million and $49.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and the three months ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

 

  (m) Stock-Based Compensation

SFAS No. 123(R) Share Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)) , establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation plans. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all entities to adopt a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based compensation plans in which compensation cost is measured at the date the award is granted based on the value of the award and is recognized over the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

employee service period, for grants issued after the Statement’s effective date. The effective date for the Company was January 1, 2006. No stock-based awards have been granted nor have any previously granted awards vested since the effective date and, consequently, no compensation expense has been recognized during the year ended December 31, 2006.

Prior to the implementation of SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for its stock-based compensation plan under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation. SFAS 123 allowed an entity to continue to use the method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), with pro forma disclosures of net income as if the fair-value-based method had been applied. APB 25 requires compensation expense to be recognized over the employee service period based on the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the date the award is granted or other measurement date, as applicable, over an amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. The Company elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB 25 in accounting for its Executive Management Incentive Program and has recognized compensation expense of $1.6 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

The preferred shares issued under the Executive Management Incentive Program were issued in 1998 and had no vesting term. As such, there is no compensation expense to be recognized for these shares upon adoption of FAS No. 123(R). We plan to implement a stock option program and this will result in additional expense.

 

  (n) Repairs and Maintenance

On September 8, 2006, the FASB posted the Staff Position (FSP) AUG AIR-1, Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance Activities . The FSP amends certain provisions in the AICPA Industry Audit Guide, Audits of Airlines , and APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting . FSP AUG AIR-1 prohibits the use of accrue-in-advance method of accounting for planned major maintenance activities in annual and interim financial statements. This guidance is effective for the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2006, and shall be applied retrospectively for all financial statements presented, unless impracticable to do so.

Our leases require the lessee to pay for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear at the end of the lease term. We also offer a damage protection plan (“DPP”) pursuant to which the lessee pays a monthly fee in exchange for not being charged for certain damages at the end of the lease term. For containers not subject to a DPP, historically, we have accrued for repairs once we have made the decision to repair the container, which is made in advance of us incurring the repair obligation. For containers covered by a DPP, we historically accounted for periodic maintenance and repairs on an accrual basis.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

We adopted FSP AUG AIR-1 effective January 1, 2007. Accordingly, we have retroactively adjusted our Consolidated Financial Statements to reflect the direct expense method of accounting for maintenance, a method permitted under this Staff Position. The effect of adopting this standard on our previously reported Consolidated Financial Statements is summarized in the tables below (in thousands, except per share data):

 

       Predecessor      Successor  
       Year ended               
       December 31,
2004
    December 31,
2005
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2006
     Three Months Ended
December 31, 2006
 

Increase (decrease) in:

         

Statement of income:

         

Storage, handling and other expenses

   $ 511     $ 421     $ 179      $ 47  

Operating income

     (511 )     (421 )     (179 )      (47 )

Income before income taxes

     (511 )     (421 )     (179 )      (47 )

Income taxes

     (204 )     (164 )     (64 )      (18 )

Net income

     (307 )     (257 )     (115 )      (29 )
 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )      (0.00 )
 
       Predecessor      Successor  
       January 1,
2004
    December 31,
2004
   

December 31,

2005

     December 31, 2006  

Balance sheet:

         

Goodwill

   $ —       $ —       $ —        $ (679 )

Total assets

     —         —         —          (679 )

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (2,972 )     (2,461 )     (2,040 )      (1,328 )

Deferred income tax liability

     936       732       568        —    

Total liabilities

     (2,036 )     (1,729 )     (1,472 )      (1,328 )

Retained earnings

     2,036       1,729       1,472        649  

Stockholders’ equity

     2,036       1,729       1,472        649  

 

  (o) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. FIN 48 requires that the Company recognize in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period and disclosure. FIN 48 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2007 (the first day of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year. The Company has not determined the impact of FIN 48 on its results of operations or financial condition.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , or SFAS No. 157. This statement establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. SFAS No. 157 clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between

market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, the definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those years with earlier application encouraged. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulleting No. 108 (“SAB 108) which provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. If the effect of initial adoption is determined to be material, the cumulative effect may be reported as an adjustment to the beginning of year retained earnings with disclosure of the nature and amount of each individual error being corrected in the cumulative adjustment. The guidance is applicable in our 2006 fiscal year and has not resulted in adjustments to our 2006 financial statements. We will apply this guidance in assessing any future misstatements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities- Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 . Under this pronouncement, companies may elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reporting earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. However, SFAS No. 159 specifically includes financial assets and financial liabilities recognized under leases (as defined in SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases), as among those items not eligible for the fair value measurement option except contingent obligations for cancelled leases and guarantees of third-party lease obligations. This statement is effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 159 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

(3) Step Acquisition of CAI Common Stock Held by Interpool

On October 1, 2006, the Company repurchased 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of its outstanding common stock, held by Interpool for $77.5 million. The Company repurchased the shares to execute a management buyout of all common stock held by Interpool. The Company paid Interpool $40 million in cash and issued a new convertible subordinated promissory note for the $37.5 million balance (see Note 7(b)). In addition, the Company incurred $104,000 of expenses in connection with the repurchase.

Financing for the transaction was obtained from a line of credit and term loan facility provided by a group of banks under an amended agreement signed on September 29, 2006 (see “Note (7a)”). On October 2, 2006, the Company borrowed the full $20.0 million under the term loan and an additional

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

$23 million under the revolving line of credit. The proceeds were used to pay the $40.0 million cash portion of the repurchase of all our shares of common stock owned by Interpool and to repay the remaining $3.0 million balance on the outstanding subordinated note issued in April 1998 by the Company to Interpool.

As a result of the repurchase, the Company terminated the Operating and Administration Agreement with Interpool for all but 12,000 TEUs of existing containers. The directors that had been appointed by Interpool also resigned from the Company’s board of directors. In addition Interpool’s warrant to purchase common stock was terminated.

The repurchase also resulted in an increase in the percentage of common stock held by the Company’s Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, from 50.0% to 100.0%. In connection with the Interpool transaction the Company has applied pushdown accounting in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54 (SAB No. 54) and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141). The step acquisition and push down accounting resulted in an increase to the carrying value of container rental equipment of $334,000 and the recognition of $50.2 million of goodwill and $7.4 million of intangible assets. The book value of all other assets and liabilities approximated fair value. The purchase price was based on forecasts and assumptions made on our future cash flows and not on our net asset values on the closing date. Goodwill is the amount paid for the common stock above the fair value of tangible and intangible net assets in the transaction. Goodwill represents the estimated fair value of expected cash flows from subsequently acquired containers that we either (1) retain and lease to container lessees as part of our owned fleet; or (2) sell to container investors and manage on their behalf.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and is presented as if the repurchase of shares of our common stock from Interpool occurred at the beginning of these periods. The following information should not be taken as representative of future consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company (in thousands):

 

       Year Ended December 31,
       2005      2006
       (unaudited)

Revenue

     $ 61,586      $ 60,661

Net income

     $ 4,575      $ 11,536

Net income available to common stockholders

     $ 3,862      $ 12,994

Net income per share:

         

Basic

     $ 0.36      $ 1.23

Diluted

     $ 0.36      $ 0.88

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(4) Container Leases

The Company leases its containers on either short-term operating leases through master lease agreements, long-term non-cancelable operating leases, or finance leases. The following represents future minimum rents receivable under long-term noncancelable operating and finance leases as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):

 

    

Long-term

operating

   Finance

Year ending December 31:

     

2007

   $ 6,369    $ 3,076

2008

     5,333      2,324

2009

     3,799      1,777

2010

     2,113      952

2011 and thereafter

     1,962      25
             

Total minimum rents receivable

   $ 19,576      8,154
         

Less amount representing unearned income

        1,577
         

Net investment in direct financing leases

      $ 6,577
         

 

(5) Intangible Assets

The Company recognized intangible assets on October 1, 2006 in connection with its repurchase of its shares of common stock held by Interpool and amortizes them on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives disclosed in Note 2(f). Intangible assets at December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount

Trademarks

   $ 1,100    $ (28 )   $ 1,072

Software

     500      (42 )     458

Contracts-third party

     3,650      (130 )     3,520

Contracts-owned equipment

     2,150      (107 )     2,043
                     

Total

   $ 7,400    $ (307 )   $ 7,093
                     

Amortization recorded for the three month period ended December 31, 2006 was $307,000. Future amortization expenses are as follows (in thousands):

 

2007

   $ 1,228

2008

   $ 1,228

2009

   $ 1,186

2010

   $ 1,061

2011 and thereafter

   $ 2,390

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(6) Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

The Company accrues for goods and services received and expenses incurred for which billings have not been received. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 2005 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2005    2006

Accrued income taxes

   $ 49    $ 8,896

Due to lessors

     1,557      2,438

Accrued interest

     759      2,087

Accrued bonuses

     1,007      1,110

Other current liabilities

     1,106      745
             
   $ 4,478    $ 15,276
             

 

(7) Long Term Debt

 

  (a) Senior Secured Credit Facility

The Company has a senior secured line of credit with a consortium of banks to finance the acquisition of containers and for general working capital purposes. Any amounts drawn on the facility are secured by all assets of the Company including the containers and the underlying leases thereon.

On September 29, 2006, the Company amended its senior secured credit facility provided by a group of banks to provide for a maximum total commitment amount of up to $190 million, consisting of a $20 million term loan facility and a $170 million revolving line of credit. On October 2, 2006, the Company borrowed the full $20 million under the term loan and an additional $23 million under the revolving line of credit. The proceeds were used to pay the $40.0 million cash portion of the repurchase of the 10,584,000 shares of common stock owned by Interpool and to repay the remaining $3.0 million balance on the outstanding subordinated note issued in April 1998 by the Company to Interpool.

The interest rates under the senior secured credit facility vary depending upon whether the loans are characterized as base rate loans or Eurodollar rate loans. At December 31, 2006 the interest rates were 7.32% for the revolving credit facility and 7.57% for the term loan. In addition, there is a commitment fee on the unused amount of the total commitment, payable quarterly in arrears. The amended senior secured credit facility provides that swing line loans (up to $10.0 million in the aggregate) and standby letters of credit (up to $15.0 million in the aggregate) will be available to the Company. These sub-limits are part of, and not in addition to, the total commitment of $170 million under the revolving credit portion of the senior secured credit facility. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had $73 million in availability under the revolving credit facility provided there was sufficient collateral. The entire amount of the facility drawn at any time plus accrued interest and fees is callable on demand in the event of certain specified events of default. In addition to certain financial covenants, the credit facility requires the Company to obtain the consent of existing lenders prior to entering into future borrowings or paying dividends to stockholders.

As of December 31, 2006, the revolving line of credit and term loan had a balance of $97.0 million and $18.75 million, respectively. The term loan is payable in equal quarterly installments of $1.25 million

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

commencing on December 29, 2006. Interest expense recorded relating to the amended senior secured credit facility (including term loan) for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2006 was $2.3 million. Interest expense relating to the prior senior secured credit facility for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $3.2 million, $4.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

The amended senior secured credit facility terminates September 30, 2010 and contains various financial and other covenants. As of December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

  (b) Subordinated Convertible Note Payable

On October 1, 2006, the Company issued a convertible subordinated promissory note for $37.5 million in connection with the Company’s repurchase of 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of its outstanding common stock, held by Interpool, for $77.5 million (see Note 3). The balance of $40.0 million was paid in cash. In addition, the Company paid the remaining $3.0 million balance of the outstanding subordinated note originally issued in April 1998 by the Company to Interpool.

Financing for the transaction was obtained from a line of credit and term loan facility provided by a group of banks under an amended agreement signed on September 29, 2006 (see preceding paragraph (a) above). The note matures on October 30, 2010 and bears an initial interest rate of 7.87% per annum for the 6-month period ending March 31, 2007. The interest rate increases by one percentage point (1.0%) after each subsequent six-month period until paid in full. The note provides Interpool with an option to convert the obligation into shares of the Company’s common stock at anytime after October 1, 2008, at the following conversion price:

a. At anytime prior to the fifteenth (15th) business day after the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, the conversion price shall be $7.32 per share of common stock or conversion of the $37.5 million note into 5,121,480 shares of our common stock.

b. At any time on or after the fifteenth (15th) business day after the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, the conversion price shall be $5.53 per share of common stock or conversion of the $37.5 million note into 6,785,520 shares of our common stock.

Interest expense relating to the convertible subordinated note for the quarter ended December 31, 2006 was $1.1 million. The note is subordinated to the Company’s $20.0 million term loan facility and $170.0 million revolving line of credit and is secured by a second priority lien on the Company’s assets. The agreement relating to the note contains various financial and other covenants. As of December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

  (c) Subordinated Note Payable to Affiliate

During April 1998, the Company entered into a subordinated debt agreement with Interpool for $33.7 million. The interest rate on the subordinated debt was fixed at 10.5%, with interest paid quarterly. This subordinated debt had a balance of $16.8 million at December 31, 2005 and a remaining balance of $3.0 million when it was paid off on October 2, 2006 in connection with the Company’s repurchase of all shares of CAI common stock owned by Interpool (see Note 3). Interest expense recorded on this subordinated debt was $3.6 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $0.6 million for the period from January 1, 2006 through September 30, 2006. Interpool is no longer an affiliate of CAI as a result of the stock repurchase transaction.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

  (d) Maturities

Principal maturities of all long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

       Principal

Year ending December 31:

  

2007

   $ 5,000

2008

     5,000

2009

     5,000

2010

     138,250
      
   $ 153,250
      
(8) Income Taxes

Income tax expense comprises the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

       Predecessor     Successor  
       Year Ended
December 31,
  

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2006

   

Three Months
Ended
December 31,

2006

 
       2004     2005     

Current income taxes

               

Federal

   $ 24     $ 21    $ 5,083     $ 2,851  

State

     (5 )     1      357       142  

Foreign

     32       58      11       48  
                                 
       51       80      5,451       3,041  
                                 

Deferred income taxes

               

Federal

     5,739       5,984      746       103  

State

     350       251      (378 )         4  

Foreign

     9       62      37       (29 )
                                 
       6,098       6,297      405       78  
                                 

Total income tax expense

   $ 6,149     $ 6,377    $ 5,856     $ 3,119  
                                 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

The reconciliation between the Company’s income tax expense and the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and 35% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

       Predecessor     Successor
       Year Ended
December 31,
   

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2006

   

Three Months
Ended
December 31,

2006

       2004     2005      

Computed expected tax expense

   $ 5,229     $ 5,564     $ 5,677     $ 2,923

Nondeductible stock-based compensation

     546       611       —         —  

Other permanent differences

     64       (25 )     19       62

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

            

State income tax expense, net of effect on federal liability

     325       288       184       95

Foreign income taxed at different rates

     (15 )     (61 )     (24 )         39
                                
     $ 6,149     $ 6,377     $ 5,856     $ 3,119
                                

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31 are presented below (in thousands):

 

     2005    2006

Deferred tax assets:

     

Bad debt allowance

   $ 984    $ 600

Accrued vacation pay

     48      48

Unearned revenue

     221      267

Passive loss carry forwards

     14,004      —  
             

Gross deferred tax assets

     15,257      915

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Intangible assets

     —        2,673

Depreciation and amortization

     35,990      21,747

Foreign deferred tax liabilities

     71      80
             

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 20,804    $ 23,585
             

At of December 31, 2006, the Company had no federal and state passive activity loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income.

 

(9) Related Party Transactions

Prior to October 1, 2006, Interpool was a related party when it owned 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and was represented on CAI’s board of directors. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and nine-months ended September 30, 2006, the Company earned management fee revenue of $1.8 million, $2.0 million, and $0.7 million, respectively, for managing containers in Interpool’s fleet. In 2004, Interpool paid the Company $2.0 million to reconcile revenue

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

attributable to the containers we managed for Interpool as compared to our owned fleet. The Company recognized the payment received with the resolution of this matter as lease revenue attributable to the Company’s owned containers.

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and nine-months ended September 30, 2006, the Company earned agency fees of $120,000, $120,000, and $50,000 respectively, for managing Interpool’s Japan fleet and $50,000, $100,000, and $17,000, respectively, for billing and collection fees.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had subordinated debt due to Interpool of $16.8 million. In addition, at December 31, 2005, the Company had amounts due to Interpool of $6.8 million related to managed fleet activities and accounts receivable of $70,000, included in related party receivable. The subordinated debt was paid off on October 2, 2006 in conjunction with the Company’s repurchase of 10,584,000 shares of CAI’s common stock then owned by Interpool (see Note 3). Interpool ceased being a related party when the repurchase agreement was signed on October 1, 2006.

As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, two Company executives owed a total of $128,000 to the Company for golf membership for both years. These amounts bear no interest or due dates and are included in related party accounts receivable.

During 1998, the Company made loans of $0.9 million to three employees of the Company for the purchase of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock. The fixed interest rate on these loans is 10.5%. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, $0.6 million of principal and $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of cumulative interest related to these loans, recognized in conjunction with the treatment of the preferred stock purchased with a note as a stock option, was owed to the Company. The loans are shown as a deduction from the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock presented in temporary equity. Payment of principal shall be due on the earlier to occur of (i) the conversion of the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock securing these loans; or (ii) the redemption by the Company of the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock securing these loans. (Please see note 10 for further details).

 

(10) Preferred Stock

In May 1998, Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock was issued to certain employees (the Preferred Stockholders) as part of the Company’s Executive Management Incentive Program (note 18). Dividends accrue on the preferred stock at 10.5% per annum but are not payable until declared by the board of directors. No dividends have been declared or paid as of December 31, 2006. The preferred stock is redeemable, at the sole option of the Company, at any time following the first to occur of (i) the date any Preferred Stockholder ceases to be an employee of the Company for any reason, or (ii) May 15, 2008. The redemption price for the preferred shares is the greater of the original issue price of the preferred shares, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, or the book value of the common stock that the preferred stock would be convertible into. A liquidity event is defined as an initial public offering (IPO) of the Company’s common stock, or as a sale of a majority of the common stock or assets of the Company, to a person or persons other than the Executive Chairman or Interpool. At the time a liquidity event occurs, the preferred stock is convertible into an equal number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

If the common stock of the Company owned by Mr. Ogawa (the Executive Chairman of the Company) is sold in one or a series of related transactions (a Partial Sale) each Preferred Stockholder shall have a

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

“put” redemption right and the Company shall have a “call” redemption right for the Preferred Stock, each exercisable within 15 days of the Partial Sale. The put/call shall be for the fair market value of the common stock into which the Preferred Stock would be converted if a liquidity event occurred. The put/call price may be paid (in the discretion of the Company) either in cash or in the type of consideration received by Mr. Ogawa under the Partial Sale. On February 16, 2007, Mr. Ogawa sold 1,691,760 of his 10,584,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to DBJ Value Up Fund (“DBJ”), representing approximately 14.96% beneficial ownership in the Company, after giving effect to the conversion of the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock. The sale of the common stock to DBJ is considered a Partial Sale; however, there was no exercise of the put/call option by either party.

As of all periods presented, the Company believes that the event that triggers the put right is probable of occurring. As redemption is considered probable, the Preferred Stock is accreted to its redemption value. The redemption value is based on fair value and, as such, the Preferred Stock is accreted to fair value at each reporting date. Considerable judgment is required to determine the fair value of our Preferred Stock as, to date, there has been no public market on which our preferred stock or common stock trades. We estimate the fair value of our Preferred Stock by using a combination of the income and market approaches. In determining the fair value of the Preferred Stock, we are required to make estimates of future operating trends and resulting cash flows and judgments on discount rates. In certain time periods where an arm’s length sale of a material number of shares occurs, such as occurred on the date of the Interpool transaction on October 1, 2006, we will take into account the fair value of the Common Stock represented in the transaction and adjust the value of the Preferred Stock accordingly. The accretion was $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 there was a decretion of $1.5 million resulting from a revised estimate of the fair value of the Preferred Stock at the time of the Interpool transaction on October 1, 2006.

 

(11) Stockholders’ Equity

Prior to October 1, 2006, the Company had two principal stockholders, each of whom beneficially owned 50.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. These shareholders were the Company’s founder and then Chief Executive Officer (now Executive Chairman), Hiromitsu Ogawa and Interpool. On October 1, 2006, the Company repurchased 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of its outstanding common stock, held by Interpool for $77.5 million. The repurchase resulted in an increase in the percentage of common stock held by the Company’s Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, from 50.0% to 100.0% (see Note 3). Also see note 10 regarding the sale of common stock from Mr. Ogawa to DBJ.

 

(12) 401(k) Plan

The Company established a 401(k) plan in January 1995 for certain eligible employees. Company contributions to this plan are entirely at the Company’s discretion. There was no contribution made in 2004 or 2005. During 2006, the Company made a one-time contribution of $53,000 to the plan.

 

(13) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates fair value because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The carrying amount reported for the bank debt approximates fair value because the underlying instruments are at variable rates that reprice frequently. The fair value of the subordinated note payable is not determinable. The fair value of the subordinated convertible note approximates fair value.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(14) Commitments and Contingencies

CAI utilizes certain office facilities and office equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements which generally have original terms of up to five years. The Company has 6,500 20-foot equivalent units (TEUs) of containers under noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2006.

Future minimum lease payments required under noncancelable operating leases having an original term of more than one year as of December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Office facilities

and equipment

  

Container

equipment

Year ending December 31 :

     

2007

   $ 991    $ 1,474

2008

     847      103

2009

     697      —  

2010

     546      —  

2011 and thereafter

     —        —  
             
   $ 3,081    $ 1,577
             

In addition to operating leases, the Company also has a capital lease obligation on containers with $525,000 due in 2007 and $31,000 due in 2008.

Office facility expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months ended December 31, 2006, was $0.8 million, $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively, which is included in marketing, general and administrative expense in the statements of income.

As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company has one outstanding letter of credit of $0.3 million that guarantees the Company’s obligations under certain operating lease agreements.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company executes contracts involving indemnifications standard in the industry and indemnifications specific to a transaction such as an assignment and assumption agreement. These indemnifications might include claims related to tax matters, governmental regulations, and contractual relationships. Performance under these indemnities would generally be triggered by a breach of terms of the contract or by a third-party claim. The Company regularly evaluates the probability of having to incur costs associated with these indemnifications and as of December 31, 2006 there were no claims outstanding under such indemnifications nor does the Company believe any future claims are probable of occurring.

The Company has not provided any guarantees to any container investors.

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Ogawa effective November 1, 2006 in connection with his position as our Executive Chairman. The employment agreement is for a term of two years from the effective date of this offering, unless the agreement is terminated earlier for death, disability, company insolvency, “cause” or “good reason.” In addition, Mr. Ogawa may terminate the agreement with 30 days’ notice anytime after the one-year anniversary of the effective date of this offering.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Mr. Ogawa is entitled to receive non-equity incentive plan compensation up to 100% of his salary if we achieve certain percentages of our budgeted pretax profit in a specific fiscal year.

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Nishibori effective November 1, 2006 in connection with his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement is effective until October 31, 2008 and automatically renews for additional two-year periods, unless the agreement is terminated earlier by us for death, disability, company insolvency or “cause,” by Mr. Nishibori for “good reason” or by either party with at least 90 days’ written notice prior to the end of the term. As long as the convertible subordinated note held by Interpool is outstanding, Mr. Nishibori will be entitled to receive a cash bonus of up to 40% of his salary if we achieve certain percentages of our budgeted pretax profit in a specific fiscal year. If the Interpool note is repaid, Mr. Nishibori will be entitled to receive a cash bonus of up to 100% of his salary if we achieve certain percentages of our budgeted pretax profit in a specific fiscal year.

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Garcia effective November 1, 2006 in connection with his position as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement is effective until October 31, 2009 and automatically renews for additional two-year periods, unless the agreement is terminated earlier by us for death, disability, company insolvency or “cause,” by Mr. Garcia for “good reason” or by either party with at least 90 days written notice prior to the end of the term. In addition to being eligible for discretionary cash bonuses, Mr. Garcia’s employment agreement provides that upon completion of an equity offering, Mr. Garcia will receive a cash bonus of up to $100,000 on November 1, 2007 and on each of the following three anniversaries of that date, so long as he remains employed by the Company on such dates. Mr. Garcia may also become entitled to an annual cash bonus of up to 40.0% of his base salary. This bonus is tied, in part, to the achievement of the Company’s annual earnings goals.

 

(15) Segment Information

The Company operates in one industry segment, container leasing, but has two reportable business segments; container leasing and container management.

The container leasing segment derives its revenue via the ownership and leasing of containers to container shipping lines.

The container management segment derives its revenue from management fees earned from portfolios of containers and associated leases which are managed on behalf of container investors. It also derives revenue from the sale of containers, previously owned by the Company, to container investors who in turn enter into management agreements with the Company.

There are no inter-segment revenues.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

The following tables show segment information for the Successor for the quarter ended December 31, 2006, and for the predecessor Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 respectively, reconciled to the Company’s income before taxes as shown in its consolidated statements of income (in thousands). The Company makes its management decisions based on pre tax income, and as such does not allocate income tax expense/benefit to its segments. Also, stock-based compensation is not associated with the relative performance of the segments, and as such has been classified as an unallocated expense:

 

Successor

   Three Months Ended December 31, 2006  
   Container
Leasing
    Container
Management
   Unallocated     Total  

Container rental revenue

   $ 9,383     $ —      $ —       $ 9,383  

Management fee revenue

     —         3,569      —         3,569  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     —         5,392      —         5,392  

Finance lease income

     267       —        —         267  
                               

Total revenue

     9,650       8,961      —         18,611  
                               

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     2,360       —        —         2,360  

Amortization of intangible assets

     127       180      —         307  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     81       —        —         81  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (747 )     —        —         (747 )

Equipment rental expense

     395       —        —         395  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     779       —        —         779  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     1,004       2,385      —         3,389  
                               

Total operating expenses

     3,999       2,565      —         6,564  
                               

Interest expense

     3,715       —        —         3,715  

Interest income

     —         —        (20 )     (20 )
                               

Net interest expense

     3,715       —        (20 )     3,695  

Income before income taxes

     1,936       6,396      20       8,352  

Income tax expense

     —         —        3,119       3,119  
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,936     $ 6,396    $ (3,099 )   $ 5,233  
                               

Total assets

   $ 217,693     $ 65,307    $ —       $ 283,000  
                               

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

 

Predecessor

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006  
   Container
Leasing
    Container
Management
   Unallocated     Total  

Container rental revenue

   $ 24,228     $ —      $ —       $ 24,228  

Management fee revenue

     —         8,530      —         8,530  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     —         8,365      —         8,365  

Finance lease income

     927       —        —         927  
                               

Total revenue

     25,155       16,895      —         42,050  
                               

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     9,653       —        —         9,653  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     270       —        —         270  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (804 )     —        —         (804 )

Equipment rental expense

     1,187       —        —         1,187  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     2,411       —        —         2,411  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     2,438       6,529      —         8,967  
                               

Total operating expenses

     15,155       6,529      —         21,684  
                               

Interest expense

     4,183       —        —         4,183  

Interest income

     —         —        (37 )     (37 )
                               

Net interest expense

     4,183       —        (37 )     4,146  

Income before income taxes

     5,817       10,366      37       16,220  

Income tax expense

     —         —        5,856       5,856  
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,817     $ 10,366    $ (5,819 )   $ 10,364  
                               

Total assets

   $ 181,692     $ 25,942    $ —       $ 207,634  
                               

 

     Year ended December 31, 2005  
     Container
leasing
    Container
management
   Unallocated     Total  

Container rental revenue

   $ 39,614     $ —      $ —       $ 39,614  

Management fee revenue

     —         11,230      —         11,230  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     —         9,913      —         9,913  

Finance lease income

     829       —        —         829  
                               

Total revenue

     40,443       21,143      —         61,586  
                               

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     14,764       —        —         14,764  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     572       —        —         572  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (1,166 )     —        —         (1,166 )

Equipment rental expense

     6,875       —        —         6,875  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     3,853       —        —         3,853  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     3,466       7,287      1,798       12,551  
                               

Total operating expenses

     28,364       7,287      1,798       37,449  
                               

Interest expense

     7,798       —        —         7,798  

Interest income

     —         —        (27 )     (27 )
                               

Net interest expense

     7,798       —        (27 )     7,771  
                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

     4,281       13,856      (1,771 )     16,366  

Income tax expense

     —         —        6,377       6,377  
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,281     $ 13,856    $ (8,148 )   $ 9,989  
                               

Total assets

   $ 164,452     $ 16,209    $ —       $ 180,661  
                               

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

     Year ended December 31, 2004  
     Container
leasing
    Container
management
   Unallocated     Total  

Container rental revenue

   $ 45,855     $ —      $ —       $ 45,855  

Management fee revenue

     —         6,809      —         6,809  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     —         13,420      —         13,420  

Finance lease income

     602       —        —         602  
                               

Total revenue

     46,457       20,229      —         66,686  
                               

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     15,545       —        —         15,545  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     275       —        —         275  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (718 )     —        —         (718 )

Equipment rental expense

     10,636       —        —         10,636  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     6,164       —        —         6,164  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     3,824       6,352      1,607       11,783  
                               

Total operating expenses

     35,726       6,352      1,607       43,685  
                               

Interest expense

     7,651       —        —         7,651  

Interest income

     —         —        (28 )     (28 )
                               

Net interest expense

     7,651       —        (28 )     7,623  
                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,080       13,877      (1,579 )     15,378  

Income tax expense

     —         —        6,149       6,149  
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,080     $ 13,877    $ (7,728 )   $ 9,229  
                               

Total assets

   $ 164,509     $ 17,449    $ —       $ 181,958  
                               

The Company’s container lessees use containers for their global trade utilizing many worldwide trade routes. The Company earns its revenue from international carriers when the containers are in use and carrying cargo around the world. Substantially all of the Company’s leasing related revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. As all of the Company’s containers are used internationally, where no one container is domiciled in one particular place for a prolonged period of time, all of the Company’s long-lived assets are considered to be international with no single country of use.

 

(16) Credit Concentration

The container leases and trade receivables subject the Company to potential credit risk. The Company extends credit to its container lessees based upon an evaluation of the container lessee’s financial condition and credit history. No single container lessee in any of the years represented greater than 10% of total revenue.

In our container management segment, for years ended 2004 and 2005, one container investor represented 16.1% and 10.2% of our total revenue, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, two container investors represented 12.7% and 10.1%, respectively, of total revenue and for the three months ended December 31, 2006 two customers represented 18.2% and 12.9%, respectively, of total revenue.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(17) Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock; however, potential common equivalent shares are excluded if their effect is anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share for the predecessor Company for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the successor Company for the three months ended December 31, 2006 (in thousands, except per share data). Diluted net income per share assumes conversion of convertible subordinated note payable and preferred stock purchased with cash to common stock using the “if-converted” method and the treasury stock method for preferred shares purchased with notes and accounted for as stock options:

 

       Predecessor     Successor
       Year Ended
December 31,
  

January 1, 2006
through
September 30,

2006

   

October 1, 2006
through
December 31,

2006

       2004    2005     

Numerator:

              

Net income available to common stockholders used in calculation of basic earnings per share

   $ 8,588    $ 9,276    $ 11,828     $ 5,227

Interest expense on $37.5 million convertible note, net of tax

     —        —        —         689

Accretion (decretion) of preferred stock

     —        —        (1,464 )         6
                              

Net income used in calculation of diluted earnings per share

   $ 8,588    $ 9,276    $ 10,364     $ 5,922
                              

Denominator:

              

Weighted average shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share

     21,168      21,168      21,168       10,584

Effect of dilutive securities:

              

$37.5 million convertible note

     —        —        —         5,121

Convertible preferred stock

     —        —        567       565
                              

Weighted average shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share

     21,168      21,168      21,735       16,270
                              

Net income per share:

              

Basic

   $ 0.41    $ 0.44    $ 0.56     $ 0.49

Diluted

     0.41      0.44      0.48       0.36

In 2005 and 2004, 617,402 and 570,396 shares, respectively, of potential common stock and the add-back of $641,000 and $713,000 of accretion of preferred stock for years ended December 31, 2005

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

and 2004, respectively, were excluded from the diluted net income per share calculation above because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

(18) Executive Management Incentive Program

In May 1998, the Company issued options to certain key employees to purchase Series A cumulative preferred stock as part of the Company’s Executive Management Incentive Program (the Program). The options had a term of five years and an exercise price of $1.18 per share and were exercised in June 1998. The options were fully vested at the time of grant. At the time of grant, the exercise price was estimated to be equal to the fair value of the shares.

In connection with the Program, CAI made loans to the key employees of the Company receiving the preferred stock options to help finance the exercise of the preferred stock options. In addition to the loans, the employees also invested their own cash to finance a portion of the preferred stock purchase. The interest rate on the loans of 10.5% (fixed) was equal to the cumulative dividend rate on the preferred stock. Under the terms of the Program, the interest on the loans is not due until the principal is repaid and there is no maturity date for the loans. The dividend on the preferred stock accumulates each year but is payable only upon declaration by the board of directors and to date no dividends have been paid.

Under the provisions of APB 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations, the loan arrangement is deemed to be nonsubstantive and the overall arrangement is deemed to be a stock option subject to variable accounting. As such, the Company is required to estimate the change in the fair value of the preferred stock and to record compensation expense each period based on the intrinsic value of the award until a measurement date occurs. In measuring intrinsic value, the exercise price is calculated as the principal due on the note plus cumulative interest. Stock-based compensation cost of $1.6 million and $1.8 million has been recorded by the Company in the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. As discussed in note 2 (m) upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) stock compensation expense ended for the preferred shares issued under the Program.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Schedule II

Valuation Accounts

 

    

Valuation Accounts

(in thousands)

  

Recovery

  

Deductions

   

Balance at
End of
Period

    

Balance at

Beginning

of period

  

Additions

Charged

to Expense

       
Predecessor              

December 31, 2004

             

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,918    695    —      —       2,613

December 31, 2005

             

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

     2,613    771    —      (622 )   2,762

September 30, 2006

             

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

     2,762    383    —      (912 )   2,233
Successor              

October 1 to December 31, 2006

             

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 2,233    110    —      (1,298 )   1,045

December 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

             

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,045    211    —      —       1,256

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

ASSETS    December 31,
2006
    March 31,
2007
 
     (UNAUDITED)  

Cash

   $ 20,359     $ 7,775  

Accounts receivable (owned fleet), net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,045 and $1,256 at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively

     7,731       7,178  

Accounts receivable (managed fleet)

     24,061       25,103  

Related party receivables

     128       44  

Current portion of direct finance leases

     2,248       3,556  

Deposits, prepayments and other assets

     4,077       5,604  

Deferred tax assets

     915       915  
                

Total current assets

     59,519       50,175  
                

Container rental equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $93,633 and $91,157 at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively

     161,353       171,144  

Net investment in direct finance leases

     4,329       4,857  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $290 and $323 at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively

     459       469  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $307 and $ 615 at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively

     7,093       6,865  

Goodwill

     50,247       50,247  
                

Total assets

   $ 283,000     $ 283,757  
                
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Accounts payable

   $ 3,585     $ 3,185  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     15,276       9,462  

Due to container investors

     21,650       20,465  

Unearned revenue

     740       747  

Current portion of long-term debt

     5,000       5,000  

Current portion of capital lease obligation

     525       292  

Rental equipment payable

     30,788       32,959  
                

Total current liabilities

     77,564       72,110  
                

Revolving line of credit

     97,000       101,000  

Term loan

     13,750       12,500  

Subordinated convertible note payable

     37,500       37,500  

Deferred income tax liability

     24,500       24,372  

Capital lease obligation

     31       —    
                

Total liabilities

     250,345       247,482  
                

Cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock:

    

Series A 10.5% cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value. Aggregate liquidation value $1,531 and $1,643 at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively. Authorized 1,113,840 shares; issued and outstanding 724,920 shares at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007

     6,072       11,660  

Note receivable on preferred stock

     (1,172 )     (1,188 )
                
     4,900       10,472  
                

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, no par value. Authorized 84,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 10,584,000 shares at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007

     1,260       1,260  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     95       103  

Retained earnings

     26,400       24,440  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     27,755       25,803  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 283,000     $ 283,757  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Predecessor      Successor  
    

Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2006

     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2007
 
     (UNAUDITED)  

Revenue:

     

Container rental revenue

   $ 8,062      $ 7,880  

Management fee revenue

     2,574        3,419  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     1,932        2,895  

Finance lease income

     307        319  
                 

Total revenue

     12,875        14,513  
                 

Operating expenses:

     

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     3,367        1,690  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —          308  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     237        119  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (147 )      (1,005 )

Equipment rental expense

     396        395  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     667        671  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     3,349        3,302  
                 

Total operating expenses

     7,869        5,480  
                 

Operating income

     5,006        9,033  
                 

Interest expense

     1,605        3,239  

Interest income

     (9 )      (9 )
                 

Net interest expense

     1,596        3,230  
                 

Income before income taxes

     3,410        5,803  

Income tax expense

     1,231        2,191  
                 

Net income

     2,179        3,612  

Decretion/(accretion) of preferred stock

     488        (5,572 )
                 

Net Income (loss) available to common stockholders

   $ 2,667      $ (1,960 )
                 

Net income (loss) per share:

     

Basic

   $ 0.13      $ (0.19 )

Diluted

   $ 0.10      $ (0.19 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

     

Basic

     21,168        10,584  

Diluted

     21,772        10,584  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

(in thousands)

 

     Predecessor      Successor  
    

Three Months

Ended

March 31, 2006

    

Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2007

 
     (UNAUDITED)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

   $ 2,179      $ 3,612  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Depreciation

     3,392        1,725  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     107        113  

Amortization of intangible assets

            308  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     237        119  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     (1,932 )      (2,895 )

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (147 )      (1,005 )

Deferred income taxes

     2        (128 )

Provision for doubtful accounts

     113        211  

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

     310        (700 )

Related party accounts receivable

     (31 )      84  

Deposits, prepayments and other assets

     1,614        (1,721 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,196        (6,478 )

Due to container investors

     186        (1,185 )

Unearned revenue

     (54 )      7  

Amounts due to affiliate

     (271 )      —    
                 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     6,901        (7,933 )
                 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Purchase of containers

     (10,754 )      (37,215 )

Net proceeds from sale of container portfolios

     17,018        24,908  

Net proceeds from disposition of used container equipment

     2,668        4,116  

Purchase of furniture, fixtures and equipment

     (12 )      (44 )

Receipt of principal payments from direct financing leases

     1,108        826  
                 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     10,028        (7,409 )
                 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from bank debt

     6,000        26,000  

Principal payments made on bank debt

     (19,000 )      (23,250 )

Principal payments made on subordinated note payable

     (1,683 )      —    
                 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (14,683 )      2,750  

Effect on cash of foreign currency translation

     (14 )      8  
                 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     2,232        (12,584 )

Cash at beginning of the period

     7,573        20,359  
                 

Cash at end of the period

   $ 9,805      $ 7,775  
                 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for:

     

Income taxes

   $ 26      $ 9,515  

Interest

     2,047        2,924  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(1) The Company and Nature of Operations

CAI International, Inc. (CAI or the Company) was originally incorporated under the name Container Applications International, Inc. in the state of Nevada on August 3, 1989. On February 2, 2007, the Company was reincorporated under its present name in the state of Delaware. The Company operates in the international intermodal marine cargo container leasing business. Within this single industry sector, the Company generates revenue from two reportable segments: container leasing and container management. The container leasing segment specializes primarily in the ownership and leasing of intermodal dry freight standard containers, while the container management segment manages containers for container investors. The Company leases its containers principally to international container shipping lines located throughout the world. The Company sells containers primarily to investor groups and provides management services to those investors in return for a management fee.

On January 4, 2007, the Company invested approximately $400,000 in cash for an 80% interest in CAIJ, an entity incorporated in Japan to facilitate the structuring and arrangement of container fund investments in Japan.

On April 23, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved a 420:1 stock split to be granted to stockholders of record at that date. All share and per share data in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split.

The Company’s headquarters are located in San Francisco, California.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Basis of Accounting and Principles of Consolidation

The Company utilizes the accrual method of accounting.

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries: Container Applications International Corporation—Tokyo (CAI TK), Container Applications International (U.K.) Ltd., Sky Container Trading, Ltd., Sky Domestic Container Leasing, Ltd. and Container Applications International Corporation—Malaysia; and our 80% owned subsidiary, CAIJ. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted. The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly our financial position as of March 31, 2007, and the results of our operations and cash flows for the three- month periods ended March 31, 2006 and 2007. The results of operations and cash flows for the three- month periods ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or cash flows which may be reported for the remainder of 2007.

Prior to October 1, 2006, the Company had two principal stockholders, each of whom beneficially owned 50.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. These stockholders were the Company’s founder and then Chief Executive Officer (now Executive Chairman), Hiromitsu Ogawa and Interpool Inc. (Interpool). On October 1, 2006, the Company repurchased 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of its outstanding common stock, held by Interpool for $77.5 million (the “Interpool Transaction”). The Company paid Interpool $40.0 million in cash and issued a convertible subordinated promissory note for

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

the $37.5 million balance. The repurchase resulted in an increase in the percentage of common stock held by Mr. Ogawa, from 50.0% to 100.0%. In connection with the Interpool Transaction the Company applied pushdown accounting in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54 (SAB No. 54) and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141). Accordingly, the Company valued its assets and liabilities as of October 1, 2006 and recognized goodwill of $50.2 million and intangible assets of $7.4 million as a result of such valuation (see Notes 3 and 4). Due to the application of pushdown accounting and step acquisition accounting in the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations after October 1, 2006 will not be comparable in some respects to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations reflected in the Company’s historical financial statements as of dates or for periods ended prior to October 1, 2006. The consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income and cash flows prior to October 1, 2006, the period ended March 31, 2006 presented herein, refer to the Predecessor company and this period is referred to as the pre-repurchase period, while the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income and cash flows on and subsequent to October 1, 2006, the balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 and period ended March 31, 2007 refer to the Successor company and the period is referred to as the post-repurchase period. A black line has been drawn between the accompanying financial statements to distinguish between the pre-repurchase and post-repurchase periods.

 

  (b) Use of Estimates

Certain estimates and assumptions were made by the Company’s management that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenue recognition, the carrying amount of container equipment, the residual values and lives of container equipment, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, the valuation of the cumulative redeemable preferred stock for accretion purposes and valuation allowances for receivables. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

  (c) Container Rental Equipment

Prior to October 1, 2006, the Company depreciated container rental equipment over an estimated useful life of 12.5 years (using the straight-line method) to fixed residual values of $645 for 20’, $795 for 40’ and $805 for 40’ high cubes. For the period starting October 1, 2006 and thereafter, the Company revised its estimate of residual values to $850 for 20’, $950 for 40’ and $1,000 for 40’ high cubes. The change in residual value was a primary reason for the reduction of $1.7 million in the Company’s depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the same period in the prior year. The estimated life of the containers remained unchanged at 12.5 years. Management’s decision to change the residual values of container equipment is based on higher sales prices of older used containers over the past three years and expectation of similar values in future periods. The Company will reassess its estimate of residual value and useful life of containers in the future for possible adjustments to those estimates.

The estimated useful life for all other containers remains at 15 years with a residual value of 15% of their original cost.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

  (d) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , the Company’s container rental equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated.

For the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company recorded impairment losses of $237,000 and $119,000, respectively, on container rental equipment identified for sale.

 

  (e) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination accounted for using the purchase method. Goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. On October 1, 2006, the Company recorded goodwill of $50.2 million and intangible assets of $7.4 million resulting from the application of push down accounting under SFAS No. 141 in connection with the Company’s repurchase of its common shares of stock held by Interpool (see Note 3). The purchase price for the incremental ownership the Company acquired from Interpool was based on forecasts and assumptions made on our future cash flows. Management has determined that the Company is comprised of two reporting units, container leasing and container management, and has allocated $13.8 million and $36.4 million of goodwill, respectively, to each segment. The allocation of the purchase price is based on the expected future cash flow contribution of each segment and goodwill for each reporting unit was determined as the difference between the allocated purchase price and the fair value of the net assets of each reporting unit. Intangible assets allocated to the container leasing and container management reporting units, net of accumulated amortization, are $2.4 million and $4.5 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2007. Intangible assets have been allocated either directly to the relevant unit or on the expected future cash flow contribution of each segment.

Impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance occurs that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Factors that would suggest a possible impairment include, but are not limited to, material customer losses, an adverse change in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition or a loss in key personnel.

The impairment test is conducted by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. We perform the annual goodwill impairment test using a combination of the market and income approaches. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists and a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In the application of the impairment testing, we are required to make estimates of future operating trends and resulting cash flows and judgments on discount rates and other variables. Actual future results and other assumed variables could differ from these estimates. If goodwill

 

F-37


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

is impaired we will record an impairment charge, which will result in a decrease in net income or an increase in net loss.

Although management currently believes that the estimates used in the evaluation of goodwill and other intangibles are reasonable, differences between actual and expected revenue, operating results and cash flow could cause these assets to be deemed impaired. If impairment were to occur, the Company would be required to charge to earnings the amount of the write-down in the value of such assets.

Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company currently amortizes intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Trademarks

   10 years

Software

   3 years

Contracts—third party

   7 years

Contracts—owned equipment

   5 years

 

  (f) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset-and-liability method as specified under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be recovered.

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. FIN 48 requires that the Company recognize in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure. On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN 48. The implementation of FIN 48 neither resulted in additional tax expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 nor did it result in a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings.

 

  (g) Revenue Recognition

The Company provides a range of services to its customers incorporating rental, sale and management of container equipment. Revenue for all forms of service is recognized when earned following the guidelines of SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104).

Container Rental Revenue

Container rental revenue arises from renting containers owned by the Company to various shipping lines. Rental agreements are either leases with a fixed term of between one and eight years or short-term master lease agreements where there is no term and the equipment can be returned at any time without

 

F-38


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

penalty. Revenue is recorded on an accruals basis for master lease agreements as these agreements have no fixed term. For long-term leases, revenue is recorded on a straight-line basis when earned according to the terms of the container rental contracts. These contracts are classified as operating leases. Early termination of the container rental contracts subjects the lessee to a penalty, which is included in container rental revenue upon such termination.

Included in container rental revenue is revenue consisting primarily of fees charged to the lessee for handling, delivery, repairs, and fees relating to the Company’s damage protection plan, which are recognized as earned.

Management Fee Revenue and Gain on Sale of Container Portfolios

In addition to renting containers, the Company sells leased container portfolios to investor groups. After the date of sale the Company generally manages the container assets sold to the investor group. As these are arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates the arrangements under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (EITF 00-21) which addresses accounting for multiple element arrangements. The Company has determined that the two deliverables under the arrangements, the sale of the container and the management services, are separate units of accounting, thus revenue is recognized in accordance with SAB 104 for each unit.

The Company recognizes revenue from management fees earned under equipment management agreements as earned on a monthly basis. Management fees are typically a percentage of net operating income of each investor group’s fleet calculated on an accruals basis. Included in the Company’s balance sheet are accounts receivable from the managed fleet which are uncollected lease billings related to managed equipment. With the exception of containers managed under pooling agreements, all direct costs (storage, repairs, repositioning etc.) are charged to investors on a specific-identification basis or allocated basis. The Company’s financial statements include accounts payable and accruals of expenses related to managed equipment. The net amount of rentals billed less expenses payable and less management fees is recorded in amounts due to container investors or amounts due to affiliate on the balance sheet.

As described above, the Company periodically sells containers to container investors which are generally managed by the Company in return for a management fee. A gain is calculated as the excess of sales proceeds over the net book value of the containers sold. The proceeds from sale of these container portfolios were $17.0 million and $24.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

 

  (h) Stock-Based Compensation

SFAS No. 123(R) Share Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)) , establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation plans. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all entities to adopt a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based compensation plans in which compensation cost is measured at the date the award is granted based on the value of the award and is recognized over the employee service period, for grants issued after the Statement’s effective date. The effective date for the Company was January 1, 2006. No stock-based awards have been granted nor have any previously granted awards vested since the effective date and, consequently, no compensation expense has been recognized for the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and 2007.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

The Company has not made any equity awards to any of its employees, directors or other service providers since 1998. In 2007, the Company’s board of directors and its stockholders approved the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”) and reserved 721,980 shares of its common stock for issuance under the Plan. In connection with the proposed share offering, the Company intends to make restricted stock grants consisting of an aggregate of 36,876 shares of our common stock under the Plan to certain of its employees. These stock grants will be subject to vesting over three years. In addition, the Company intends to issue stock options exercisable for up to an aggregate of 546,120 shares of its common stock upon the determination of the initial public offering price for the Company by the underwriters. The stock options will vest over four years. The grant of equity awards under the Plan will result in additional recurring expenses.

 

  (i) Repairs and Maintenance

On September 8, 2006, the FASB posted the Staff Position AUG AIR-1 (FSP), Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance Activities . The FSP amends certain provisions in the AICPA Industry Audit Guide, Audits of Airlines , and APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting . FSP AUG AIR-1 prohibits the use of accrue-in-advance method of accounting for planned major maintenance activities in annual and interim financial statements. This guidance is effective for the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2006, and shall be applied retrospectively for all financial statements presented, unless impracticable to do so.

Our leases require the lessee to pay for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear at the end of the lease term. We also offer a damage protection plan (“DPP”) pursuant to which the lessee pays a monthly fee in exchange for not being charged for certain damages at the end of the lease term. For containers not subject to a DPP, historically, we have accrued for repairs once we have made the decision to repair the container, which is made in advance of us incurring the repair obligation. For containers covered by a DPP, we historically accounted for periodic maintenance and repairs on an accrual basis.

We adopted FSP AUG AIR-1 effective January 1, 2007. Accordingly, we have retroactively adjusted our Consolidated Financial Statements to reflect the direct expense method of accounting for maintenance, a method permitted under this Staff Position. The effect of adopting this standard on the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was not material.

 

  (j) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , or SFAS No. 157. This statement establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. SFAS No. 157 clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, the definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those years with earlier application encouraged. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities- Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 . Under this pronouncement, companies may elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reporting earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. However, SFAS No. 159 specifically includes financial assets and financial liabilities recognized under leases (as defined in SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases), as among those items not eligible for the fair value measurement option except contingent obligations for cancelled leases and guarantees of third-party lease obligations. This statement is effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 159 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

(3) Step Acquisition of CAI Common Stock Held by Interpool

On October 1, 2006, the Company repurchased 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of its outstanding common stock, held by Interpool for $77.5 million. The Company repurchased the shares to execute a management buyout of all common stock held by Interpool. The Company paid Interpool $40 million in cash and issued a new convertible subordinated promissory note for the $37.5 million balance (see Note 5(b)). In addition, the Company incurred $104,000 of expenses in connection with the repurchase.

Financing for the transaction was obtained from a line of credit and term loan facility provided by a group of banks under an amended agreement signed on September 29, 2006 (see Note (5(a)). On October 2, 2006, the Company borrowed the full $20.0 million under the term loan and an additional $23 million under the revolving line of credit. The proceeds were used to pay the $40.0 million cash portion of the repurchase of all our shares of common stock owned by Interpool and to repay the remaining $3.0 million balance on the outstanding subordinated note issued in April 1998 by the Company to Interpool.

As a result of the repurchase, the Company terminated the Operating and Administration Agreement with Interpool for all but 12,000 TEUs of containers at that time. The directors that had been appointed by Interpool also resigned from the Company’s board of directors. In addition Interpool’s warrant to purchase common stock was terminated.

The repurchase also resulted in an increase in the percentage of common stock held by the Company’s Executive Chairman, Hiromitsu Ogawa, from 50.0% to 100.0%. In connection with the Interpool transaction the Company has applied pushdown accounting in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54 (SAB No. 54) and accounted for the purchase as a step acquisition in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141). The step acquisition and push down accounting resulted in an increase to the carrying value of container rental equipment of $334,000 and the recognition of $50.2 million of goodwill and $7.4 million of intangible assets. The book value of all other assets and liabilities approximated fair value. The purchase price was based on forecasts and assumptions made on our future cash flows and not on our net asset values on the closing date. Goodwill is the amount paid for the common stock above the fair value of tangible and intangible net assets in the transaction. Goodwill represents the estimated fair value of expected cash flows from subsequently acquired containers that we either (1) retain and lease to container lessees as part of our owned fleet; or (2) sell to container investors and manage on their behalf.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(4) Intangible Assets

The Company recognized intangible assets on October 1, 2006 in connection with its repurchase of its shares of common stock held by Interpool and amortizes them on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives disclosed in Note 2(e). There were no significant changes to the gross amounts of intangible assets between December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007. Intangible assets at March 31, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

 

       Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount

Trademarks

   $ 1,180    $ (56 )   $ 1,124

Software

     500      (83 )     417

Contracts—third party

     3,650      (261 )     3,389

Contracts—owned equipment

     2,150      (215 )     1,935
                     

Total

   $ 7,480    $ (615 )   $ 6,865
                     

 

(5) Long Term Debt

 

  (a) Senior Secured Credit Facility

The Company has a senior secured line of credit with a consortium of banks to finance the acquisition of containers and for general working capital purposes. Any amounts drawn on the facility are secured by all assets of the Company including the containers and the underlying leases thereon.

On September 29, 2006, the Company amended its senior secured credit facility provided by a group of banks to provide for a maximum total commitment amount of up to $190 million, consisting of a $20 million term loan facility and a $170 million revolving line of credit. On October 2, 2006, the Company borrowed the full $20 million under the term loan and an additional $23 million under the revolving line of credit. The proceeds were used to pay the $40.0 million cash portion of the repurchase of the 10,584,000 shares of common stock owned by Interpool and to repay the remaining $3.0 million balance on the outstanding subordinated note issued in April 1998 by the Company to Interpool.

The interest rates under the senior secured credit facility vary depending upon whether the loans are characterized as base rate loans or Eurodollar rate loans. At March 31, 2007 the interest rates were 7.32% for the revolving credit facility and 7.57% for the term loan. In addition, there is a commitment fee on the unused amount of the total commitment, payable quarterly in arrears. The amended senior secured credit facility provides that swing line loans (up to $10.0 million in the aggregate) and standby letters of credit (up to $15.0 million in the aggregate) will be available to the Company. These sub-limits are part of, and not in addition to, the total commitment of $170 million under the revolving credit portion of the senior secured credit facility. As of March 31, 2007, the Company had $69.0 million in availability under the revolving credit facility provided there was sufficient collateral. The entire amount of the facility drawn at any time plus accrued interest and fees is callable on demand in the event of certain specified events of default. In addition to certain financial covenants, the credit facility requires the Company to obtain the consent of existing lenders prior to entering into future borrowings or paying dividends to stockholders.

As of March 31, 2007, the revolving line of credit and term loan had a balance of $101.0 million and $17.5 million, respectively, compared to $97.0 million and $18.8 million, respectively, at December 31,

 

F-42


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

2006. The term loan is payable in equal quarterly installments of $1.25 million commencing on December 29, 2006. Interest expense recorded relating to the amended senior secured credit facility (including term loan) for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 was $1.9 million. Interest expense relating to the prior senior secured credit facility for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 was $964,000.

The amended senior secured credit facility terminates September 30, 2010 and contains various financial and other covenants. As of March 31, 2007, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

  (b) Subordinated Convertible Note Payable

On October 1, 2006, the Company issued a convertible subordinated promissory note for $37.5 million in connection with the Company’s repurchase of 10,584,000 shares, or 50.0% of its outstanding common stock, held by Interpool, for $77.5 million (see Note 3). The balance of $40.0 million was paid in cash. In addition, the Company paid the remaining $3.0 million balance of the outstanding subordinated note originally issued in April 1998 by the Company to Interpool.

Financing for the transaction was obtained from a line of credit and term loan facility provided by a group of banks under an amended agreement signed on September 29, 2006 (see preceding paragraph (a) above). The note matures on October 30, 2010 and bears an initial interest rate of 7.87% per annum for the 6-month period ending March 31, 2007. The interest rate increases by one percentage point (1.0%) after each subsequent six-month period until paid in full. The note provides Interpool with an option to convert the obligation into shares of the Company’s common stock at anytime after October 1, 2008, at the following conversion price:

a. At anytime prior to the fifteenth (15th) business day after the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, the conversion price shall be $7.32 per share of common stock or conversion of the $37.5 million note into 5,121,480 shares of our common stock.

b. At any time on or after the fifteenth (15th) business day after the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, the conversion price shall be $5.53 per share of common stock or conversion of the $37.5 million note into 6,785,520 shares of our common stock.

Interest expense relating to the convertible subordinated note for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 was $1.1 million. The note is subordinated to the Company’s $20.0 million term loan facility and $170.0 million revolving line of credit and is secured by a second priority lien on the Company’s assets. The agreement relating to the note contains various financial and other covenants. As of March 31, 2007, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

(6) Related Party Transactions

Prior to October 1, 2006, Interpool was a related party when it owned 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and was represented on CAI’s board of directors. Interpool ceased being a related party when the Company repurchased the 10,584,000 shares of CAI’s common stock then owned by Interpool (see Note 3) on October 1, 2006 and paid off its subordinated debt which then had a balance of $3.0 million on October 2, 2006. Prior to October 1, 2006, the Company earned management fees from this former related party based on a percentage of monthly aggregate net revenue from the container fleet that it managed for Interpool. For the first quarter ended March 31, 2006, the Company earned management fee revenue of $0.5 million from Interpool.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

As of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Company executives owed a total of $128,000 and $44,000, respectively, to the Company for golf memberships. These amounts bear no interest or due dates and were subsequently collected in full in April 2007.

During 1998, the Company made loans of $900,000 to three employees of the Company for the purchase of Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock. The fixed interest rate on these loans is 10.5%. As of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, in aggregate these loans have a balance of $600,000 of principal and $600,000 of cumulative interest owed to the Company. The loans are shown as a deduction from the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock presented in temporary equity. Payment of principal shall be due on the earlier to occur of (i) the conversion of the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock securing these loans; or (ii) the redemption by the Company of the Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock securing these loans. (Please see Note 7 for further details).

 

(7) Preferred Stock

In May 1998, Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock was issued to certain employees (the Preferred Stockholders) as part of the Company’s Executive Management Incentive Program. Dividends accrue on the preferred stock at 10.5% per annum but are not payable until declared by the board of directors. No dividends have been declared or paid as of March 31, 2007. The preferred stock is redeemable, at the sole option of the Company, at any time following the first to occur of (i) the date any Preferred Stockholder ceases to be an employee of the Company for any reason, or (ii) May 15, 2008. The redemption price for the preferred shares is the greater of the original issue price of the preferred shares, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, or the book value of the common stock that the preferred stock would be convertible into. A liquidity event is defined as an initial public offering (IPO) of the Company’s common stock, or as a sale of a majority of the common stock or assets of the Company, to a person or persons other than the Executive Chairman or Interpool. At the time a liquidity event occurs, the preferred stock is convertible into an equal number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

If the common stock of the Company owned by Mr. Ogawa (the Executive Chairman of the Company) is sold in one or a series of related transactions (a Partial Sale) each Preferred Stockholder shall have a “put” redemption right and the Company shall have a “call” redemption right for the Preferred Stock, each exercisable within 15 days of the Partial Sale. The put/call shall be for the fair market value of the common stock into which the Preferred Stock would be converted if a liquidity event occurred. The put/call price may be paid (in the discretion of the Company) either in cash or in the type of consideration received by Mr. Ogawa under the Partial Sale. On February 16, 2007, Mr. Ogawa sold 1,691,760 of his 10,584,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to DBJ Value Up Fund (“DBJ”), representing approximately 16.0% beneficial ownership in the Company. The sale of the common stock to DBJ is considered a Partial Sale; however, there was no exercise of the put/call option by either party.

As of all periods presented, the Company believes that the event that triggers the put right is probable of occurring. As redemption is considered probable, the Preferred Stock is accreted to its redemption value. The redemption value is based on fair value and, as such, the Preferred Stock is accreted to fair value at each reporting date. Considerable judgment is required to determine the fair value of our Preferred Stock as, to date, there has been no public market on which our preferred stock or common stock trades. The Company estimates the fair value of our Preferred Stock by using a combination of the income and

 

F-44


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

market approaches. In determining the fair value of the Preferred Stock, the Company estimates the future operating trends and resulting cash flows and judgments on discount rates. In certain time periods where an arm’s length sale of a material number of shares occurs, such as occurred on the date of the Interpool transaction on October 1, 2006, the Company will take into account the fair value of the Common Stock represented in the transaction and adjust the value of the Preferred Stock accordingly. The decretion for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 was $488,000 and the accretion for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 was $5.6 million.

In the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission the registration statement for an offering of its common stock and Mr. Ogawa negotiated and concluded a sale of approximately 14.9% of the Company’s common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of the Company’s Series A cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock, to an entity affiliated with the Development Bank of Japan. In light of the initial indications of valuation provided to the Company by the underwriters prior to the initial filing of the registration statement and the price paid to Mr. Ogawa for his common stock, the Company determined that the per share value of its preferred stock at March 31, 2007 was equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range and accreted the preferred stock accordingly.

(8) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has commitments to purchase approximately $15.4 million of container equipment as of March 31, 2007.

 

(9) Segment Information

The Company operates in one industry segment, container leasing, but has two reportable business segments; container leasing and container management.

The container leasing segment derives its revenue via the ownership and leasing of containers to container shipping lines.

The container management segment derives its revenue from management fees earned from portfolios of containers and associated leases which are managed on behalf of container investors. It also derives revenue from the sale of containers, previously owned by the Company, to container investors who in turn enter into management agreements with the Company.

There are no inter-segment revenues.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

The following tables show condensed segment information for the Successor for the quarter ended March 31, 2007, and for the Predecessor for the three months ended March 31, 2006 reconciled to the Company’s income before taxes as shown in its consolidated statements of income (in thousands). The Company makes its management decisions based on pre tax income, and as such does not allocate income tax expense/benefit to its segments.

 

       Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
   Container
Leasing
    Container
Management
   Unallocated     Total  

Successor

                       

Container rental revenue

   $ 7,880     $ —      $ —       $ 7,880  

Management fee revenue

     —         3,419      —         3,419  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     —         2,895      —         2,895  

Finance lease income

     319       —        —         319  
                               

Total revenue

     8,199       6,314      —         14,513  

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     1,690       —        —         1,690  

Amortization of intangible assets

     127       181      —         308  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     119       —        —         119  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (1,005 )     —        —         (1,005 )

Equipment rental expense

     395       —        —         395  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     671       —        —         671  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     943       2,359      —         3,302  
                               

Total operating expenses

     2,940       2,540      —         5,480  
                               

Operating income

     5,259       3,774      —         9,033  

Interest expense

     3,239       —        —         3,239  

Interest income

     —         —        (9 )     (9 )
                               

Net interest expense

     3,239       —        (9 )     3,230  
                               

Income before income taxes

   $ 2,020       3,774      9       5,803  

Income tax expense

     —         —        2,191       2,191  
                               

Net income

   $ 2,020     $ 3,774    $ (2,182 )   $ 3,612  
                               

Total assets

   $ 217,749     $ 66,008    $ —       $ 283,757  
                               

Predecessor

   Three Months Ended March 31, 2006  
   Container
Leasing
    Container
Management
   Unallocated     Total  

Container rental revenue

   $ 8,062     $ —      $ —       $ 8,062  

Management fee revenue

     —         2,574      —         2,574  

Gain on sale of container portfolios

     —         1,932      —         1,932  

Finance lease income

     307          —         307  
                               

Total revenue

     8,369       4,506      —         12,875  

Depreciation of container rental equipment

     3,367       —        —         3,367  

Impairment of container rental equipment

     237       —        —         237  

Gain on disposition of used container equipment

     (147 )     —        —         (147 )

Equipment rental expense

     396       —        —         396  

Storage, handling and other expenses

     667       —        —         667  

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

     878       2,471      —         3,349  
                               

Total operating expenses

     5,398       2,471      —         7,869  
                               

Operating income

     2,971       2,035      —         5,006  

Interest expense

     1,605       —        —         1,605  

Interest income

     —         —        (9 )     (9 )
                               

Net interest expense

     1,605       —        (9 )     1,596  
                               

Income before income taxes

     1,366       2,035      9       3,410  

Income tax expense

     —         —        1,231       1,231  
                               

Net income

   $ 1,366     $ 2,035    $ (1,222 )   $ 2,179  
                               

Total assets

   $ 147,496     $ 15,689    $ —       $ 163,185  
                               

 

F-46


Table of Contents

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

The Company’s container lessees use containers for their global trade utilizing many worldwide trade routes. The Company earns its revenue from international carriers when the containers are in use and carrying cargo around the world. Substantially all of the Company’s leasing related revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. As all of the Company’s containers are used internationally, where no one container is domiciled in one particular place for a prolonged period of time, all of the Company’s long-lived assets are considered to be international with no single country of use.

 

(10) Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock; however, potential common equivalent shares are excluded if their effect is anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share for the Predecessor and Successor for the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 (in thousands, except per share data). Diluted net income per share takes into account the potential conversion of a convertible subordinated note payable and preferred stock purchased with cash to common stock using the “if-converted” method and the treasury stock method for preferred shares purchased with notes and accounted for as stock options. The number of shares used in the denominator has been adjusted to reflect the stock split as if it occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.

 

       Predecessor          Successor  
       Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
`    2006          2007  

Numerator:

             

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders used in calculation of basic earnings per share

   $ 2,667        $ (1,960 )

Decretion of preferred stock

     (488  )        —    
                     

Net income used in calculation of diluted earnings per share

   $ 2,179        $ (1,960 )
                     

Denominator:

             

Weighted average shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share

     21,168          10,584  

Effect of dilutive securities:

             

Convertible preferred stock

     604          —    
                     

Weighted average shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share

     21,772          10,584  
                     

Net income (loss) per share:

             

Basic

   $ 0.13        $ (0.19 )

Diluted

     0.10          (0.19 )

The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 excluded the add back of $5.6 million accretion of preferred stock and $687,000 in interest expense, net of tax related to the convertible subordinated note, in the numerator and 5,767,000 potential shares of common stock in the denominator because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

5,800,000 Shares

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Common Stock

LOGO

 


PROSPECTUS


Until                     , 2007, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Piper Jaffray

Sole Bookrunner

William Blair & Company

Jefferies & Company

                     , 2007

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table shows the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, all of which will be paid by the registrant. All amounts are estimates, other than the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and The New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,907

NASD filing fee

     11,172

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     150,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     700,000

Legal fees and expenses

     1,250,000

Printing and engraving expenses

     75,000

Transfer agent’s fees

     12,000

Blue sky fees and expenses

     30,000

Miscellaneous

     60,921
      

Total

   $ 2,300,000
      

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ( DGCL ) authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred, provided they act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful, although in the case or proceedings brought by or on behalf of the corporation, such indemnification is limited to expenses and is not permitted if the individual is adjudged liable to the corporation (unless the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such proceeding was brought determines otherwise in accordance with the DGCL). Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation to limit or eliminate its directors’ liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duties, other than for (1) breaches of the duty of loyalty; (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law; (3) unlawful payments of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions; or (4) transactions from which a director derives an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation contains such a provision.

Our bylaws incorporate Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that we will indemnify each director and officer against all claims and expenses resulting from the fact that such person was a director, officer, agent or employee of the registrant. A claimant is eligible for indemnification if the claimant (1) acted in good faith and in a manner that, in the claimant’s reasonable belief, was in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant; or (2) in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the claimant’s conduct was unlawful. This determination will be made by our disinterested directors, our stockholders or independent counsel in accordance with Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such. We have obtained liability insurance covering our directors and officers for claims asserted against them or incurred by them in such capacity.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

In addition, we have entered or, concurrently with this offering, may enter, into agreements to indemnify our directors and certain of our officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws. These agreements will, among other things, indemnify our directors and some of our officers for certain expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of services by that person as a director or officer of CAI International, Inc. or as a director or officer of any of our subsidiaries, or as a director or officer of any other company or enterprise that the person provides services to at our request.

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect to indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

There have been no sales of unregistered securities in the last three years.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a) EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   

Description

    *1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CAI International, Inc.
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of CAI International, Inc.
      4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate
      5.1    Form of Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP
10.1    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated September 29, 2006, among Container Applications International, Inc., the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 thereto, Bank of America, N.A., Banc of America Securities LLC, LaSalle Bank National Association and Union Bank of California, N.A.
  ‡10.2    Note Issuance Agreement, dated October 1, 2006, between Container Applications International, Inc. and Interpool, Inc.
  ‡10.3    Convertible Subordinated Secured Note, dated October 1, 2006, issued to Interpool, Inc.
**10.4    Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2006, by and between CAI International, Inc. and Hiromitsu Ogawa
**10.5    Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2006, by and between CAI International, Inc. and Masaaki (John) Nishibori
**10.6    Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2006, by and between CAI International, Inc. and Victor M. Garcia

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.   

Description

**10.7    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, by and among CAI International, Inc., Hiromitsu Ogawa, Ogawa Family Trust dated 7/06/98, Ogawa Family Limited Partnership and DBJ Value Up Fund
  10.8    Form of Indemnification Agreement between CAI International, Inc. and each of its current executive officers and directors
**10.9    Office Lease for One Embarcadero Center, dated July 27, 2005, between Container Applications International, Inc. and One Embarcadero Center Venture
  10.10    2007 Equity Incentive Plan
**‡‡10.11    Second Management Agreement between Container Applications International, Inc. and P&R Equipment & Finance Corporation dated March 1, 1996
**‡‡10.12    Management Agreement between Container Applications International, Inc., P&R Equipment & Finance Corporation and Interpool Containers Limited dated March 14, 2006
10.13    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, by and among CAI International, Inc., Hiromitsu Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund
10.14    Voting Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, by and among CAI International, Inc., Hiromitsu Ogawa, and DBJ Value Up Fund
**21.1    Subsidiaries of CAI International, Inc.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
    23.2    Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of Marvin Dennis
23.4    Consent of William Liebeck
23.5    Consent of Gary Sawka
**24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement as initially filed on February 7, 2007)

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to Interpool Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated November 7, 2006 (File No. 001-11862).
‡‡ Confidential treatment requested as to portions of this exhibit.

 

  (b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Schedule II—Valuation Accounts

All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable or the information to be included in the financial statement schedules is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the

 

II-3


Table of Contents

registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of San Francisco, State of California on April 24, 2007.

 

CAI International, Inc.

By:

 

/ S /    M ASAAKI (J OHN ) N ISHIBORI        

  Masaaki (John) Nishibori
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 has been signed on April 24, 2007 by or on behalf of the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    H IROMITSU O GAWA        

Hiromitsu Ogawa

   Executive Chairman of the Board

/ S /    M ASAAKI  (J OHN ) N ISHIBORI        

Masaaki (John) Nishibori

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

/ S /    V ICTOR G ARCIA        

Victor Garcia

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

II-5


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   

Description

    *1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CAI International, Inc.
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of CAI International, Inc.
      4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate
      5.1    Form of Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP
10.1    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated September 29, 2006, among Container Applications International, Inc., the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 thereto, Bank of America, N.A., Banc of America Securities LLC, LaSalle Bank National Association and Union Bank of California, N.A.
  ‡10.2    Note Issuance Agreement, dated October 1, 2006, between Container Applications International, Inc. and Interpool, Inc.
  ‡10.3    Convertible Subordinated Secured Note, dated October 1, 2006, issued to Interpool, Inc.
**10.4    Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2006, by and between CAI International, Inc. and Hiromitsu Ogawa
**10.5    Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2006, by and between CAI International, Inc. and Masaaki (John) Nishibori
**10.6    Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2006, by and between CAI International, Inc. and Victor M. Garcia
**10.7    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, by and among CAI International, Inc., Hiromitsu Ogawa, Ogawa Family Trust dated 7/06/98, Ogawa Family Limited Partnership and DBJ Value Up Fund
  10.8    Form of Indemnification Agreement between CAI International, Inc. and each of its current executive officers and directors
**10.9    Office Lease for One Embarcadero Center, dated July 27, 2005, between Container Applications International, Inc. and One Embarcadero Center Venture
  10.10    2007 Equity Incentive Plan
**‡‡10.11    Second Management Agreement between Container Applications International, Inc. and P&R Equipment & Finance Corporation dated March 1, 1996
**‡‡10.12    Management Agreement between Container Applications International, Inc., P&R Equipment & Finance Corporation and Interpool Containers Limited dated March 14, 2006
10.13    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, by and among CAI International, Inc., Hiromitsu Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund
10.14    Voting Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, by and among CAI International, Inc., Hiromitsu Ogawa, and DBJ Value Up Fund
**21.1    Subsidiaries of CAI International, Inc.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
    23.2    Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of Marvin Dennis
23.4    Consent of William Liebeck
23.5    Consent of Gary Sawka
**24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement as initially filed on February 7, 2007)

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to Interpool Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated November 7, 2006 (File No. 001-11862).
‡‡ Confidential treatment requested as to portions of this exhibit.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CAI International, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is “CAI International, Inc.”

SECOND: The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 30, 2007.

THIRD: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted in accordance with Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the amendments and restatement herein set forth have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and a majority of the stockholders of the Corporation.

FOURTH: Pursuant to Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

FIFTH: The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) is:

CAI International, Inc.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name and address of the Registered Agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808.


ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

STOCK

Section 1. Authorization . The Corporation shall be authorized to issue 89,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 84,000,000 shares shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and 5,000,000 shares shall be shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Section 2. Preferred Stock Rights . Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby authorized by resolution or resolutions to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and the relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any unissued series of Preferred Stock; and to fix the number of shares constituting such series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

Section 3. Common Stock Rights . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote, and the holders of the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number of Directors . Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Classes . The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or


decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.

Section 3. Written Ballot . Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

Section 4. Removal . Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office only for cause by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 5. Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock or unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any vacancy or newly created directorship shall be filled by the stockholders, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director. Any director so chosen shall hold office until such director’s successor shall be elected and qualified and until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDING THE BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaws. The foregoing notwithstanding, the stockholders of the Corporation shall have no power to adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaws unless such adoption, amendment or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article VI as a single class.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDING THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Subject to the provisions of Article X hereof, the Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of


Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. All rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

ARTICLE VIII

DIRECTOR LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 1. Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors . The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by law. No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article, adoption of any provision in this Certificate of Incorporation, or change in the law or interpretation of the law shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation under this Article VIII with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to the time of such amendment, modification, repeal, adoption or change.

Section 2. Indemnification and Insurance . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

Section 1. Written Action . Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a written consent or consents by stockholders in lieu of such a meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law or provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by (a) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or (b) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied.


Section 3. Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE X

SUPERMAJORITY AMENDMENT

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of Article V, Article VI, Article VIII, Article IX and this Article X hereof may not be altered, amended or repealed unless such alteration, amendment or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article X as a single class.

* * * *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAI International, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Masaaki Nishibori, its Chief Executive Officer, this      day of                      , 2007.

 

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ MASAAKI NISHIBORI

  Masaaki Nishibori, President and CEO

Exhibit 3.2

 


 


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware

As of                      , 2007

 


 



ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1.1 Principal Delaware Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

SECTION 1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices in such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 2.1 Meetings of Stockholders .

(a) Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the meeting.

(b) Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the “Whole Board”).

(c) Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may, at its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

(d) Notice of Meeting . Written notice, stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be delivered by the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given, notice may be given by a form of electronic transmission that satisfies the requirements of the DGCL and has been consented to by the stockholder to whom notice is given. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears in the Corporation’s records. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with Article VIII of these Bylaws. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given


prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

(e) Chairman of Stockholder’s Meeting . The Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman’s absence, a Vice Chairman, or in the absence of any Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Vice President, or in the absence of the Executive Vice President, a chairman chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meetings of the stockholders.

SECTION 2.2 Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment; Required Vote .

(a) Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or by these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Stock”), present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given, except that notice of the adjourned meeting shall be required if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

(b) Required Vote . The affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws requiring a larger or different vote, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

SECTION 2.3 Voting by Stockholders; Procedures for Election of Directors .

(a) Voting by Stockholders . Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at any meeting may do so in person or by proxy appointed by instrument in writing or in such other manner prescribed by the DGCL, subscribed by such stockholder or his or her duly authorized attorney in fact.

(b) Procedure for Election of Directors . Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot, and, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast shall elect directors.


SECTION 2.4 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely,


but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . The business to be transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such meetings. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General . (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(2) For purposes of this Bylaw, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.


SECTION 2.5 Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls . The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law.

The chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting.

SECTION 2.6 No Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a written consent or consents by stockholders in lieu of such a meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 3.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. The directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.


SECTION 3.3 Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

SECTION 3.4 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director and shall state the time and place for the special meeting.

SECTION 3.5 Notice . If notice of a Board of Directors’ meeting is required to be given, notice of shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or overnight mail or courier service, electronic transmission (including, without limitation, via facsimile transmission or electronic mail), or orally by telephone. If mailed by first-class mail, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, no later than the third business day preceding the date of such meeting. If by overnight mail or courier service, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws, as provided under Article IX of these Bylaws. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Article VIII of these Bylaws.

SECTION 3.6 Quorum . Subject to Section 3.10 of these Bylaws, a number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 3.7 Use of Communications Equipment . Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.


SECTION 3.8 Action by Consent of Board of Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

SECTION 3.9 Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

SECTION 3.10 Vacancies . Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 3.11 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each of which shall consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any committee shall, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the limitations contained in the DGCL, have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep such records and report to the Board of Directors in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business. Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors or in rules adopted by the committee, each committee shall conduct its business as nearly as possible in the same manner as provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall automatically cease to be a committee member.


Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board of Directors from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided , however , that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

BOOKS AND RECORDS

The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. Unless otherwise required by the laws of Delaware, the books and records of the Corporation may be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other place or places inside or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 5.1 Officers; Election or Appointment . The Board of Directors shall take such action as may be necessary from time to time to ensure that the Corporation has such officers as are necessary, under Section 6.1 of these Bylaws and the DGCL as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended, to enable it to sign stock certificates. In addition, the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may elect (a) one or more Chairmen of the Board and/or one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board from among its members, (b) one or more Chief Executive Officers, one or more Chief Financial Officers, one or more Presidents and/or one or more Chief Operating Officers, (c) one or more Vice Presidents or Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Treasurers and/or one or more Secretaries and/or (d) one or more other officers, in each case if and to the extent the Board of Directors deems desirable. The Board of Directors may give any officer such further designations or alternate titles as it considers desirable. In addition, the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may authorize the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint one or more officers of the kind described in clauses (c) and (d) above. Any number of offices may be held by the same person and directors may hold any office unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

SECTION 5.2 Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing or authorizing the appointment of any officer, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to such person or persons as the Board of Directors may designate. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The


Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. The Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint a person to hold an office of the Corporation may also remove such person from such office with or without cause at any time, unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board providing such authorization. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting or by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint a person to hold such office.

SECTION 5.3 Powers and Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in these Bylaws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these Bylaws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and as are necessary to conduct customary management and operation of the Corporation. A Secretary or such other officer appointed to do so by the Board of Directors shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose.

SECTION 5.4 Authority to Sell or Otherwise Dispose of Assets . The authorized officers of the Corporation are authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of assets or other equipment, including, but not limited to, containers, in the ordinary course of business. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to permit the officers of the Corporation to sell all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets without the prior approval of the Board of Directors or to take any other action that is not part of the Corporation’s ordinary course of business.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK CERTIFICATES

SECTION 6.1 Stock Certificates . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of stock either in certificated or in uncertificated form. If shares are issued in uncertificated form, each stockholder shall be entitled upon written request to a stock certificate or certificates duly numbered, certifying the number and class of shares in the Corporation owned by him and otherwise as specified in this Section 6.1. Each certificate for shares of stock shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and (b) by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate will include any legends required by law or deemed necessary or advisable by the Board.

SECTION 6.2 Lost Certificates . No certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be


issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on production of such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors or any financial officer of the Corporation may in its or his or her discretion require.

SECTION 6.3 Transfers of Stock . The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in a person or by his or her attorney upon surrender for cancellation of a certificate or certificates for at least the same number of shares, or other evidence of ownership if no certificates shall have been issued, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and with such proof of the validity and authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require.

ARTICLE VII

DEPOSITARIES AND CHECKS

Depositaries of the funds of the Corporation shall be designated by the Board of Directors; and all checks on such funds shall be signed by such officers or other employees of the Corporation as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

ARTICLE VIII

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Any notice of a meeting required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws may be waived by the person entitled thereto, either before or after the time of such meeting stated in such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT

These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting; provided , however , that, in the case of any alteration, amendment or repeal by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws; and provided further , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, in the case of any alteration, amendment or repeal by the stockholders of any of the provisions of these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock, considered for purposes of this Article IX as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any such provision.


ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

SECTION 10.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, claim or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in Section 10.4 of this Article X, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10.2 Advancement of Expenses . The right to indemnification conferred in this Article X shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances; provided , however , that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article X or otherwise.

SECTION 10.3 Obtaining Indemnification . To obtain indemnification under this Article X, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10.3, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (1) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined), or (2) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination


by Independent Counsel, (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (iii) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors unless there shall have occurred within two years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a Change in Control (as defined below), in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. If a claimant is successful, in whole or in part, in any suit brought against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of any written claim to indemnification, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim.

SECTION 10.4 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 10.1 of this Article X is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim pursuant to Section 10.3 of this Article X has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

SECTION 10.5 Corporation’s Obligation to Indemnify . If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10.3 of this Article X that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Article X.

SECTION 10.6 Preclusion from Challenging Article X . The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Article X that the procedures and presumptions of this Article X are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article X.


For purposes of this Article X:

(a) “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur only if a majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall not be (i) individuals elected as directors of the Corporation for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or (ii) individuals elected or appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

(c) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article X.

SECTION 10.7 Non-exclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article X shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. No repeal or modification of this Article X shall in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification.

SECTION 10.8 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such director or officer, and each such agent or employee to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in Section 10.9 of this Article X, shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such director, officer, employee or agent.

SECTION 10.9 Other Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any employee or agent or class of employees or agents of the Corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of each such person) to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article X with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.


SECTION 10.10 Validity of Article X . If any provision or provisions of this Article X shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 11.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first (1 st ) day of January and end on the thirty-first (31 st ) day of December of each year.

SECTION 11.2 Dividends . The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

* * * *

Exhibit 4.1

 

  COMMON STOCK      COMMON STOCK   
  PAR VALUE $.0001        
CERTIFICATE           SHARES
        NUMBER              
CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE
                       CUSIP                 
                       SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF

CAI International, Inc. (hereinafter called “Company”) , transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, under surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and the Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signature of its duly authorized officers.

 

By       CAI International, Inc.      
      CORPORATE       DATED
          THE STATE OF DELAWARE      

 

   President    SEAL       COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
      2007       COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR SERVICES, LLC
            (CHICAGO)
            TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
   Secretary       By:   

 

            AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 


CAI International, Inc.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM -    as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT      
TEN ENT -    as tenants by the entireties      (Cust)                    (Minor)
JT TEN -    as joint tenants with right of survivorship      under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
   and not as tenants in common      (State)
      UNIF TRF MIN ACT   Custodian     
        (Cust)                    (Minor)
      Under Uniform Transfer to Minors Act   
           (State)
   Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.   

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE                 

For value received,                                                                                            hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                             
   
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
      Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, an do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
      Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:         20        
Signature:            
Signature:            
Signature:            
  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp  

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION

(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH

MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM,

PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

Exhibit 5.1

April 23, 2007

CAI International, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 2101

San Francisco, California 94111

 

  Re: REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
       File No. 333-140496

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to CAI International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-140496) (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), for the registration of (i) the sale by the Company of shares (the “Company Securities”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”).

In arriving at the opinion expressed below, we have reviewed the following documents:

(a) the Registration Statement; and

(b) the forms of amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) and amended and restated bylaws (the “Restated Bylaws”) of the Company, included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to the Registration Statement.

In addition, we have reviewed the originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of all such corporate records of the Company and such other instruments and other certificates of public officials, officers and representatives of the Company and such other persons, and we have made such investigations of law, as we have deemed appropriate as a basis for the opinions expressed below.

In arriving at the opinions expressed below, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. In addition, we have assumed and have not verified the accuracy as to factual matters of each document we have reviewed. In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have also assumed that, prior to the issuance and sale of the Company Securities and the sale of Secondary Securities, (i) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation will have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and (ii) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Restated Bylaws will have become effective substantially in the forms filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the further assumptions and qualifications set forth below, it is our opinion that the Company Securities have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and, upon (i) due action of the pricing committee of the Board of Directors of the Company; and (ii) the issuance of the Company Securities against payment therefor in the manner described in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued by the Company and fully paid and nonassessable.

The foregoing opinions are limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decision interpreting that Law).


We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement and in the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
PERKINS COIE LLP
By  

/s/ Bruce McNamara

  Bruce McNamara, a Partner

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.1

Published CUSIP Number: [              ]

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN

AGREEMENT

Dated as of September 29, 2006

by and among

CONTAINER APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(the “Borrower”)

THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”)

with

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC ,

acting as Lead Arranger and Book Manager (the “Arranger”)

and

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Syndication Agent (the “Syndication Agent”)

and

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.

as Documentation Agent (the “Documentation Agent”)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                    Page
1.    DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION    1
   1.1.    Definitions    1
2.    THE SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY    34
   2.1.    Commitment to Lend    34
      2.1.1.    Revolving Credit Loans    34
      2.1.2.    The Term Loan    35
   2.2.    Commitment Fee    35
   2.3.    Reduction of Total Commitment    36
   2.4.    Evidence of Debt    36
   2.5.    Interest    37
   2.6.    Requests for Revolving Credit Loans    38
   2.7.    Conversion Options    38
      2.7.1.    Conversion to Different Type of Loan    38
      2.7.2.    Continuation of Type of Loan    39
      2.7.3.    Eurodollar Rate Loans    39
   2.8.    Funds for Revolving Credit Loans    39
      2.8.1.    Funding Procedures    39
      2.8.2.    Advances by Administrative Agent    40
      2.8.3.    Obligations of Lenders Several    41
   2.9.    Change in Borrowing Base    41
   2.10.    Swing Line Loans    41
      2.10.1.    The Swing Line    41
      2.10.2.    Borrowing Procedure    42
      2.10.3.    Refinancing of Swing Line Loans    43
      2.10.4.    Repayment of Participations    44
      2.10.5.    Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender    44
      2.10.6.    Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender    45
   2.11.    Increase in the Total Commitment    45
      2.11.1.    Requests for Increase    45
      2.11.2.    Lender Election to Increase    45
      2.11.3.    Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders    45
      2.11.4.    Effective Date and Allocations    45
      2.11.5.    Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase    46
      2.11.6.    Conflicting Provisions   
3.    REPAYMENT OF THE LOANS    46
      3.1.    Maturity    46

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
   3.2.    Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan    46
   3.3.    Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans    47
   3.4.    Repayment of the Term Loan    48
4.    LETTERS OF CREDIT    48
   4.1.    Letter of Credit Commitments    48
      4.1.1.    Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit    48
      4.1.2.    Procedures for the Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit    50
      4.1.3.    Applicability of the ISP and Uniform Customs    51
      4.1.4.    Reimbursement Obligations of Lenders    51
      4.1.5.    Participations of Lenders    52
      4.1.6.    Auto-Extension Letters of Credit    52
   4.2.    Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower    52
   4.3.    Letter of Credit Payments    53
   4.4.    Obligations Absolute    55
   4.5.    Role of Issuer    56
   4.6.    Letter of Credit Fees    56
   4.7.    Cash Collateral    57
   4.8.    Conflict with Issuer Documents    57
5.    CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS    57
   5.1.    Fees    57
   5.2.    Funds for Payments    57
      5.2.1.    Payments to Administrative Agent    57
      5.2.2.    No Offset, etc    58
      5.2.3.    Non-U.S. Lenders    58
   5.3.    Computations    59
   5.4.    Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate    60
   5.5.    Illegality    60
   5.6.    Additional Costs, etc    61
   5.7.    Capital Adequacy    62
   5.8.    Certificate    63
   5.9.    Indemnity    63
   5.10.    Interest After Default    63
      5.10.1.    Overdue Amounts    63
      5.10.2.    Amounts Not Overdue    63

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
6.    COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTIES    63
   6.1.    Security of Borrower    63
   6.2.    Guaranties of Subsidiaries    64
   6.3.    Release of Collateral    64
7.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    64
   7.1.    Corporate Authority    64
      7.1.1.    Incorporation; Good Standing    64
      7.1.2.    Authorization    64
      7.1.3.    Enforceability    65
   7.2.    Governmental or Third Party Approvals    65
   7.3.    Title to Properties; Leases    65
   7.4.    Financial Statements and Projections    65
      7.4.1.    Fiscal Year    65
      7.4.2.    Financial Statements    65
      7.4.3.    Projections    66
   7.5.    No Material Adverse Changes, etc    66
   7.6.    Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc    66
   7.7.    Litigation    66
   7.8.    No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc    67
   7.9.    Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, etc    67
   7.10.    Tax Status    67
   7.11.    No Event of Default    67
   7.12.    Holding Company and Investment Company Acts    67
   7.13.    Absence of Financing Statements, etc    67
   7.14.    Perfection of Security Interest    68
   7.15.    Certain Transactions    68
   7.16.    Employee Benefit Plans    68
      7.16.1.    In General    68
      7.16.2.    Terminability of Welfare Plans    68
      7.16.3.    Guaranteed Pension Plans    69
      7.16.4.    Multiemployer Plans    69
   7.17.    Use of Proceeds    69
      7.17.1.    General    69
      7.17.2.    Regulations U and X    69
   7.18.    Environmental Compliance    70
   7.19.    Subsidiaries, etc    71
   7.20.    Bank Accounts    71
   7.21.    Disclosure    71
   7.22.    Status of Obligations as Senior Debt    72

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
   7.23.    Solvency    72
   7.24.    Insurance    72
   7.25.    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc    72
8.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    73
   8.1.    Punctual Payment    73
   8.2.    Maintenance of Office    73
   8.3.    Records and Accounts    73
   8.4.    Financial Statements, Certificates and Information    74
   8.5.    Notices    76
      8.5.1.    Defaults    76
      8.5.2.    Environmental Events    77
      8.5.3.    Notification of Claim against Collateral    77
      8.5.4.    Notice of Litigation and Judgments    77
      8.5.5.    Notice of ERISA Event    77
      8.5.6.    Notice of Change in Accounting or Financial Reporting Practices    78
   8.6.    Legal Existence; Maintenance of Properties    78
   8.7.    Insurance    78
   8.8.    Taxes    78
   8.9.    Inspection of Properties and Books, etc    79
      8.9.1.    General    79
      8.9.2.    Collateral Reports    79
      8.9.3.    Appraisals    79
      8.9.4.    Environmental Assessments    80
      8.9.5.    Communications with Accountants    80
   8.10.    Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits    80
   8.11.    Employee Benefit Plans    81
   8.12.    Use of Proceeds    81
   8.13.    Bank Accounts    81
   8.14.    Additional Mortgaged Property    81
   8.15.    Interests in Intellectual Property    82
   8.16.    New Guarantors    82
   8.17.    Collateral Security of Guarantors    83
   8.18.    Further Assurances    83
9.    CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS    83
   9.1.    Restrictions on Indebtedness    83
   9.2.    Restrictions on Liens    85
      9.2.1.    Permitted Liens    85

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
   9.3.    Restrictions on Investments    87
   9.4.    Restricted Payments    88
   9.5.    Merger, Acquisitions and Consolidation; Disposition of Assets    88
      9.5.1.    Mergers and Acquisitions    88
      9.5.2.    Disposition of Assets    89
   9.6.    Sale and Leaseback    89
   9.7.    Compliance with Environmental Laws    89
   9.8.    Subordinated Debt    89
   9.9.    Employee Benefit Plans    90
   9.10.    Business Activities    91
   9.11.    Fiscal Year    91
   9.12.    Transactions with Affiliates    91
   9.13.    Bank Accounts    91
   9.14.    Capital Stock    91
   9.15.    Creation of Subsidiaries    91
10.    FINANCIAL COVENANTS    92
   10.1.    Maximum Total Leverage Ratio    92
   10.2.    Maximum Senior Leverage Ratio    92
   10.3.    Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio    93
   10.4.    Capital Expenditures   
11.    CLOSING CONDITIONS    93
   11.1.    Loan Documents etc    93
      11.1.1.    Loan Documents    93
      11.1.2.    Subordination Documents    93
   11.2.    Certified Copies of Governing Documents    93
   11.3.    Corporate or Other Action    94
   11.4.    Incumbency Certificate    94
   11.5.    Validity of Liens    94
   11.6.    Asset List; Perfection Certificates and UCC Search Results    94
   11.7.    Certificates of Insurance    94
   11.8.    Borrowing Base Report    95
   11.9.    Financial Condition    95
   11.10.    Opinion of Counsel    95
   11.11.    Payment of Fees    95
   11.12.    Payoff Letter    95
   11.13.    Commercial Finance Exam, etc    95

 

v


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
12.    CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS    91
   12.1.    Representations True; No Event of Default    91
   12.2.    No Legal Impediment    92
   12.3.    Governmental Regulation    92
   12.4.    Proceedings and Documents    92
   12.5.    Borrowing Base Report    92
13.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC    92
   13.1.    Events of Default and Acceleration    92
   13.2.    Termination of Commitments    96
   13.3.    Remedies    96
   13.4.    Distribution of Collateral Proceeds    97
14.    THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    98
   14.1.    Authorization    98
   14.2.    Employees and Administrative Agents    99
   14.3.    No Liability    99
   14.4.    No Representations    100
      14.4.1.    General    100
      14.4.2.    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders    101
   14.5.    Payments    101
      14.5.1.    Payments to Administrative Agent    101
      14.5.2.    Distribution by Administrative Agent    102
      14.5.3.    Delinquent Lenders    102
      14.5.4.    Replacement of Lender    102
   14.6.    Holders of Revolving Credit Notes    103
   14.7.    Indemnity    103
   14.8.    Administrative Agent as Lender, etc    104
   14.9.    Resignation    104
   14.10.    Notification of Defaults and Events of Default    105
   14.11.    Duties in the Case of Enforcement    105
   14.12.    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim    106
   14.13.    Collateral and Guaranty Matters    106
15.    ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION    107
   15.1.    Conditions to Assignment    107
      15.1.1.    Successors and Assignment Generally    107
      15.1.2.    Assignments by Lenders    107

 

vi


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
      15.1.3.    Register    109
      15.1.4.    Participations    109
      15.1.5.    Certain Pledges    110
      15.1.6.    Electronic Execution of Assignments    110
      15.1.7.    Resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender after Assignment    110
16.    PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATIONS    111
   16.1.    Setoff    111
   16.2.    Expenses    112
   16.3.    Indemnification    112
   16.4.    Treatment of Certain Confidential Information    114
      16.4.1.    Confidentiality    114
   16.5.    Survival of Covenants, Etc    115
   16.6.    Notices    115
      16.6.1.    Notices Generally    115
      16.6.2.    Electronic Communications    116
      16.6.3.    The Platform    116
      16.6.4.    Changes of Address    117
      16.6.5.    Reliance by Administrative Agent and the Lenders    117
   16.7.    Governing Law    118
   16.8.    Headings    118
   16.9.    Counterparts    118
   16.10.    Entire Agreement, Etc    118
   16.11.    Waiver of Jury Trial    118
   16.12.    Consents, Amendments, Waivers, Etc    119
   16.13.    Severability    121
   16.14.    USA PATRIOT Act Notice    121
17.    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT    121

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A   

Form of Borrowing Base Report

Exhibit B-1   

Form of Revolving Credit Note

Exhibit   B-2   

Form of Term Loan Note

Exhibit C   

Form of Loan Request

Exhibit D   

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit E   

Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit F   

Swing Line Loan Notice

 

vii


Schedules

 

Schedule 1    Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 1.1    Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 7.3    Title to Properties; Leases
Schedule 7.7    Litigation
Schedule 7.15    Certain Transactions
Schedule 7.18    Environmental Compliance
Schedule 7.19(a)    Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.19(b)    Joint Ventures
Schedule 7.20    Bank Accounts
Schedule 7.24    Insurance
Schedule 9.1    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 9.2    Existing Liens
Schedule 9.3    Existing Investments
Schedule 16.6.1    Certain Addresses for Notices

 

viii


AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT is made as of September 29, 2006, by and among CONTAINER APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the “ Borrower ”), a Nevada corporation having its principal place of business at One Embarcadero Center Suite 2101, San Francisco, California 94111, the lending institutions from time to time listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Lenders ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as syndication agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), and UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A. , as documentation agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”), with BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC acting as lead arranger and book manager.

1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION .

1.1. Definitions . The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this §1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement referred to below:

Accounts Receivable . All rights of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to payment for goods sold, leased or otherwise marketed in the ordinary course of business and all rights of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to payment for services rendered in the ordinary course of business and all sums of money or other proceeds due thereon pursuant to transactions with account debtors, except for that portion of the sum of money or other proceeds due thereon that relate to sales, use or property taxes in conjunction with such transactions, recorded on books of account in accordance with GAAP.

Adjustment Date . The first day of the month immediately following the month in which a Compliance Certificate is to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to §8.4(d).

Administrative Agent’s Office . The Administrative Agent’s office located at 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or at such other location as the Administrative Agent may designate from time to time.

Administrative Agent . Bank of America, N.A., acting as administrative agent for the Lenders, and each other Person appointed as the successor Administrative Agent in accordance with §14.9.


Administrative Agent’s Special Counsel . Bingham McCutchen LLP or such other counsel as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Administrative Questionnaire . An Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate . With respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent Parties . See §16.6.3.

Applicable Margin . For each period commencing on an Adjustment Date through the date immediately preceding the next Adjustment Date (each a “ Rate Adjustment Period ”), the Applicable Margin shall be the applicable margin set forth below with respect to the Total Leverage Ratio, as determined for the Reference Period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending on the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the applicable Rate Adjustment Period.

 

Level

  

Total Leverage Ratio

   Base
Rate
Loans
    Eurodollar
Rate Loans
   

Letter of

Credit

Fees

    Commitment
Fee
 

I

   Greater than or equal to 4.00:1.00    0.50 %   2.25 %   2.25 %   0.450 %

II

   Less than 4.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.25:1.00    0.25 %   2.00 %   2.00 %   0.400 %

III

   Less than 3.25:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.50:1.00    0.00 %   1.75 %   1.75 %   0.350 %

IV

   Less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 1.75:1.00    0.00 %   1.50 %   1.50 %   0.300 %

V

   Less than 1.75:1.00    0.00 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   0.250 %

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) for the Loans outstanding and the Letter of Credit Fees and the Commitment Fee payable during the period commencing on the Closing Date through the date immediately preceding the Adjustment Date with respect

 

-2-


to the receipt of a Compliance Certificate for the period ending December 31, 2006, the Applicable Margin shall be no lower than the Applicable Margin set forth in Level II above, and (b) if the Borrower fails to deliver any Compliance Certificate pursuant to §8.4(d) hereof, then for the period commencing on the next Adjustment Date to occur (or was to have occurred) subsequent to such failure through the date immediately following the date on which such Compliance Certificate is actually delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest Applicable Margin set forth above (i.e., Level I above).

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event either the Borrower or the Administrative Agent determines, in good faith, that the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio on which the Applicable Margin for any particular period was determined is inaccurate and, as a consequence thereof, the Applicable Margin was lower or higher than it would have been, (i) the Borrower shall promptly (but in any event within ten (10) Business Days) deliver (after the Borrower discovers such inaccuracy or the Borrower is notified by the Administrative Agent of such inaccuracy, as the case may be) to the Administrative Agent correct financial statements for such period (and if such financial statements are not accurately restated and delivered within thirty (30) days after the first discovery of such inaccuracy by the Borrower or such notice, as the case may be, and the Applicable Margin was lower than it should have been, then Pricing Level I shall apply retroactively for such period until such time as the correct financial statements are delivered and, upon the delivery of such corrected financial statements, thereafter the corrected Pricing Level shall apply for such period), (ii) the Administrative Agent shall determine and notify the Borrower of the amount of interest that would have been due in respect of outstanding Obligations, if any, during such period had the Applicable Margin been calculated based on the correct Total Leverage Ratio (or, to the extent applicable, the Level I Applicable Margin if such corrected financial statements were not delivered as provided herein) and (iii) the Borrower shall promptly pay to the Administrative Agent the difference, if any, between that amount and the amount actually paid in respect of such period. The foregoing notwithstanding shall in no way limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to exercise their rights to impose the rate of interest applicable during an Event of Default as provided herein.

Applicable Pension Legislation . At any time, any pension or retirement benefits legislation (be it national, federal, provincial, territorial or otherwise) then applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Approved Fund . Any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arranger . Banc of America Securities LLC, in its capacity as lead arranger and book manager.

 

-3-


Assignee Group . Two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Assumption . An assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by §15.1.1, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit . See §4.1.6.

Balance Sheet Date . December 31, 2005.

Bank of America . Bank of America, N.A., in its individual capacity.

Base Rate . For any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate”. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loans . Revolving Credit Loans or the Term Loan (or any portion thereof) bearing interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate.

Borrower . As defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Materials . See §8.4.

Borrowing Base . At the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Report delivered to the Lenders pursuant to §8.4(f) which is equal to the sum of:

(a) 85.00% of the Net Book Value of Eligible Containers; plus

 

-4-


(b) 75.00% of Eligible Container Receivables, provided that the amount included in the Borrowing Base pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed $20,000,000; plus

(c) 90.00% of the Net Present Value of Direct Finance Lease Receivables (other than Direct Finance Lease Receivables arising from Eligible Containers which are included in clause (a) of this definition).

Borrowing Base Report . A Borrowing Base Report signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower and in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

Business Day . Any day on which banking institutions in Boston, Massachusetts and San Francisco, California, are open for the transaction of banking business and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, also a day which is a Eurodollar Business Day.

Capital Assets . Fixed assets, both tangible (such as land, buildings, fixtures, machinery and equipment) and intangible (such as patents, copyrights, trademarks, franchises and good will); provided that Capital Assets shall not include any item customarily charged directly to expense or depreciated over a useful life of twelve (12) months or less in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Expenditures . Amounts paid or Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with (i) the purchase or lease by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Capital Assets that would be required to be capitalized and shown on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the lease of any assets by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee under any Synthetic Lease to the extent that such assets would have been Capital Assets had the Synthetic Lease been treated for accounting purposes as a Capitalized Lease.

Capitalized Leases . Leases under which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment obligations under which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee or obligor in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock . Any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Cash Collateral . See §4.7.

 

-5-


Cash Management Agreement . Any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

CERCLA . See §7.18(a).

Change of Control . Means an event or series of events by which:

(a) at any time prior to the creation of a Public Market, the Equity Investors shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens), either directly or indirectly, equity securities in the Borrower representing at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of all equity securities entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that Equity Investors have the right to acquire pursuant to any option right (as defined in clause (b) below)) provided , that the issuance of equity securities to Interpool upon the conversion of the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt shall not result in a Change of Control within the meaning of this clause (a);

(b) at any time after the creation of a Public Market, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than the Equity Investors becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “ option right ”)), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) provided , that Interpool’s right to acquire equity securities upon conversion of the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, or the issuance of equity securities to Interpool upon the conversion of the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control under this paragraph (b);

(c) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such

 

-6-


election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body, provided , that directors nominated and elected to fill vacancies created by the resignation of directors elected by Interpool following the transactions contemplated by the Redemption Agreement shall be deemed to satisfy the criteria of this clause (ii), or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors);

(d) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert, other than one or more of the Equity Investors, shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Borrower, or control over the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such Person or Persons have the right to acquire pursuant to any option right but excluding, in the case of Interpool, equity securities issued to Interpool upon the conversion of the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of such securities; or

(e) a “change of control” or any comparable term under any other document or instrument evidencing Indebtedness shall have occurred.

Closing Date . The first date all the conditions precedent in §11 (other than the conditions described in §11.13) are satisfied or waived and any Loans are to be made or any Letters of Credit are to be issued hereunder.

Co-Agent . See Introductory Paragraph.

Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral . All of the property, rights and interests of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors that are or are intended to be subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents.

 

-7-


Commitment . With respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, the amount set forth on Schedule 1 hereto as the amount of such Lender’s commitment to make Revolving Credit Loans to, to participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of Letters of Credit for the account of, and to purchase participations in Swing Line Loans made to, the Borrower, as the same may be increased pursuant to §15.9 or reduced from time to time; or if such commitment is terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof, zero.

Commitment Fee . See §2.2.

Commitment Percentage . With respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage set forth on Schedule 1 hereto as such Lender’s percentage of the aggregate Commitments of all of the Revolving Credit Lenders.

Compliance Certificate . See §8.4(d).

Consolidated or consolidated . With reference to any term defined herein, shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA . With respect to any fiscal period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income (or Deficit) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of such Person’s Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) other noncash charges for such period, plus (v) principal payments received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during such period with respect to Direct Finance Leases, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDAR . With respect to any fiscal period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal period plus (b) consolidated rental expense for such fiscal period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Funded Debt . At any time of determination, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness (including Subordinated Debt) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, relating to (i) the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit, including the issuance of notes or bonds, (ii) the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iii) Capitalized Leases, (iv) Rental Obligations, and (v) the maximum drawing amount of all letters of credit outstanding plus (b) Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries .

 

-8-


Consolidated Net Income (or Deficit) . The consolidated net income (or deficit) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP , after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary items of income or loss.

Consolidated Operating Cash Flow . With respect to any fiscal period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, an amount equal to (i) Consolidated EBITDAR for such fiscal period minus (ii) cash income taxes paid or payable in such period, excluding cash income taxes with respect to the Borrower’s fiscal year 2006 income paid by the Borrower in the 2007 fiscal year, in an amount not exceeding $10,000,000 in the aggregate, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Total Debt Service . With respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and for any Reference Period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) any and all repayments or prepayments of principal (excluding past prepayments of the Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt and the prepayment of the Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt contemplated by Section 9.8), during such period in respect of Indebtedness that becomes due and payable or that are to become due and payable during such period pursuant to any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party relating to (i) the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit, including the issuance of notes or bonds, (ii) the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iii) in respect of any Synthetic Leases or any Capitalized Leases, (iv) in respect of any reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit due and payable during such period, and (v) Indebtedness of the type referred to above of another Person guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, plus (b) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or payable in cash during such Reference Period, plus (c) one tenth (1/10) of the average daily outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans during such Reference Period, plus (d) consolidated rental expense for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP. Demand obligations shall be deemed to be due and payable during any fiscal period during which such obligations are outstanding.

Consolidated Total Interest Expense . For any period, the aggregate amount of interest required to be paid or accrued by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including payments consisting of interest in respect of any Capitalized Lease or any Synthetic Lease, and including commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money, provided , that with respect to the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, all interest payable in cash in any period shall be included in Consolidated Total Interest Expense for such period.

 

-9-


Containers . The marine and intermodal cargo containers either owned or leased by the Borrower and employed by the Borrower in the conduct of its business, including, without limitation, refrigerated, dry van, tank, open top and flat rack containers and refrigeration units and generator sets associated therewith, but excluding any chassis for such containers.

Control . The possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Conversion Request . A notice given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of the Borrower’s election to convert or continue a Loan in accordance with §2.7.

Credit Agreement or Agreement . This Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Default . See §13.1.

Delinquent Lender . See §14.5.3.

Direct Finance Lease Receivables . All rights of the Borrower to payment in respect of Direct Finance Leases that are not in default and all sums of money or other proceeds due the Borrower pursuant to such Direct Finance Leases, except for that portion of the sum of money or other proceeds due thereon that relate to sales, use or property taxes in conjunction with such transactions, recorded on the Borrower’s books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Administrative Agent shall hold a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any Direct Finance Lease Receivables included in the Borrowing Base.

Direct Finance Lease Rate . With respect to any Direct Finance Lease, the interest rate applicable to such Direct Finance Lease.

 

-10-


Direct Finance Leases . Leases pursuant to which the Borrower leases Containers to a lessee and (a) the terms of such lease provide that title to such Containers will pass to such lessee at the end of the lease term automatically or at the option of the lessee for no additional consideration or for consideration so nominal that the lessee would be economically compelled to exercise such option and (b) the interest component of the proceeds of such lease are booked on the Borrower’s financial statements as “Income from Direct Finance Leases.”

Distribution . (a) The declaration or payment of any dividend on or in respect of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower, other than dividends payable solely in shares of common stock of the Borrower; (b) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of the Borrower or otherwise (including the setting apart of assets for a sinking or other analogous fund to be used for such purpose); (c) the return of capital by the Borrower to its shareholders as such; or (d) any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower.

Dollars or $ . Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Lending Office . Initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, located within the United States that will be making or maintaining Base Rate Loans.

Drawdown Date . The date on which any Revolving Credit Loan, the Term Loan or Swing Line Loan is made or is to be made, and the date on which any Revolving Credit Loan or the Term Loan (or any portion thereof) is converted or continued in accordance with §2.7.

Eligible Assignee . (a) A Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any competitor of the Borrower (provided, however, that no financial institution or Approved Fund shall be deemed to be a competitor of the Borrower).

Eligible Containers . Containers owned by the Borrower which (a) are subject to a first priority fully perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in all jurisdictions within the United States of America where

 

-11-


filing financing statements in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code is necessary to perfect the Lenders’ security interest in such Containers, (b) are subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens that (i) secure Subordinated Debt and are fully subordinated to the Lenders’ security interest in such Containers pursuant to the terms of the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) are permitted pursuant to §§9.2.1(v) and (xi), (c) are in a serviceable condition in the normal course of business, (d) have a Net Book Value greater than zero, (e) have not suffered an Event of Loss and (f) are not the subject of a finance or trade credit arrangement between the Borrower as obligor and a third party obligee but are owned by the Borrower outright.

Eligible Container Receivables . The aggregate of the unpaid portions of Accounts Receivable generated in connection with sales by the Borrower of Containers permitted by §9.5.2 (net of any credits, rebates, offsets, holdbacks or other adjustments or commissions payable to third parties that are adjustments to such Accounts Receivable): (a) that the Borrower reasonably and in good faith determines to be collectible; (b) that are with account debtors or other obligors that (i) are not Affiliates of the Borrower, unless such Affiliate is Interpool, (ii) purchased the Containers giving rise to the relevant Account Receivable in an arm’s length transaction, (iii) are not insolvent or involved in any case or proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction and (iv) are, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment, creditworthy; (c) that are in payment of obligations that have been fully performed, do not consist of progress billings or bill and hold invoices and are not subject to dispute or any other similar claims that would reduce the cash amount payable therefor; (d) that are not subject to any pledge, restriction, security interest or other lien or encumbrance other than Permitted Liens; (e) in which the Administrative Agent has a valid and perfected first priority security interest; (f) that are not outstanding for more than sixty (60) days past the earlier to occur of (i) the due date listed on the respective original invoices therefor and (ii) the date of shipment thereof; (g) that are not due from any single account debtor or other obligor if more than fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate amount of all Accounts Receivable owing from such account debtor or other obligor would otherwise not be Eligible Container Receivables; (h) that are payable in Dollars (or such other currency as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion); (i) that are not secured by a letter of credit unless the Administrative Agent has a prior security interest in such letter of credit perfected by control; (j) that are in payment of obligations under agreements that contain terms requiring the relevant account debtor to return the Container to the Borrower in the event that such Account Receivable is not fully paid when due; and (k) are generated in connection with sales of Containers owned by the Borrower outright that are not the subject of a finance or trade credit arrangement between the Borrower as obligor and a third party obligee.

Employee Benefit Plan . Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of §3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate (other than Interpool), other than a Guaranteed Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.

 

-12-


Environmental Laws . See §7.18(a).

EPA . See §7.18(b).

Equity Investors . Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa, members of his immediate family and trusts established for the benefit of Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa and members of his immediate family, and senior executives of the Borrower.

ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate . Any Person which is treated as a single employer with the Borrower under §414 of the Code.

ERISA Event . (a) An ERISA Reportable Event with respect to a Guaranteed Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Guaranteed Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of an Employee Benefit Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Guaranteed Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Guaranteed Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

ERISA Reportable Event . A reportable event with respect to a Guaranteed Pension Plan within the meaning of §4043 of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder as to which the requirement of notice has not been waived.

Eurodollar Base Rate . See definition of Eurodollar Rate.

Eurodollar Business Day . Any day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or such other eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion acting in good faith.

 

-13-


Eurodollar Lending Office . Initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, that shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans.

Eurodollar Rate . For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

 

Eurodollar Rate =   

Eurodollar Base Rate                            

1.00 –Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

Where,

Eurodollar Base Rate . For such Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Base Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage For any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

Eurodollar Rate Loans . Revolving Credit Loans or the Term Loan (or any portion thereof) bearing interest calculated by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default . See §13.1.

 

-14-


Event of Loss . With respect to any Container, the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) total loss or destruction thereof;

(b) theft or disappearance thereof without recovery within sixty (60) days after such theft or disappearance becomes known to the Borrower;

(c) damage rendering such Container unfit for normal use and, in the judgment of the Borrower, beyond repair at reasonable cost; and

(d) any condemnation, seizure, forced sale or other taking of title to or use of any such Container.

Excess Availability . At any time of determination, (a) the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time, plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan at such time or (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time, minus (b) the sum of (i) the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans at such time, plus (ii) the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations at such time, plus (iii) the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans at such time, plus (iv) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan at such time.

Existing Credit Agreement . The Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2005 by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent for the lenders.

Existing Letters of Credit . Those letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement and set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt . The Indebtedness of the Borrower to Interpool in the original principal amount of $33,650,000, and evidenced by the Existing Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement and the promissory notes issued pursuant thereto, which Indebtedness is intended to be paid in full promptly following the Closing Date. The outstanding principal amount of the Existing Interpool Subordinated Indebtedness on the Closing Date is $3,027,062.50.

Existing Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement . That certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 30, 1998, between the Borrower and Interpool, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 28, 2000, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 15, 2002, that certain Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 27, 2002, that certain Amendment No. 4, dated as of February 25, 2003.

 

-15-


Federal Funds Rate . For any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter . The fee letter, dated as of August 17, 2006, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Fund . Any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP or generally accepted accounting principles . (a) When used in §10, whether directly or indirectly through reference to a capitalized term used therein, means (i) principles that are consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, in effect for the fiscal year ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and (ii) to the extent consistent with such principles, the accounting practice of the Borrower reflected in its financial statements for the year ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and (b) when used in general, other than as provided above, means principles that are (i) consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) consistently applied with past financial statements of the Borrower adopting the same principles, provided that in each case referred to in this definition of “ GAAP ” a certified public accountant would, insofar as the use of such accounting principles is pertinent, be in a position to deliver an unqualified opinion (other than a qualification regarding changes in GAAP) as to financial statements in which such principles have been properly applied.

Governing Documents . With respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, its by-laws and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to any of its Capital Stock.

 

-16-


Governmental Authority . Any foreign, federal, state, regional, local, municipal or other government, or any department, commission, board, bureau, agency, public authority or instrumentality thereof, or any court or arbitrator.

Guaranteed Pension Plan . Any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of §3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate the benefits of which are guaranteed on termination in full or in part by the PBGC pursuant to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

Guarantors . Collectively, each of (a) Container Applications International (U.K.) Limited, a United Kingdom corporation, (b) Container Applications (Malaysia) SDN BHD, a Malaysian corporation, (c) Container Applications International Corporation, a Japanese corporation, (d) Sky Container Trading Limited, a limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales, (e) Sky Domestic Container Leasing Limited, a limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and (f) each Subsidiary of the Borrower which is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to §8.16 hereof. Each Guarantor shall be a party to the Guaranty.

Guaranty . The Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated or to be dated as of the Closing Date, made by each Guarantor in favor of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such Guarantor guarantees to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent the payment and performance of the Obligations.

Hazardous Substances . See §7.18(b).

Honor Date . See §4.2.

Increase Effective Date . See §2.11.4

Indemnitee . See §16.3.

Identified Containers . See definition of “Nonrecourse Loan”.

Indebtedness . As to any Person and whether recourse is secured by or is otherwise available against all or only a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent, but without duplication:

(a) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed,

 

-17-


(b) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses,

(c) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person,

(d) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (including securities repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue or which are being contested in good faith),

(e) every obligation of such Person under any Capitalized Lease,

(f) every obligation of such Person under any Synthetic Lease,

(g) all sales by such Person of (i) accounts or general intangibles for money due or to become due, (ii) chattel paper, instruments or documents creating or evidencing a right to payment of money or (iii) other receivables (collectively “ receivables ”), whether pursuant to a purchase facility or otherwise, other than in connection with the disposition of the business operations of such Person relating thereto or a disposition of defaulted receivables for collection and not as a financing arrangement, and together with any obligation of such Person to pay any discount, interest, fees, indemnities, penalties, recourse, expenses or other amounts in connection therewith,

(h) every obligation of such Person (an “ equity related purchase obligation ”) to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock issued by such Person or any rights measured by the value of such Capital Stock,

(i) every obligation of such Person under any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financing agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements), the value of which is dependent upon interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodities or other indices (a “ derivative contract ”),

(j) every obligation in respect of Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent that such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent that the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor and such terms are enforceable under applicable law,

 

-18-


(k) every obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guarantying or otherwise acting as surety for, any obligation of a type described in any of clauses (a) through (j) (the “ primary obligation ”) of another Person (the “ primary obligor ”), in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such primary obligation, (ii) to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the payment of such primary obligation, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such primary obligation, and

(l) all Rental Obligations of such Person.

The “ amount ” or “ principal amount ” of any Indebtedness at any time of determination represented by (i) any Indebtedness, issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, (ii) any Capitalized Lease shall be the principal component of the aggregate of the rental obligation under such Capitalized Lease payable over the term thereof that is not subject to termination by the lessee, (iii) any sale of receivables shall be the amount of unrecovered capital or principal investment of the purchaser (other than the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) thereof, excluding amounts representative of yield or interest earned on such investment, (iv) any Synthetic Lease shall be the stipulated loss value, termination value or other equivalent amount, (v) any derivative contract shall be the maximum amount of any termination or loss payment required to be paid by such Person if such derivative contract were, at the time of determination, to be terminated by reason of any event of default or early termination event thereunder, whether or not such event of default or early termination event has in fact occurred, (vi) any equity related purchase obligation shall be the maximum fixed redemption or purchase price thereof inclusive of any accrued and unpaid dividends to be comprised in such redemption or purchase price, and (vii) any guaranty or other contingent liability referred to in clause (k) shall be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such guaranty or other contingent obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

Interest Payment Date . (a) As to any Base Rate Loan (including any Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of the calendar quarter with respect to interest accrued during such calendar quarter, including, without limitation, the calendar quarter which includes the Drawdown Date of such Base Rate Loan; and (b) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan in respect of which the Interest Period is (i) 3 months or less, the last Business Day of such Interest Period and (ii) more than 3 months, the date that is 3 months from the first day of such Interest Period and, in addition, the last Business Day of such Interest Period.

 

-19-


Interest Period . With respect to any Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Loan and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth below, as selected by the Borrower in a Loan Request or as otherwise required by the terms of this Credit Agreement (i) for any Base Rate Loan, the last day of the calendar quarter; and (ii) for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, 1, 2, 3 or 6 months; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Loan and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as selected by the Borrower in a Conversion Request; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(A) if any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Eurodollar Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Eurodollar Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Eurodollar Business Day;

(B) if any Interest Period with respect to a Base Rate Loan would end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day;

(C) if the Borrower shall fail to give notice as provided in §2.7, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a conversion of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan and the continuance of all Base Rate Loans as Base Rate Loans on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto;

(D) any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month; and

(E) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall end on the Maturity Date.

 

-20-


Interest Rate Protection Agreement . Any agreement entered into between the Borrower and any of the Lenders providing for an interest rate swap, cap, collar, or other hedging mechanism with respect to interest payable on Indebtedness.

Internal Control Event . A material weakness in, or fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in, the Borrower’s internal controls over financial reporting, in each case as described in the Securities Laws.

Interpool . Interpool, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt . The Indebtedness of the Borrower to Interpool in the original principal amount of $37,500,000, and evidenced by the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt Documents, which Indebtedness has been subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement.

Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt Documents . That certain Note Issuance Agreement and Investors’ Rights Agreement, each dated as of October 1, 2006, between the Borrower and Interpool, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with §9.8 hereof, together with all other documents, instruments, and other agreements entered into in connection therewith, each in the form delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

Investments . All expenditures made and all liabilities incurred (contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock or Indebtedness of, or for loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers of property to, or in respect of any guaranties (or other commitments as described under Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person. In determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any Investment represented by a guaranty shall be taken at not less than the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding; (b) there shall be included as an Investment all interest accrued with respect to Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid; (c) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment any amount received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (d) there shall not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, except that accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (b) may be deducted when paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

 

-21-


Issuer Documents . With respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower or in favor the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

L/C Advance . With respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Commitment Percentage.

L/C Borrowing . An extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Loan.

L/C Exposure . At any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall be its Commitment Percentage of the total L/C Exposure at such time.

L/C Issuer . (i) Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and (ii) with respect to Existing Letters of Credit, Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of the Existing Letters of Credit.

Lease Collateral . See definition of “Nonrecourse Loan”.

Lender Affiliate . With respect to any Lender, (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or legal entity) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by such Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender.

Lenders . Bank of America and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 hereto and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any rights and obligations of a Lender pursuant to §15, and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lenders” includes the Revolving Credit Lenders and the Term Loan Lenders.

Letter of Credit . See §4.1.1.

 

-22-


Letter of Credit Application . See §4.1.1.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date . The day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Fee . See §4.6.

Letter of Credit Participation . See §4.1.4.

Letter of Credit Sublimit . An amount equal to $15,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Total Commitment.

Lien . Any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, attachment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory, judgment or otherwise), or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any Capitalized Lease, any Synthetic Lease, any financing lease involving substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

Loan Documents . This Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit Applications, the Letters of Credit , each Issuer Document, the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, the Guaranty, the Fee Letter and the Security Documents.

Loan Request . See §2.6.

Loans . Collectively, the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan.

Material Adverse Effect . With respect to any event or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding):

(a) a material adverse effect on the business, properties, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, operations or income of the Borrower, individually or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

-23-


(b) an adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, individually and/or taken as a whole, to perform any of their respective Obligations under any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party; or

(c) any impairment of the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any impairment of the rights, remedies or benefits available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document or any impairment of the attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien of the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents.

Maturity Date . September 30, 2010.

Maximum Drawing Amount . The maximum aggregate amount that the beneficiaries may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit, as such aggregate amount may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Letters of Credit.

Moody’s . Moody’s Investors Services, Inc.

Multiemployer Plan . Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of §3(37) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Net Book Value . With respect to any Containers owned by the Borrower which are standard dry cargo Containers and which were acquired on or after July 1, 2001, the Original Cost to the Borrower of such Containers adjusted to reflect depreciation over twelve and a half years on a straight line basis, to residuals of $645 for a 20-foot standard dry cargo Container, $795 for a 40-foot standard dry cargo Container and $805 for a 40-foot standard “high-cube” dry cargo Container. With respect to any Containers owned by the Borrower which are non-standard Containers, the Original Cost to the Borrower of such Containers adjusted to reflect depreciation over fifteen years on a straight line basis to a residual of 15% of the Original Cost of such Containers. With respect to any Containers owned by the Borrower which are standard dry cargo Containers and which were acquired on or before June 30, 2001, the Original Cost to the Borrower of such Containers adjusted to reflect depreciation using the following depreciation method: from the date of purchase until June 30, 2001, the Original Cost to the Borrower of such Containers adjusted to reflect depreciation on a straight line basis over fifteen years to a residual value of 15% of the Original Cost of such Containers. From and after July 1, 2001, depreciation shall be calculated over the remainder of a cumulative twelve and a half year life, on a straight line basis, to residuals of $645 for a 20-foot standard dry cargo Container, $795 for a 40-foot standard dry cargo Container and $805 for a 40-foot standard “high-cube” dry cargo Container.

 

-24-


Net Present Value . At the relevant time of reference thereto, and as the context may require, the discounted present value of Direct Finance Lease Receivables, discounted at the Direct Finance Lease Rate per annum of the remaining term of the applicable Direct Finance Lease.

Non-Extension Notice Date . See §4.1.6.

Nonrecourse Loan . A loan to the Borrower (a) which is secured solely by (i) specifically identified Containers (the “ Identified Containers ”), (ii) one or more leases of such Identified Containers, including all rentals thereunder (the “ Lease Collateral ”), and (iii) all proceeds of such Identified Containers and Lease Collateral; (b) which is payable solely from the related Identified Containers and Lease Collateral, and as to which rentals under the related Lease Collateral have been assigned to the applicable lender, and are paid directly to such lender; and (c) with respect to which payments of principal and interest are without recourse to the Borrower or the Borrower’s property (other than the related Identified Containers and Lease Collateral).

Notes . Collectively, the Revolving Credit Notes and the Term Loan Notes.

Obligations . All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent, individually or collectively, existing on the date of this Credit Agreement or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement , any Swap Contract or any Cash Management Agreement entered into with any Lender or the Administrative Agent (or Affiliates thereof) or any of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan or Swing Line Loans made or Reimbursement Obligations incurred or any of the Notes, Letter of Credit Applications, Letters of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing any of the foregoing.

Original Cost . With respect to any Container, the purchase price therefor expressed in Dollars, as determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

outstanding . With respect to the Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans, the aggregate unpaid principal thereof as of any date of determination.

Participant . See §15.1.4.

 

-25-


PBGC . The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by §4002 of ERISA and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.

PCAOB . The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

Perfection Certificate . The Perfection Certificate as defined in the Security Agreement.

Permitted Liens . Liens permitted by §9.2.

Person . Any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, other unincorporated association, business, or other legal entity, and any Governmental Authority.

Platform. See §8.4.

Public Market. A Public Market shall exist if (a) a Public Offering has been consummated and (b) any equity interests of the Borrower have been distributed by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

Public Offering A public offering of the equity interests of the Borrower pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

RCRA . See §7.18(a).

Real Estate . All real property at any time owned or leased (as lessee or sublessee) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Redemption Agreement . That certain Redemption Agreement to be dated on or about October 1, 2006, between the Company and Interpool, substantially in the form delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date.

Reference Period . As of any date of determination, the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending on such date, or if such date is not a fiscal quarter end date, the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended (in each case treated as a single accounting period).

 

-26-


Register . See §15.1.3.

Reimbursement Obligation . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as provided in §4.2.

Related Parties . With respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Rental Obligations . All present or future obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any rental agreements or leases of real or personal property, other than (a) obligations that can be terminated by the giving of notice without liability to the Borrower or such Subsidiary in excess of the liability for rent due as of the date on which such notice is given and under which no penalty or premium is paid as a result of any such termination, (b) obligations under rental agreements relating to equipment other than Containers having an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000 for all such agreements, and (c) obligations in respect of any Capitalized Leases. For purposes of this Credit Agreement, the aggregate amount of Rental Obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall, as at any date of determination, be an amount equal to the net present value, calculated at a discount rate of nine percent (9.00%) per annum, of the future Rental Obligations of such Person.

Required Lenders . As of any date, the Lenders holding Revolving Credit Exposures, unused Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures, unused Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, in each case, at such time; provided that the Commitment of, the portion of the Revolving Exposures held or deemed held by and/or the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan held by, any Delinquent Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer . The chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of the Borrower. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Borrower.

Restricted Payment . In relation to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any (a) Distribution or (b) payment or prepayment by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to (i) the

 

-27-


Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s shareholders (or other equity holders), in each case, other than to the Borrower, or (ii) to any Affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s shareholders (or other equity holders), in each case, other than to the Borrower.

Revolving Credit Exposure . With respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and its L/C Exposure and Swing Line Exposure at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender . Each Lender with a Commitment or, following termination of the Commitments, which has Revolving Credit Loans outstanding or participations in an outstanding Letter of Credit or Swing Line Loan and any other Person who becomes an assignee of rights and obligations of a Revolving Credit Lender.

Revolving Credit Loans . Revolving credit loans made or to be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to §2.

Revolving Credit Note Record . The grid attached to a Revolving Credit Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by any Lender with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan referred to in such Revolving Credit Note.

Revolving Credit Notes . See §2.4.

SARA . See §7.18(a).

Securities Laws . The Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

Security Agreement . The Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated or to be dated as of the Closing Date, between the Borrower, each Guarantor party thereto and the Administrative Agent, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Security Documents . The Security Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and all other instruments and documents, including

 

-28-


without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or the equivalent thereof in any applicable foreign jurisdiction) and the Perfection Certificates, required to be executed or delivered pursuant to (a) any Security Document or (b) §§8.16, 8.17 or 8.18.

Senior Funded Debt . At any time of determination, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness (excluding Subordinated Debt) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, relating to (i) the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit, including the issuance of notes or bonds, (ii) the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iii) Capitalized Leases, (iv) Rental Obligations, and (v) the maximum drawing amount of all letters of credit outstanding plus (b) Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries .

Senior Leverage Ratio . As at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Senior Funded Debt as at such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDAR for the Reference Period most recently ended.

S&P . Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.

Solvent . With respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged. In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Staff Loan Program . A program administered by the Borrower pursuant to which the Borrower makes loans to employees; provided , that the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding at any time under such program shall not exceed $1,500,000, and that no more than an aggregate of $100,000 of which may be unsecured.

 

-29-


Stock Pledge Agreement . The Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement, dated or to be dated as of the Closing Date, between the Borrower, certain Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Subordinated Debt . The Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt and other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is expressly subordinated and made junior to the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, and evidenced as such by the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement or by another written instrument containing subordination provisions in form and substance approved by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing.

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement . That certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Administrative Agent, Interpool and the Borrower and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and in effect from time to time.

Subordination Documents . The Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt Documents and all other documents, instruments and other agreements entered into in connection with Subordinated Debt, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Subsidiary . Any corporation, association, trust, or other business entity of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by number of votes) of the outstanding Voting Stock.

Swap Contract . (a) Any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

-30-


Swing Line . The revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to §2.10.

Swing Line Borrowing . A borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to §2.10.

Swing Line Exposure . At any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time. The Swing Line Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Commitment Percentage of the total Swing Line Exposure at such time.

Swing Line Lender . Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan . See §2.10.1.

Swing Line Loan Notice . A notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to §2.10.2, which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

Swing Line Sublimit . An amount equal to the lesser of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) the Total Commitment. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Total Commitment.

Syndication Agent. See Introductory Paragraph.

Synthetic Lease . Any lease of goods or other property, whether real or personal, which is treated as an operating lease under GAAP and as a loan or financing for U.S. income tax purposes.

Term Loan . The term loan made by the Term Loan Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to §2. The original principal amount of the Term Loan is $20,000,000.

Term Loan Lender . Each Lender that holds a portion of the outstanding Term Loan and any other Person who becomes an assignee of the rights and obligations of a Term Loan Lender.

 

-31-


Term Loan Notes . See §2.4.

Term Loan Note Record . The grid attached to a Term Loan Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by any Lender with respect to its portion of the Term Loan referred to in such Term Loan Note.

Term Loan Percentage . With respect to each Term Loan Lender, the percentage set forth on Schedule 1 hereto as such Term Loan Lender’s percentage of the aggregate amount of the Term Loan made or to be made by all of the Term Loan Lenders.

Total Commitment . The sum of the Commitments of the Lenders, as in effect from time to time. The Total Commitment on the Closing Date is $170,000,000.

Total Leverage Ratio . As at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt as at such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDAR for the Reference Period most recently ended.

Trademark Security Agreement . The Trademark Security Agreement, dated or to be dated as of the Closing Date, between the Borrower, each Guarantor party thereto and the Administrative Agent, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Type . As to any Revolving Credit Loan or the Term Loan or any portion thereof), its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation . Any Reimbursement Obligation for which the Borrower does not reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the date specified in, and in accordance with, §4.2.

Voting Stock . Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes (however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, trust or other business entity involved, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason of the happening of a contingency.

 

-32-


Rules of Interpretation .

(a) A reference to any document or agreement shall include such document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Credit Agreement.

(b) The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

(c) A reference to any law includes any amendment or modification to such law.

(d) A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors and permitted assigns.

(e) Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them by GAAP applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they refer.

(f) The words “include”, “includes” and “including” are not limiting.

(g) All terms not specifically defined herein or by GAAP, which terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, have the meanings assigned to them therein, with the term “ instrument ” being that defined under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

(h) Reference to a particular “§” refers to that section of this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

(i) The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and words of like import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.

(j) Unless otherwise expressly indicated, in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding,” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(k) This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiation among, and have been reviewed by counsel to, among others, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and are the product of discussions and negotiations among all parties. Accordingly, this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are not intended to be construed against the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders merely on account of the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in the preparation of such documents.

 

-33-


(l) Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the “International Standby Practices 1998” (ISP) published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

2. THE SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY .

2.1. Commitment to Lend .

2.1.1. Revolving Credit Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Credit Agreement, each of the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agrees to lend to the Borrower and the Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to time from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with §2.6, such sums as are requested by the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Commitment minus such Revolving Credit Lender’s Commitment Percentage of (i) the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus (ii) the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans, provided that (a) prior to the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) the date that the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) any outstanding Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to all amounts requested) plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans shall not at any time exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time or (b) at all other times, the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to all amounts requested) plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan shall not at any time exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan at such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be made pro rata in accordance with each Revolving Credit Lender’s Commitment Percentage. Each request for a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty

 

-34-


by the Borrower that the conditions set forth above and in §11 and §12, in the case of the initial Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Closing Date, and §12, in the case of all other Revolving Credit Loans, have been satisfied on the date of such request. The Revolving Credit Loans advanced on the Closing Date shall be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders as a Base Rate Loan, subject to conversion after the Closing Date in accordance with §2.7.

2.1.2. The Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Term Loan Lender severally (and not jointly) agrees to make an advance of its Term Loan Percentage of the Term Loan to the Borrower on one occasion on or within fourteen (14) days following the Closing Date. The principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding hereunder from time to time shall bear interest and the Term Loan shall be repayable as herein provided. No amount of the Term Loan repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may be reborrowed hereunder. The Borrower shall give to the Administrative Agent written notice in the form of Exhibit C hereto (or telephonic notice confirmed in a writing in the form of Exhibit C hereto) of the Term Loan requested hereunder no later than 2:00 p.m. Boston time one (1) Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of the Term Loan. On the Drawdown Date of the Term Loan, each Term Loan Lender shall, pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, make the amount of its Term Loan Percentage of the Term Loan available by wire transfer to the Administrative Agent. Such wire transfer shall be directed to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office and shall be in the form of same day funds in Dollars. The amount so received by the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the satisfaction of all applicable conditions in §11 and §12, be made available to the Borrower by delivery of the proceeds thereof as shall be directed by the Borrower and acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The Term Loan shall be made by the Term Loan Lenders as a Base Rate Loan, subject to conversion after the Drawdown Date thereof in accordance with §2.7. If the Term Loan is not advanced by the Term Loan Lenders on or within fourteen (14) days following the Closing Date, the obligations of the Term Loan Lenders to make the Term Loan shall terminate.

2.2. Commitment Fee . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) calculated at the rate per annum of the Applicable Margin with respect to the Commitment Fee as in effect from time to time on the actual daily amount during each calendar quarter or portion thereof from the Closing Date to the Maturity Date by which the Total Commitment minus the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Loans (excluding Swing Line Loans) during such calendar quarter. The Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter for such calendar quarter commencing on the first such date following the Closing Date, with a final payment on the Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the Commitments shall terminate.

 

-35-


2.3. Reduction of Total Commitment . The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent to reduce by $500,000 or an integral multiple thereof or to terminate entirely the Total Commitment, whereupon the Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages of the amount specified in such notice or, as the case may be, terminated. Promptly after receiving any notice of the Borrower delivered pursuant to this §2.3, the Administrative Agent will notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of the substance thereof. Upon the effective date of any such reduction or termination, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Revolving Credit Lenders the full amount of any Commitment Fee then accrued on the amount of the reduction. No reduction or termination of the Commitments may be reinstated. If, after giving effect to any reduction of the Total Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Total Commitments, such Letter of Credit Sublimit or Swingline Sublimit, as applicable, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.

2.4. Evidence of Debt. (a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a promissory note of the Borrower (i) in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto (each a “ Revolving Credit Note ”), which shall evidence such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and/or (ii) in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto (each a “ Term Loan Note ”), which shall evidence such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan, in each case, in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note(s) and endorse thereon the date, amount, interest rate and maturity of such Lender’s Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a) above, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the

 

-36-


Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

2.5. Interest . Except as otherwise provided in §5.10,

(a) Each Revolving Credit Loan which is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Base Rate Loans as in effect from time to time; provided , however , in the event that the interest rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans is less than the Eurodollar Rate then applicable for an Interest Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect at such time, each Revolving Credit Loan which is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at the rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate then applicable for an Interest Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect at such time.

(b) Each Revolving Credit Loan which is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans as in effect from time to time.

(c) Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest from the applicable Drawdown Date thereof at the rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Base Rate Loans as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that in the event the interest rate per annum applicable to Swing Line Loans is less than the Eurodollar Rate then applicable for an Interest Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect at such time, each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest at the rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate then applicable for an Interest Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect at such time.

(d) Any portion of the Term Loan which is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to (i) at all times prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Base Rate Loans as in effect from time to time plus 0.25%, and (ii) at all other times, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Base Rate Loans as in effect from time to time; provided , however , in the event that the interest rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans is less than the Eurodollar Rate then applicable for an Interest

 

-37-


Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect at such time, any portion of the Term Loan which is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at the rate per annum equal to (i) at all times prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Eurodollar Rate then applicable for an Interest Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect at such time plus 0.25% and (ii) at all other times, the Eurodollar Rate then applicable for an Interest Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect at such time.

(e) Any portion of the Term Loan which is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to (i) at all times prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans as in effect from time to time plus 0.25% and (ii) at all other times, the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans as in effect from time to time.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on each Revolving Credit Loan, the Term Loan (and any portion thereof) and each Swing Line Loan in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect thereto.

2.6. Requests for Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrower shall give to the Administrative Agent written notice in the form of Exhibit C hereto (or telephonic notice confirmed in a writing in the form of Exhibit C hereto) of each Revolving Credit Loan requested hereunder (a “ Loan Request ”) no less than (a) two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Loan and (b) four (4) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Eurodollar Rate Loan. Each such notice shall specify (i) the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan requested, (ii) the proposed Drawdown Date of such Revolving Credit Loan, (iii) the Interest Period for such Revolving Credit Loan and (iv) the Type of such Revolving Credit Loan. Promptly upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall notify each of the Lenders thereof. Each Loan Request shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and shall obligate the Borrower to accept the Revolving Credit Loan requested from the Lenders on the proposed Drawdown Date. Each Loan Request relating to a Base Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $500,000 and each Loan Request relating to a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000.

2.7. Conversion Options .

2.7.1. Conversion to Different Type of Loan . The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert any outstanding Loan to a Loan of another Type, provided that (a) with respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan to

 

-38-


a Base Rate Loan, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least three (3) Business Days prior written notice of such election; (b) with respect to any such conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least four (4) Eurodollar Business Days prior written notice of such election; (c) with respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan into a Base Rate Loan, such conversion shall only be made on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (d) no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Rate Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. On the date on which such conversion is being made each Lender shall take such action as is necessary to transfer its Commitment Percentage or Term Loan Percentage, as the case may be, of such Loans to its Domestic Lending Office or its Eurodollar Lending Office, as the case may be. All or any part of outstanding Loans of any Type may be converted into a Loan of another Type as provided herein, provided that any partial conversion shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least $500,000, in the case of conversion to Base Rate Loans, and $1,000,000 in the case of conversion to Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each Conversion Request relating to the conversion of a Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be irrevocable by the Borrower.

2.7.2. Continuation of Type of Loan . A Loan of any Type may be continued as a Loan of the same Type upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by compliance by the Borrower with the notice provisions contained in §2.7.1; provided that no Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, but shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto ending during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default of which officers of the Administrative Agent active upon the Borrower’s account have actual knowledge. In the event that the Borrower fails to provide any such notice with respect to the continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan as such, then such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly when any such automatic conversion contemplated by this §2.7 is scheduled to occur.

2.7.3. Eurodollar Rate Loans . Any conversion to or from Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all Eurodollar Rate Loans having the same Interest Period shall not be less than $1,000,000. No more than five (5) Eurodollar Rate Loans having different Interest Periods may be outstanding at any time.

2.8. Funds for Loans .

2.8.1. Funding Procedures . Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loans, each of the Lenders will make available to the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent’s

 

-39-


Office, in immediately available funds, the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the amount of the requested Revolving Credit Loans. Upon receipt from each Lender of such amount, and upon receipt of the documents required by §§11 and 12 and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower the aggregate amount of such Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders.

2.8.2. Advances by Administrative Agent . (a) The Administrative Agent may, unless notified to the contrary by any Lender prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such Lender has made available to the Administrative Agent on such Drawdown Date the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage or Term Loan Percentage, as the case may be, of the Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date, and the Administrative Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Loan available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Loan to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s share of the such Loan. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the relevant Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the relevant Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

-40-


(c) A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or any Borrower with respect to any amount owing under §§2.8.2(a) and (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

2.8.3. Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to §14.7 are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under §14.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loans, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under §14.7.

2.9. Change in Borrowing Base . The Borrowing Base shall be determined by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of each Loan Request and, in any case, no less frequently than monthly (and at such other intervals as may be specified pursuant to §8.4(f)) by reference to the Borrowing Base Report most recently delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent pursuant to §8.4(h) and other information obtained by, or provided to, the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall give to the Borrower written notice of any change in the Borrowing Base determined by the Administrative Agent. Prior to the time any such notice becomes effective, the Borrowing Base shall be computed as it would have been computed in the absence of such notice.

2.10. Swing Line Loans .

2.10.1. The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this §2.10, to make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans of the Revolving Credit Lender acting as the Swing Line Lender, when aggregated with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Loans plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (a)(i) prior to the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) the date that the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) any outstanding Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and

 

-41-


all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the lesser of (A) the Total Commitment at such time and (B) the Borrowing Base at such time or (ii) at all other times, the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans (after giving effect to all amounts requested) plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan shall not at any time exceed the lesser of (A) the Total Commitment at such time plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan at such time and (B) the Borrowing Base at such time and (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this §2.10, prepay under §3.3, and reborrow under this §2.10. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan. The Borrower hereby promises to repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Swing Line Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.

2.10.2. Borrowing Procedure . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso

 

-42-


to the first sentence of §2.10.1, or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in §§11 and 12 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower.

2.10.3. Refinancing of Swing Line Loans . (a) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Revolving Credit Loan which is a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Request for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of §§2.1 and 2.6, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Total Commitments and the conditions set forth in §12. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Loan Request promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the amount specified in such Loan Request available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Loan Request, whereupon, subject to §2.10.3(b), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(b) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with §2.10.3(a), the request for Base Rate Loan submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to §2.10.3(a) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(c) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this §2.10.3 by the time specified in §2.10.3(a), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line

 

-43-


Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Revolving Credit Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (c) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this §2.10.3 shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or Event of Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this §2.10.3 is subject to the conditions set forth in §12. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

2.10.4. Repayment of Participations . (a) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender its Commitment Percentage of such payment in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(b) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender in connection with any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or otherwise (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

2.10.5. Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing

 

-44-


Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this §2.10 to refinance such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Commitment Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

2.10.6. Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.11. Increase in the Total Commitment .

2.11.1. Requests for Increase . Provided there exists no Default or Event of Default either before or immediately after giving effect to the increase provided for in this §2.11, and subject to the terms hereof, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time request an increase in the Total Commitment by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $10,000,000; provided that any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Revolving Credit Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten (10) Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).

2.11.2. Lender Election to Increase . Each Revolving Credit Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Commitment Percentage of such requested increase. Any Revolving Credit Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment. No Revolving Credit Lender shall have any obligations to increase its Commitment.

2.11.3. Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Revolving Credit Lender of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

2.11.4. Effective Date and Allocations . If the Total Commitment is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.

 

-45-


2.11.5. Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in §7 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this §2.11, the representations and warranties contained in §7.4.2 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished to the Lenders, (B) no Default or Event of Default exists and (C) the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to all amounts requested on the increase Effective Date) plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans does not exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time. The Borrower shall prepay any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to §5.9) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans ratable with any revised Commitment Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

3. REPAYMENT OF THE LOANS .

3.1. Maturity . The Borrower promises to pay on the Maturity Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the Maturity Date, all of the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan outstanding on such date, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

3.2. Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan . If at any time (a) prior to the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) the date that the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) any outstanding Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans exceeds the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time or (b) at all other times, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans exceeds the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans at

 

-46-


such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time, then, in any case, the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Lenders for application: first , to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; second , to the Swing Line Loans; third , to the Revolving Credit Loans; fourth , to provide to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral for Reimbursement Obligations as contemplated by §4.2(b) and (c) and, on and after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, fifth , to repay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan (which amounts shall be applied to the quarterly installment payments set forth in §3.4 pro rata ). Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans or the Term Loan shall be allocated among the applicable Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each applicable Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion.

3.3. Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans . (a)   The Borrower shall have the right, at its election, to repay the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans and/or the Term Loan, in each case, as a whole or in part, at any time without penalty or premium, provided that any full or partial prepayment of the outstanding amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to this §3.3 may be made only on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto unless breakage costs incurred by the relevant Lenders in connection therewith are paid by the Borrower in accordance with §5.9. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent, no later than 10:00 a.m., Boston time, at least two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this §3.3 of Base Rate Loans, and four (4) Eurodollar Business Days’ prior written notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this §3.3 of Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case specifying the proposed date of prepayment of relevant Loans, the principal amount to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Periods of such Loans. Each such partial prepayment of the applicable Loans shall be in a principal amount of at least $200,000, shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued interest on the principal prepaid to the date of prepayment and shall be applied, in the absence of instruction by the Borrower, first , to the principal of Base Rate Loans and then to the principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans, at the Administrative Agent’s option. Each partial prepayment shall be allocated among the applicable Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender’s applicable Loans, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior repayments not exactly in proportion.

(b) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

 

-47-


3.4. Repayment of the Term Loan .

The Borrower promises to pay the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding in equal quarterly installments each in the amount of $1,250,000.00, on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on December 29, 2006, provided , that the final principal repayment installment of the Term Loan shall be made on the Maturity Date and shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding on such date, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

4. LETTERS OF CREDIT .

4.1. Letter of Credit Commitments .

4.1.1. Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, upon the execution and delivery by the Borrower of a letter of credit application on the L/C Issuer’s customary form (a “ Letter of Credit Application ”), the L/C Issuer on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders and in reliance upon the agreement of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this §4 and upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained herein, agrees, in its individual capacity, to issue, extend and renew for the account of the Borrower one or more standby letters of credit (individually, a “ Letter of Credit ”), in such form as may be requested from time to time by the Borrower and agreed to by the L/C Issuer; provided , however , that, after giving effect to such request, (i) the sum of the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit at any one time and (ii)(A) prior to the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) the date that the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) any outstanding Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Total Commitment at such time and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time or (B) at all other times, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Total Commitment at such time plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans at such time and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the issuance or amendment so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the

 

-48-


Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(i) Subject to §4.1.6, the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(ii) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(c) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the date hereof and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(iii) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(iv) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(v) a default of any Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under §4.1.4 exists or any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Delinquent Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.

 

-49-


(d) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(e) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(f) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in §14 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in §14 included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

4.1.2. Procedures for the Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit . (a)   Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C

 

-50-


Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

(b) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or any Guarantor, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in §§11 or 12 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(c) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

4.1.3. Applicability of the ISP and Uniform Customs . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” (ISP) published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

4.1.4. Reimbursement Obligations of Lenders . Each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees that it shall be absolutely and unconditionally liable, without regard to the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent or circumstance whatsoever, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever or (B) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, to the extent of such Revolving Credit Lender’s

 

-51-


Commitment Percentage, to reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent on demand for the amount of each draft paid by the L/C Issuer under each Letter of Credit to the extent that such amount is not reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to §4.2 (such agreement for a Lender being called herein the “ Letter of Credit Participation ” of such Lender).

4.1.5. Participations of Lenders . Each such payment made by a Revolving Credit Lender shall be treated as the purchase by such Lender of a participating interest in the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligation under §4.2 in an amount equal to such payment. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall share in accordance with its participating interest in any interest which accrues pursuant to §4.2 and in any applicable security for such Reimbursement Obligation.

4.1.6. Auto-Extension Letters of Credit . If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that (i) any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than on the date (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period as agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued and (ii) any extension of a Auto-Extension Letter of Credit shall not extend the expiry date of such Letter of Credit to a date later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of §4.1.1(b) or (c) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Borrower or any Guarantor that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in §12 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

4.2. Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower . In order to induce the L/C Issuer to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit and the Revolving Credit Lenders to participate therein, the Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse or pay to the L/C Issuer, for the account of the L/C Issuer or (as the case may be) the Revolving Credit Lenders, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or amended by the L/C Issuer hereunder,

 

-52-


(a) except as otherwise expressly provided in §4.2(b) and (c), not later than 11:00 a.m. (Boston time) on each date that any draft presented under such Letter of Credit is honored (the “ Honor Date ”) by the L/C Issuer, or the L/C Issuer otherwise makes a payment with respect thereto, (i) the amount paid by the L/C Issuer under or with respect to such Letter of Credit, and (ii) the amount of any taxes, fees, charges or other costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the L/C Issuer or any Lender in connection with any payment made by the L/C Issuer or any Lender under, or with respect to, such Letter of Credit,

(b) upon the reduction (but not termination) of the Total Commitment to an amount less than the Maximum Drawing Amount, an amount equal to such difference, which amount shall be held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer as Cash Collateral for all Reimbursement Obligations, and

(c) upon the termination of the Total Commitment, or the acceleration of the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit in accordance with §13, an amount equal to the then Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, which amount shall be held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer as Cash Collateral for all Reimbursement Obligations.

Each such payment shall be made to the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds. Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by the Borrower under this §4.2 at any time from the date such amounts become due and payable (whether as stated in this §4.2, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full (whether before or after judgment) shall be payable to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, on demand at the rate specified in §5.10 for overdue principal on the Revolving Credit Loans.

4.3. Letter of Credit Payments . (a) If any draft shall be presented or other demand for payment shall be made under any Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for payment and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or honor such demand for payment. If the Borrower fails to reimburse the L/C Issuer as provided in §4.2 on or before the date that such draft is paid or other payment is made by the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may at any time thereafter notify the Lenders of the amount of any such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation and the amount of each Lender’s Commitment Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Base Rate Loan to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in §2.6 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the other conditions set forth in §§2.1, 2.6 and 12 (other than the delivery of a Loan Request).

 

-53-


Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this §4.3 may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to §4.3 make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of §4.3(b), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(b) With respect to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation that is not fully refinanced by Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in §12 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the rate set forth in §5.10.1. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to §4.3(a) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this §4.

(c) Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Commitment Percentage of the Loans or participations as set forth in this §4.3 to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(d) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this §4.3 by the time specified in §4.3, the applicable L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

-54-


(e) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with §4.3, if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Commitment Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent. If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to §4.3 is required to be returned in connection with any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or otherwise (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

4.4. Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligations under this §4 shall be absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any condition precedent whatsoever or any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit. The Borrower further agrees with the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under §4.2 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any financing institution or other party to which any Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Lender under or in connection with each Letter of Credit and the related drafts and documents, if done in good faith and in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall not result in any liability on the part of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower. The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of

 

-55-


noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

4.5. Role of Issuer . Each Revolving Credit Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in §4.4; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

4.6. Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in respect of each Letter of Credit the following fees (each, a “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) computed for the period from and including the date of issuance, extension or amendment of such Letter of Credit to the expiry date of such Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Margin per annum with respect to Letter of Credit Fees of the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, which shall be for the accounts of the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitment

 

56


Percentages. Such Letter of Credit Fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each calendar quarter (or portion thereof) for the immediately preceding calendar quarter and on the Maturity Date. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay a fronting fee at the rate per annum specified in the Fee Letter of the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, which shall be for the account of the L/C Issuer and which shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each calendar quarter (or portion thereof) for the immediately preceding calendar quarter and on the Maturity Date. In respect of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall also pay to the L/C Issuer for the L/C Issuer’s own account, at such other time or times as such charges are customarily made by the L/C Issuer, the L/C Issuer’s customary issuance, amendment, negotiation or document examination and other administrative fees as in effect from time to time. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

4.7. Cash Collateral . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Maximum Drawing Amount and any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. Sections 3.2, 4.2(b), 4.2(c) and 4.3(e) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this §4.7 and §§3.2, 4.2(b), 4.2(c) and 4.3(e), “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the Maximum Drawing Amount and any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America.

4.8. Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

5. CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS .

5.1. Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay the fees in the amounts and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Fee Letter.

5.2. Funds for Payments .

5.2.1. Payments to Administrative Agent . All payments of principal, interest, Reimbursement Obligations, fees and any other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the respective accounts of the Lenders

 

-57-


and/or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent’s Office or at such other place that the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate, in each case at or about 11:00 a.m. (Boston, Massachusetts, time or other local time at the place of payment) and in immediately available funds.

5.2.2. No Offset, etc . All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without recoupment, setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make such deduction or withholding. If any such obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any amount payable by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent, on the date on which such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan Document, such additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary to enable the Lenders or the Administrative Agent to receive the same net amount which the Lenders or the Administrative Agent would have received on such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon the Borrower. The Borrower will deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under such other Loan Document. Each Lender claiming any additional amounts payable under this §5.2.2 agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to execute and deliver all such documents and instruments as the Borrower shall reasonably request or to change the jurisdiction of its applicable lending office if the execution of such documents or the making of such a change would avoid the need for or substantially reduce the amount of additional amounts which would thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole and absolute determination of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender, which determination by such Lender shall be conclusive. The Borrower shall not be liable for taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that are based upon the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s net income or for any withholdings required to be made pursuant to applicable law that are credited against taxes based on the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s net income.

5.2.3. Non-U.S. Lenders . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent that is not a U.S. Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code for federal income tax purposes (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) hereby agrees that, if and to the extent it is legally able to do so, it shall, prior to the date of the first payment by the Borrower hereunder to be made to such Lender or the Administrative Agent or for such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s account, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as applicable, such certificates, documents or other

 

-58-


evidence, as and when required by the Code or Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto, including (a) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, two (2) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI and any other certificate or statement of exemption required by Treasury Regulations, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender or the Administrative Agent establishing that with respect to payments of principal, interest or fees hereunder it is (i) not subject to United States federal withholding tax under the Code because such payment is effectively connected with the conduct by such Lender or Administrative Agent of a trade or business in the United States or (ii) totally exempt or partially exempt from United States federal withholding tax under a provision of an applicable tax treaty and (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and to the effect that (i) such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction, and has not been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any governmental authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from any tax, securities law or other legal requirements, (ii) is not a ten (10) percent shareholder for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (iii) is not a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, together with a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable (or successor forms). Each Lender or the Administrative Agent agrees that it shall, promptly upon a change of its lending office or the selection of any additional lending office, to the extent the forms previously delivered by it pursuant to this section are no longer effective, and promptly upon the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request after the occurrence of any other event (including the passage of time) requiring the delivery of a Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8 or W-9 in addition to or in replacement of the forms previously delivered, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent it is properly entitled to do so, a properly completed and executed Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable (or any successor forms thereto).

5.3. Computations . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans and Swing Line Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Except as otherwise provided in the definition of the term “ Interest Period ” with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such

 

-59-


payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during such extension. The outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans as reflected on the Revolving Credit Note Records from time to time shall be considered correct and binding on the Borrower unless within five (5) Business Days after receipt of any notice by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders of such outstanding amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall notify the Borrower to the contrary. The outstanding amount of the Term Loan as reflected on the Term Loan Note Records from time to time shall be considered correct and binding on the Borrower unless within five (5) Business Days after receipt of any notice by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders of such outstanding amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall notify the Borrower to the contrary.

5.4. Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate . In the event, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine or be notified by the Required Lenders that (a) adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate that would otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to any Eurodollar Rate Loan during any Interest Period or (b) the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of making or maintaining their Eurodollar Rate Loans during such period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice of such determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders) to the Borrower and the Lenders. In such event (i) any Loan Request or Conversion Request with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically withdrawn and shall be deemed a request for Base Rate Loans, (ii) each Eurodollar Rate Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period relating thereto, become a Base Rate Loan, and (iii) the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent determines that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

5.5. Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any present or future law, regulation, treaty or directive or the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall forthwith give notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the other Lenders and thereupon (a) the commitment of such Lender to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended and (b) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loans or within such earlier period as may be required by law. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, upon demand by such Lender, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for any costs incurred by such Lender in making any conversion in accordance with this §5.5, including any interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder.

 

-60-


5.6. Additional Costs, etc . If any present or future applicable law, which expression, as used herein, includes statutes, rules and regulations thereunder and interpretations thereof by any competent court or by any governmental or other regulatory body or official charged with the administration or the interpretation thereof and requests, directives, instructions and notices at any time or from time to time hereafter made upon or otherwise issued to any Lender or the Administrative Agent by any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall:

(a) subject any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of Credit, such Lender’s Commitment or the Revolving Credit Loans (other than taxes based upon or measured by the income or profits of such Lender or the Administrative Agent or withholdings in connection with such taxes), or

(b) materially change the basis of taxation (except for changes in taxes on income or profits) of payments to any Lender of the principal of or the interest on any Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans or any other amounts payable to any Lender or the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or

(c) impose or increase or render applicable (other than to the extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit Agreement) any special deposit, reserve (other than reserves included within the definition of Eurocurrency Reserve Rate), assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law) against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, or letters of credit issued by, or commitments of an office of any Lender, or

(d) impose on any Lender or the Administrative Agent any other conditions or requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of Credit, the Swing Line Loans, the Revolving Credit Loans, such Lender’s Commitment, or any class of loans, letters of credit or commitments of which any of the Revolving Credit Loans or such Lender’s Commitment forms a part, and the result of any of the foregoing is

(i) to increase the cost to any Lender of making, funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans or such Lender’s Commitment or any Letter of Credit, or

(ii) to reduce the amount of principal, interest, Reimbursement Obligation or other amount payable to such Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder on account of such Lender’s Commitment, any Letter of Credit, any of the Swing Line Loans or any of the Revolving Credit Loans, or

 

-61-


(iii) to require such Lender or the Administrative Agent to make any payment or to forego any interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum payable hereunder, the amount of which payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum is calculated by reference to the gross amount of any sum receivable or deemed received by such Lender or the Administrative Agent from the Borrower hereunder,

then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, upon demand made by such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time and as often as the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Lender or the Administrative Agent such additional amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Administrative Agent for such additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum.

5.7. Capital Adequacy . If after the date hereof any Lender or the Administrative Agent determines that (a) the adoption of or change in any law, governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) regarding capital requirements for Lenders or Lender holding companies or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (b) compliance by such Lender or the Administrative Agent or any corporation controlling such Lender or the Administrative Agent with any law, governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such entity regarding capital adequacy, has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s commitment with respect to any Loans to a level below that which such Lender or the Administrative Agent could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent to be material, then such Lender or the Administrative Agent may notify the Borrower of such fact. To the extent that the amount of such reduction in the return on capital is not reflected in the Base Rate, the Borrower and such Lender shall thereafter attempt to negotiate in good faith, within thirty (30) days of the day on which the Borrower receives such notice, an adjustment payable hereunder that will adequately compensate such Lender in light of these circumstances. If the Borrower and such Lender are unable to agree to such adjustment within thirty (30) days of the date on which the Borrower receives such notice, then commencing on the date of such notice (but not earlier than the effective date of any such increased capital requirement), the fees payable hereunder shall increase by an amount that will, in such Lender’s reasonable determination, provide adequate compensation. Each Lender shall allocate such cost increases among its customers in good faith and on an equitable basis.

 

-62-


5.8. Certificate . A certificate setting forth any additional amounts payable pursuant to §5.6 or 5.7 and a brief explanation of such amounts which are due, submitted by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, that such amounts are due and owing.

5.9. Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including loss of anticipated profits) that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of or any interest on any Eurodollar Rate Loans as and when due and payable, including any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to banks of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans, (b) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing or conversion after the Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Loan Request or a Conversion Request relating thereto in accordance with §2.6 or §2.7 or (c) the making of any payment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or the making of any conversion of any such Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, including interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain any such Loans.

5.10. Interest After Default .

5.10.1. Overdue Amounts . Overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) interest on the Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan, the Swing Line Loans and all other overdue amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall bear interest from the due date compounded monthly and payable on demand at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) above the rate of interest then applicable thereto (or, if no rate of interest is then applicable thereto, the Base Rate) until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well as before judgment). An amount shall be considered overdue hereunder if not paid on the date fixed for payment herein or any accelerated maturity thereof, regardless of any grace periods which may be permitted under §13.1 (a) or (b) hereof.

5.10.2. Amounts Not Overdue . During the continuance of an Event of Default the principal of the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan not overdue shall, until such Event of Default has been cured or remedied or such Event of Default has been waived by the Required Lenders pursuant to §16.12, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) two percent (2%) above the rate of interest otherwise applicable to such Revolving Credit Loans or the Term Loan (or portion thereof), as the case may be, pursuant to §2.5 or (b) the rate of interest applicable to overdue principal pursuant to §5.10.1.

6. COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTIES .

6.1. Security of Borrower . The Obligations shall be secured by a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that are entitled to priority

 

-63-


under applicable law) in all of the assets of the Borrower and, subject to §8.17, each Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all leases, lease receivables and other accounts receivable of the Borrower and, subject to §8.17, each Guarantor, and a pledge of 100% of the Capital Stock of each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries (or, in the case of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code, 66% of the Capital Stock of each such first-tier foreign non-Guarantor Subsidiary), in each case pursuant to the terms of, and as provided in, the Security Documents to which the Borrower or such Guarantor is a party.

6.2. Guaranties of Subsidiaries . The Obligations shall also be guaranteed pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty.

6.3. Release of Collateral .

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent shall release its Lien on Collateral consisting of Containers and the proceeds thereof upon a request for such release by the Borrower in connection with a disposition of such Collateral permitted by, and in accordance with, §9.5.2.

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as follows:

7.1. Corporate Authority .

7.1.1. Incorporation; Good Standing . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation (or similar business entity) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (b) has all requisite corporate (or the equivalent company) power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and (c) is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or similar business entity) and is duly authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary except where a failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.1.2. Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are within the corporate (or the equivalent company) authority of such Person, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate (or the equivalent company) proceedings, (c) do not and will not conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit applicable to the Borrower or

 

-64-


any of its Subsidiaries and (d) do not conflict with any provision of the Governing Documents of, or any agreement or other instrument binding upon, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7.1.3. Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to become a party will result in valid and legally binding obligations of such Person enforceable against it in accordance with the respective terms and provisions hereof and thereof, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

7.2. Governmental or Third Party Approvals . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require (x) the approval or consent of, or filing with, any governmental agency or authority other than those already obtained or (y) the approval or consent of, or filing with, any party with whom the Borrower has entered into material agreements and/or instruments by which the Borrower or any of its properties may be bound, other than those already obtained.

7.3. Title to Properties; Leases . Except as indicated on Schedule 7.3 hereto, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own all of the assets reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date or acquired since that date (except property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business since that date), subject to no Liens or other rights of others, except Permitted Liens.

7.4. Financial Statements and Projections .

7.4.1. Fiscal Year . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has a fiscal (or financial) year which is the twelve months ending on December 31 st of each calendar year.

7.4.2. Financial Statements .

There has been furnished to each of the Lenders a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date, and a consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, certified by KPMG Peat Marwick, and management-prepared consolidated balance sheets and statements of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of each fiscal quarter after the Balance Sheet

 

-65-


Date and prior to the Closing Date. Such balance sheets and statements of income have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower as at the close of business on the respective dates thereof and the results of operations for the fiscal periods then ended. There are no contingent liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of such date involving material amounts, known to the officers of the Borrower, which were not disclosed in such balance sheets and the notes related thereto.

7.4.3. Projections . The projections of the annual operating budgets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, balance sheets and cash flow statements for the 2006 to 2010 fiscal years , copies of which have been delivered to each Lender, disclose all major assumptions made with respect to general economic, financial and market conditions used in formulating such projections. To the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, no facts exist that (individually or in the aggregate) would result in any material change in any of such projections. The projections are based upon reasonable estimates and assumptions, have been prepared on the basis of the assumptions stated therein and reflect the reasonable estimates of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the results of operations and other information projected therein.

7.4.4. No Internal Control Event . To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no Internal Control Event exists or has occurred since the Balance Sheet Date that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a misstatement in any material respect, in any financial information delivered or to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, of (i) covenant compliance calculations provided hereunder or (ii) the assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

7.5. No Material Adverse Changes, etc . Since the Balance Sheet Date there has been no event or occurrence which has had or would result in a Material Adverse Effect. Since the Balance Sheet Date, the Borrower has not made any Restricted Payment other than Restricted Payments permitted under §9.4.

7.6. Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries possesses all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of its business substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others.

7.7. Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 7.7 hereto, there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of any kind pending or threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority, that (a) if adversely determined, might, either in any case or in the aggregate (i) have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) materially impair the right of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, to carry on business substantially as now conducted by them, or

 

-66-


result in any substantial liability not adequately covered by insurance, or for which adequate reserves are not maintained on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or (b) which question the validity of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

7.8. No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Governing Document or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, law, statute, rule or regulation that has or is expected in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or agreement that has or is expected, in the judgment of the Borrower’s officers, to have any Material Adverse Effect.

7.9. Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, etc . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any provision of its Governing Documents, or any agreement or instrument to which it may be subject or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any decree, order, judgment, statute, license, rule or regulation, in any of the foregoing cases in a manner that could result in the imposition of substantial penalties or have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.10. Tax Status . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a) have made or filed all federal, state and foreign income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which any of them is subject, (b) have paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and (c) have set aside on their books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and none of the officers of the Borrower know of any basis for any such claim.

7.11. No Event of Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

7.12. Holding Company and Investment Company Acts . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company”, or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company”, as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005; neither Borrower nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to regulation as a “public utility” under the Federal Power Act, as amended; nor is it an “ investment company ”, or an “ affiliated company ” or a “ principal underwriter ” of an “ investment company ”, as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

7.13. Absence of Financing Statements, etc . Except with respect to Permitted Liens, there is no financing statement, security agreement, chattel mortgage, real estate mortgage or other document filed or recorded with any filing records, registry or other public office, that purports to cover, affect or give notice of any present or possible future Lien on any assets or property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any rights relating thereto.

 

-67-


7.14. Perfection of Security Interest . All filings, assignments, pledges and deposits of documents or instruments have been made and all other actions have been taken that are necessary or advisable, under applicable law, to establish and perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral and the Administrative Agent’s rights with respect to the Collateral are not subject to any setoff, claims, withholdings or other defenses. The Borrower is the owner of the Collateral free from any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

7.15. Certain Transactions . Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than the Borrower or such Subsidiary could obtain from third parties and except pursuant to the terms of the documents described on Schedule 7.15 hereto, no Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is presently a party to any transaction with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any such Affiliate or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such Affiliate has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

7.16. Employee Benefit Plans .

7.16.1. In General . Each Employee Benefit Plan and each Guaranteed Pension Plan has been maintained and operated in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA and all Applicable Pension Legislation and, to the extent applicable, the Code, including but not limited to the provisions thereunder respecting prohibited transactions and the bonding of fiduciaries and other persons handling plan funds as required by §412 of ERISA. The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent the most recently completed annual report, Form 5500, with all required attachments, and actuarial statement required to be submitted under §103(d) of ERISA, with respect to each Guaranteed Pension Plan.

7.16.2. Terminability of Welfare Plans . No Employee Benefit Plan, which is an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of §3(1) or §3(2)(B) of ERISA, provides benefit coverage subsequent to termination of employment, except as required by Title I, Part 6 of ERISA or the applicable state insurance laws. The Borrower, or an ERISA Affiliate (other than Interpool), as appropriate, may terminate each such Plan at any time (or at any time subsequent to the expiration of any applicable bargaining agreement) in the discretion of the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate (other than Interpool) without material liability to any Person other than for claims arising prior to termination.

 

-68-


7.16.3. Guaranteed Pension Plans . Each contribution required to be made to a Guaranteed Pension Plan, whether required to be made to avoid the incurrence of an accumulated funding deficiency, the notice or lien provisions of §302(f) of ERISA, or otherwise, has been timely made. No waiver of an accumulated funding deficiency or extension of amortization periods has been received with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is obligated to or has posted security in connection with an amendment to a Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to §307 of ERISA or §401(a)(29) of the Code. No liability to the PBGC (other than required insurance premiums, all of which have been paid) has been incurred by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan and there has not been any ERISA Reportable Event (other than an ERISA Reportable Event as to which the requirement of 30 days notice has been waived), or any other event or condition which presents a material risk of termination of any Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC. Based on the latest valuation of each Guaranteed Pension Plan (which in each case occurred within twelve months of the date of this representation), and on the actuarial methods and assumptions employed for that valuation, the aggregate benefit liabilities of all such Guaranteed Pension Plans within the meaning of §4001 of ERISA did not exceed the aggregate value of the assets of all such Guaranteed Pension Plans, disregarding for this purpose the benefit liabilities and assets of any Guaranteed Pension Plan with assets in excess of benefit liabilities.

7.16.4. Multiemployer Plans . Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability (including secondary liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan under §4201 of ERISA or as a result of a sale of assets described in §4204 of ERISA. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or insolvent under and within the meaning of §4241 or §4245 of ERISA or is at risk of entering reorganization or becoming insolvent, or that any Multiemployer Plan intends to terminate or has been terminated under §4041A of ERISA.

7.17. Use of Proceeds .

7.17.1. General . The proceeds of the Loans shall be used (a) to refinance the Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement, (b) to repay in full the Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt and to purchase all of Interpool’s Capital Stock in the Borrower , (c) for working capital and general corporate purposes and (d) to fund Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder. The Borrower will obtain Letters of Credit solely for working capital and general corporate purposes.

7.17.2. Regulations U and X . No portion of any Revolving Credit Loan is to be used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “ margin security ” or “ margin stock ” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

 

-69-


7.18. Environmental Compliance . The Borrower has taken all reasonable and necessary steps to investigate the past and present condition and usage of the Real Estate and the operations conducted thereon and, based upon such diligent investigation, has determined that:

(a) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any operator of the Real Estate or any operations thereon is in violation, or alleged violation, of any judgment, decree, order, law, license, rule or regulation pertaining to environmental matters, including without limitation, those arising under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“ RCRA ”), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended (“ CERCLA ”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (“ SARA ”), the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, or any state, local or foreign law, statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree relating to health, safety or the environment (hereinafter “ Environmental Laws ”), which violation could have a material adverse effect on the environment or a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice from any third party including, without limitation, any Governmental Authority, (i) that any one of them has been identified by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“ EPA ”) as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B; (ii) that any hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. §6903(5), any hazardous substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. §9601(14), any pollutant or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. §9601(33) and any toxic substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances regulated by any Environmental Laws (“ Hazardous Substances ”) which any one of them has generated, transported or disposed of has been found at any site at which a Governmental Authority has conducted or has ordered that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries conduct a remedial investigation, removal or other response action pursuant to any Environmental Law; or (iii) that it is or shall be a named party to any claim, action, cause of action, complaint, or legal or administrative proceeding (in each case, contingent or otherwise) arising out of any third party’s incurrence of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous Substances;

(c) except as set forth on Schedule 7.18 attached hereto, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge: (i) no portion of the Real Estate has been used for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws; and no underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances is located on any portion of the Real Estate; (ii) in the course of any activities conducted by the

 

-70-


Borrower, its Subsidiaries or operators of its properties, no Hazardous Substances have been generated or are being used on the Real Estate except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) there have been no releases (i.e. any past or present releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, disposing or dumping) or threatened releases of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from the properties of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which releases could have a material adverse effect on the value of any of the Real Estate or adjacent properties or the environment; (iv) to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, there have been no releases on, upon, from or into any real property in the vicinity of any of the Real Estate which, through soil or groundwater contamination, may have come to be located on, and which could have a material adverse effect on the value of, the Real Estate; and (v) in addition, any Hazardous Substances that have been generated on any of the Real Estate have been transported offsite only by carriers having an identification number issued by the EPA (or the equivalent thereof in any foreign jurisdiction), treated or disposed of only by treatment or disposal facilities maintaining valid permits as required under applicable Environmental Laws, which transporters and facilities have been and are, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, operating in compliance with such permits and applicable Environmental Laws; and

(d) none of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, nor any of the Real Estate is subject to any applicable Environmental Law requiring the performance of Hazardous Substances site assessments, or the removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances, or the giving of notice to any Governmental Authority or the recording or delivery to other Persons of an environmental disclosure document or statement by virtue of the transactions set forth herein and contemplated hereby, or as a condition to the effectiveness of any transactions contemplated hereby.

7.19. Subsidiaries, etc . Schedule 7.19(a) hereto sets forth the only Subsidiaries of the Borrower, including the jurisdiction of incorporation/formation and principal place of business or registered office, as the case may be, of each such Person. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.19(b) hereto, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person.

7.20. Bank Accounts . Schedule 7.20 sets forth the account numbers and location of all bank accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The aggregate amount of collected funds held in each such deposit account (other than deposit accounts maintained with the Administrative Agent) shall not at the close of any Business Day exceed the amount specified for such account on Schedule 7.20 and the aggregate amount of collected funds held in all such deposit accounts (other than deposit accounts maintained with the Administrative Agent) shall not at the close of any Business Day exceed two million Dollars ($2,000,000).

7.21. Disclosure . None of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material

 

-71-


fact (known to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the case of any document or information not furnished by it or any of its Subsidiaries) necessary in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact known to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which has a Material Adverse Effect, or which is reasonably likely in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect, exclusive of effects resulting from changes in general economic conditions, legal standards or regulatory conditions.

7.22. Status of Obligations as Senior Debt . All Obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under or in respect of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute “Senior Debt” (or the analogous term used therein) under the terms of the Subordination Documents or of any other instrument evidencing or pursuant to which there is issued indebtedness which purports to be Subordinated Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7.23. Solvency . Both before and after giving effect to each incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, and the payment of all fees, costs and expenses payable by the Borrower hereunder, the Borrower is Solvent.

7.24. Insurance . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies as are set forth on Schedule 7.24 hereto, and such insurance is in accordance with sound business practices in accordance with industry standards and the terms of the Security Documents.

7.25. Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc . None of the requesting or borrowing of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans, the requesting or issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit or the use of the proceeds of any thereof will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. §1 et seq., as amended) (the “ Trading With the Enemy Act ”) or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “ Foreign Assets Control Regulations ”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include, but shall not be limited to (a) Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “ Executive Order ”) and (b) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56)). Furthermore, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates that are controlled by the Borrower (a) is or will become a “blocked person” as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or be otherwise associated, with any such “blocked person”.

7.26. Taxpayer Identification Number . The Borrower’s true and correct U.S. taxpayer identification number is set forth on Schedule 16.6.1 .

 

-72-


8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit, Swing Line Loan, Term Loan or Note is outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the L/C Issuer has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of Credit or the Swing Line Lender has any obligation to make Swing Line Loans:

8.1. Punctual Payment . The Borrower will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal and interest on the Loans, all Reimbursement Obligations, all Swing Line Loans, the fees and all other amounts provided for in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, all in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and such other Loan Documents.

8.2. Maintenance of Office . The Borrower will maintain its chief executive office in San Francisco, California, or at such other place in the United States of America as the Borrower shall designate upon thirty days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, where notices, presentations and demands to or upon the Borrower in respect of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party may be given or made. In the event the Borrower moves its chief executive office to another location within the State of California, thirty days’ prior telephonic notice to the Administrative Agent shall be sufficient.

8.3. Records and Accounts .

(a) The Borrower will (i) keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, true and accurate records and books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made in accordance with GAAP, (ii) maintain adequate accounts and reserves for all taxes (including income taxes), depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and amortization of its properties and the properties of its Subsidiaries, contingencies, and other reserves, and (iii) at all times engage KPMG Peat Marwick or other independent certified public accountants satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as the independent certified public accountants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and will not permit more than thirty (30) days to elapse between the cessation of such firm’s (or any successor firm’s) engagement as the independent certified public accountants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the appointment in such capacity of a successor firm as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) From time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a list of the names, addresses, face value, and dates of invoices for each debtor obligated on such an account receivable. The Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent upon request copies of leases to which any portion of the Collateral is subject.

 

-73-


8.4. Financial Statements, Certificates and Information . The Borrower will deliver to each of the Lenders:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and the related consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of cash flow for such year, each setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year and all such consolidated statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and certified, without qualification and without an expression of uncertainty as to the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to continue as going concerns, by KPMG Peat Marwick or by other independent certified public accountants satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with a written statement from such accountants to the effect that they have read §§9 and 10 of this Credit Agreement and all the definitions associated therewith, and that, in making the examination necessary to said certification, they have obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, or, if such accountants shall have obtained knowledge of any then existing Default or Event of Default they shall disclose in such statement any such Default or Event of Default; provided that such accountants shall not be liable to the Lenders for failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of the Borrower, copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of cash flow for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then elapsed, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower that the information contained in such financial statements fairly presents the financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each month in each fiscal year of the Borrower, an unaudited monthly consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower that the information contained in such financial statements fairly presents the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments);

(d) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement certified by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto (a “ Compliance Certificate ”) and setting forth in reasonable

 

-74-


detail computations evidencing compliance with the covenants contained in §10 and (if applicable) reconciliations to reflect changes in GAAP since the Balance Sheet Date;

(e) contemporaneously with the filing or mailing thereof, copies of all material of a financial nature filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or sent to the stockholders of the Borrower;

(f) within forty-five days (45) days of the end of each calendar month and, in any case, simultaneously with the delivery of a Loan Request in accordance with §2.9, and at the times specified in §9.5.2 and at such other times as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, a Borrowing Base Report setting forth the Borrowing Base as at the end of such calendar month, the date of such Loan Request or other date so requested by the Administrative Agent, as the case may be;

(g) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection (b) above and at such other times as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, a summary Accounts Receivable (including Eligible Container Receivables) aging report as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, together with a list of account debtors and the associated Accounts Receivable with the largest overdue face amounts as of the end of each fiscal quarter, and otherwise in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with a list of the twenty (20) account debtors with whom the Borrower transacted the largest volume of business during such fiscal quarter;

(h) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 45 days after request by the Administrative Agent made after determining in its discretion that an appraisal or reappraisal of the value of Eligible Containers of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is necessary, an appraisal or reappraisal, as the case may be, of the value of such Eligible Containers, which appraisal or reappraisal shall be conducted at the expense of the Borrower or such Subsidiary by an appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(i) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection (a) above and from time to time upon request of the Administrative Agent, a copy of the Borrower’s business plan, budget and financial forecast prepared on a monthly or quarterly basis for the then current fiscal year, all in such form and detail as the Lenders may reasonably request, updating those projections delivered to the Lenders and referred to in §7.4.3 or, if applicable, updating any later such projections delivered in response to a request pursuant to this §8.4(i);

(j) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection (c) above, a report listing the aggregate number of

 

-75-


Containers owned, rented, leased or managed by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, together with monthly utilization rate and per diem rental rate information with respect to the Containers in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent;

(k) from time to time such other financial data and information (including accountants’ management letters) as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request; and

(l) simultaneously with the delivery thereof to Interpool or other holder of Subordinated Debt, copies of any notices with respect to the Subordinated Debt delivered from time to time to Interpool or such other holder pursuant to the relevant Subordination Documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders ( i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section  10.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

8.5. Notices .

8.5.1. Defaults . The Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, together with a reasonably detailed description thereof, and the

 

-76-


actions the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto. If any Person shall give any notice or take any other action in respect of a claimed default (whether or not constituting an Event of Default) under this Credit Agreement or any other note, evidence of indebtedness, indenture or other obligation in excess of $100,000 in principal amount to which or with respect to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or obligor, whether as principal, guarantor, surety or otherwise, the Borrower shall forthwith give written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, describing the notice or action and the nature of the claimed default.

8.5.2. Environmental Events . The Borrower will promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders (a) of any violation of any Environmental Law that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries reports in writing or is reportable by such Person in writing (or for which any written report supplemental to any oral report is made) to any Governmental Authority and (b) upon becoming aware thereof, of any inquiry, proceeding, investigation, or other action, including a notice from any agency of potential environmental liability, of any Governmental Authority that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.5.3. Notification of Claim against Collateral . The Borrower will, immediately upon becoming aware thereof, notify the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of any setoff, claims (including, with respect to the Real Estate, environmental claims), withholdings or other defenses to which any of the Collateral, or the Administrative Agent’s rights with respect to the Collateral, are subject.

8.5.4. Notice of Litigation and Judgments . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing within fifteen (15) days of becoming aware of any litigation or proceedings threatened in writing or any pending litigation and proceedings affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes a party involving an uninsured claim against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and stating the nature and status of such litigation or proceedings. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, in writing, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days of any judgment not covered by insurance, final or otherwise, against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $250,000.

8.5.5. Notice of ERISA Event . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing upon the occurrence of any ERISA Event.

 

-77-


8.5.6. Notice of Change in Accounting or Financial Reporting Practices . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

8.5.7. Notice of an Internal Control Event . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing upon the occurrence of any Internal Control Event.

8.6. Legal Existence; Maintenance of Properties . The Borrower will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, rights and franchises and those of its Subsidiaries and will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, convert to a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership. It (i) will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all of its properties and those of its Subsidiaries used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment, (ii) will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Borrower may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times, and (iii) will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, continue to engage primarily in the businesses now conducted by them and in related businesses; provided that nothing in this §8.6 shall prevent the Borrower from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties or any of those of its Subsidiaries if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Borrower, desirable in the conduct of its or their business and that do not in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7. Insurance . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its properties and business against such casualties and contingencies as shall be in accordance with the general practices of businesses engaged in similar activities in similar geographic areas and in amounts, containing such terms, in such forms and for such periods as may be reasonable and prudent and in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

8.8. Taxes . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, before the same shall become overdue, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it and its Real Estate, sales and activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom, as well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law become a Lien or charge upon any of its property; provided that any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be paid if the validity or amount thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Borrower or

 

-78-


such Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto; and provided further that the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any Lien that may have attached as security therefor.

8.9. Inspection of Properties and Books, etc .

8.9.1. General . Subject to §16.4, the Borrower shall permit the Lenders, through the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders’ other designated representatives upon reasonable advance notice and at reasonable time during normal business hours, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, to examine the books of account of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and to make copies thereof and extracts therefrom), and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, its and their officers, and to conduct examinations and verifications (whether by internal commercial finance examiners or independent auditors) of all components included in the Borrowing Base, all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

8.9.2. Collateral Reports . No more frequently than twice during each calendar year, or more frequently as determined by the Administrative Agent if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent, or, if the Administrative Agent so elects, will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent’s obtaining, a report of an independent collateral auditor satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may be affiliated with one of the Lenders) with respect to the Containers and/or the other components included in the Borrowing Base, which report shall indicate whether or not the information set forth in the Borrowing Base Report most recently delivered is accurate and complete in all material respects based upon a review by such auditors of the Accounts Receivable (including verification with respect to the amount, aging, identity and credit of the respective account debtors and the billing practices of the Borrower or its applicable Subsidiary) and Containers (including verification as to the value, location and respective types). All such collateral value reports shall be conducted and made at the expense of the Borrower.

8.9.3. Appraisals . No more frequently than once each calendar year, or more frequently as determined by the Administrative Agent if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent appraisal reports in form and substance and from appraisers satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, stating (a) the then current fair market, orderly liquidation and forced liquidation values of all or any portion of the equipment or real estate owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) the then current business value of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. All such appraisals shall be conducted and made at the expense of the Borrower.

 

-79-


8.9.4. Environmental Assessments . Upon reasonable notice by the Administrative Agent, under any of the circumstances described herein, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, upon the direction of the Required Lenders, for the purpose of assessing and ensuring the value of any Real Estate, obtain one or more environmental assessments or audits of such Real Estate prepared by a hydrogeologist, an independent engineer or other qualified consultant or expert approved by the Administrative Agent to evaluate or confirm (a) whether any Hazardous Materials are present in the soil or water at such Real Estate and (b) whether the use and operation of such Real Estate complies with all Environmental Laws. Environmental assessments may be obtained (a) in the event the Borrower purchases any Real Estate without providing the Lenders with copies of satisfactory environmental assessments or audit obtained by the Borrower, (b) if the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders have a reasonable objective basis to suspect that there has been a “release” or threatened “release” of any Hazardous Substance or (c) with respect to any Real Estate in which the Administrative Agent has a security interest, after the occurrence of a Default of Event of Default. Environmental assessments may include without limitation detailed visual inspections of such Real Estate including, without limitation, any and all storage areas, storage tanks, drains, dry wells and leaching areas, and the taking of soil samples, surface water samples and ground water samples, as well as such other investigations or analyses as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate. The reasonable costs and expenses of such environmental assessments shall be borne by the Borrower.

8.9.5. Communications with Accountants . The Borrower authorizes the Administrative Agent and, if accompanied by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders to communicate directly with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants regarding the financial statements delivered pursuant to §8.4 and, in connection therewith, authorizes such accountants to disclose to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents and schedules including copies of any management letter with respect to the business, financial condition and other affairs of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. At the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver a letter addressed to such accountants instructing them to comply with the provisions of this §8.9.5.

8.10. Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply (a) in all material respects with the applicable laws and regulations wherever its business is conducted, including all Environmental Laws, (b) with the provisions of its Governing Documents, (c) with all agreements and instruments by which it or any of its properties may be bound and (d) with all applicable decrees, orders, and judgments. If any authorization, consent, approval, permit or license from any officer, agency or instrumentality of any

 

-80-


government shall become necessary or required in order that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, the Borrower will, or (as the case may be) will cause such Subsidiary to, immediately take or cause to be taken all reasonable steps within the power of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to obtain such authorization, consent, approval, permit or license and furnish the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with evidence thereof.

8.11. Employee Benefit Plans . The Borrower will (a) promptly upon filing the same with the Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service, furnish to the Administrative Agent a copy of the most recent actuarial statement required to be submitted under §103(d) of ERISA and Annual Report, Form 5500, with all required attachments, in respect of each Guaranteed Pension Plan, (b) promptly upon receipt or dispatch, furnish to the Administrative Agent any notice, report or demand sent or received in respect of a Guaranteed Pension Plan under §§302, 4041, 4042, 4043, 4063, 4065, 4066 and 4068 of ERISA, or in respect of a Multiemployer Plan, under §§4041A, 4202, 4219, 4242, or 4245 of ERISA .

8.12. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans and obtain Letters of Credit solely for the purposes set forth in §7.17.1.

8.13. Bank Accounts . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, together with the employees, agents and other Persons acting on behalf of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, receive and hold in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all payments constituting proceeds of Collateral which come into their possession or under their control and, immediately upon receipt thereof, deposit such payments in the form received, with any appropriate endorsements, in one of the accounts designated as a central depository account on Schedule 7.20 .

8.14. Additional Mortgaged Property .

(a) If, after the Closing Date, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries acquires a fee interest in Real Estate, the Borrower shall, or shall cause such Subsidiary to, deliver, within thirty (30) days of such acquisition, to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent a fully executed valid and enforceable first priority mortgage or deed of trust over such acquired Real Estate free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except for Permitted Liens.

(b) If, after the Closing Date, the Borrower intends to lease Real Estate, or to lease office space where it intends to maintain books and records relating to its business, the Borrower shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that such lease permits the Administrative Agent to obtain a first priority leasehold mortgage over such leased Real Estate and to obtain from the landlord a waiver in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which acknowledges and consents to the Administrative Agent’s Liens on the personal

 

-81-


property of the Borrower maintained on such leased property and subordinates the landlord’s claim to such property to that of the Administrative Agent and permits the Administrative Agent to enter such Real Estate in connection with the exercise of the Administrative Agent’s rights with respect to such Liens. Upon the execution of such lease, the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of such lease, and, to the extent permitted by the applicable lease, the Borrower shall deliver forthwith to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent a fully executed, valid and enforceable first priority leasehold mortgage over such leased Real Estate, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except for Permitted Liens.

(c) Each such mortgage, leasehold mortgage or deed of trust referred to in §8.14(a) and (b) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with title insurance policies, surveys, evidences of insurance with the Administrative Agent named as loss payee and additional insured, legal opinions and other documents and certificates with respect to such Real Estate (such policies (for amounts that correspond to the fair market value of such property), surveys, evidence of insurance, opinions and other documents and certificates referred to in this §8.14 as reasonably required by the Administrative Agent.

8.15. Interests in Intellectual Property . The Borrower shall, upon acquisition or creation of any right, title or interest in any patent, trademark registrations, copyright registrations or service mark registrations, or in any pending applications for the same, promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after such creation or acquisition, notify the Administrative Agent of the same. The Borrower shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to confirm the Administrative Agent’s security interest for the benefit of the Lenders in and to any such patent, trademark or service mark registrations, or applications for the same, as part of the Collateral hereunder and appoints the Administrative Agent as the Borrower’s attorney-in-fact to execute and file the same.

8.16. New Guarantors . In the event that the Borrower obtains, in accordance with the provisions of §9.15 hereof, the consent of the Required Lenders to create or acquire a new direct or indirect Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall concurrently with such event, or as soon as practicable thereafter, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an instrument of joinder and accession, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, pursuant to which such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary shall join the Guaranty and, subject to §8.17, the applicable Security Documents, and shall accede to all of the rights and obligations of a Guarantor thereunder, and, pursuant thereto, shall, inter alia , guaranty the full payment and performance of the Obligations. Further, the Borrower and such Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in furtherance of the intent of this §8.16, including, without limitation, an updated Schedule 7.19 and documentation of the type required to be supplied by the Borrower and initial Guarantors as a condition precedent to the initial Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder pursuant to §11 hereof.

 

-82-


8.17. Collateral Security of Guarantors . If, at any time, any Guarantor owns assets with an aggregate market value or book value in excess of $2,000,000, such Guarantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Guarantor shall become a party to any instruments, agreements and documents and provide such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall deem necessary or desirable in order to provide a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that are entitled to priority under applicable law) to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in all of the assets of such Guarantor including, without limitation, security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages or deeds of trust, Uniform Commercial Code searches and filings (or the equivalent thereof in any applicable foreign jurisdiction), favorable opinions of counsel (including local counsel) to such Guarantor (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of, inter alia, the all such documents) and other documentation of the type required to be supplied by the Borrower as a condition precedent to the initial Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder pursuant to §11 hereof, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

8.18. Further Assurances . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and execute such further instruments and documents as the Lenders or the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to carry out to their satisfaction the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

9. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit, Swing Line Loan, Term Loan or Note is outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the L/C Issuer has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of Credit or the Swing Line Lender has any obligation to make Swing Line Loans:

9.1. Restrictions on Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness other than:

(a) Indebtedness to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent arising under any of the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies and claims for labor, materials and supplies to the extent that payment therefor shall not at the time be required to be made in accordance with the provisions of §8.8;

 

-83-


(c) Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that have been in force for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal so long as execution is not levied thereunder or in respect of which the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall at the time in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review and in respect of which a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review;

(d) endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Subordinated Debt;

(f) Indebtedness (in addition to similar Indebtedness permitted under clause (g) hereof) incurred in connection with the acquisition or lease after the date hereof of any real or personal property by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or under any Capitalized Leases, provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (exclusive of the aggregate principal amount of Nonrecourse Loans) shall not exceed $25,000,000 outstanding at any one time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness secured by or relating to the lease of any particular property shall not exceed 100% of the purchase price of such property;

(g) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and listed and described on Schedule 9.1 hereto; and

(h) any renewal or refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this §9.1; provided that any such refinancing or renewal does not (i) increase the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness, (ii) increase the interest rate or fees applicable to, or shorten the weighted average life to maturity of, such Indebtedness, (iii) change, alter or modify the terms of such Indebtedness in any manner which violates either §9.8 hereof or the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement or (iv) add to the collateral, if any, securing such Indebtedness;

(i) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries consisting of short-term trade credit extended to the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of such Person’s business in connection with the acquisition of Containers and other equipment; provided that such Indebtedness shall not be in existence for more than 180 days after the occurrence of the transaction giving rise thereto;

(j) Indebtedness in respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements;

(k) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower consisting of Investments permitted by §9.3(e);

(l) Indebtedness consisting of obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract

 

-84-


entered into with any Lender or the Administrative Agent, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party; and

(m) Indebtedness owing to Interpool in an aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000 incurred in connection with the purchase by the Borrower of its common stock from Interpool under the Redemption Agreement and representing the “cash” portion of such purchase price, provided, that no such Indebtedness shall remain outstanding following the earlier of (i) fourteen (14) days after the Closing Date and (ii) the Drawdown Date of the Term Loan.

9.2. Restrictions on Liens .

9.2.1. Permitted Liens . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b) transfer any of such property or assets or the income or profits therefrom for the purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of Indebtedness or performance of any other obligation in priority to payment of its general creditors; (c) acquire, or agree or have an option to acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention or purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (d) suffer to exist for a period of more than thirty (30) days after the same shall have been incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand against it that if unpaid might by law or upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be given any priority whatsoever over its general creditors; or (e) sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any “ receivables ” as defined in clause (g) of the definition of the term “ Indebtedness ,” with or without recourse; provided that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:

(i) Liens in favor of the Borrower on all or part of the assets of Subsidiaries of the Borrower securing Indebtedness owing by Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the Borrower;

(ii) Liens to secure taxes, assessments and other government charges in respect of obligations not overdue or Liens on properties to secure claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue;

 

-85-


(iii) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations;

(iv) Liens on properties in respect of judgments or awards, the Indebtedness with respect to which is permitted by §9.1(c);

(v) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, and other like Liens on properties, in existence less than 120 days from the date of creation thereof in respect of obligations not overdue;

(vi) encumbrances on Real Estate consisting of easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord’s or lessor’s liens under leases to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower is a party, and other minor Liens, provided that none of such Liens (A) interferes materially with the use of the property affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (B) individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vii) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 9.2 hereto;

(viii) purchase money security interests in or purchase money mortgages on real or personal property acquired (in the case of purchase money security interests) or leased (in the case of Capitalized Leases) after the Closing Date to secure purchase money Indebtedness or Capitalized Leases of the type and amount permitted by §9.1(f), which security interests or mortgages cover only the real or personal property so acquired or leased and any proceeds thereof (including, without limitation, leases, Accounts Receivable, instruments and documents);

(ix) Liens on assets and property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in favor of Interpool that secure the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt or the Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt; provided , that all such Liens are at all times junior and subordinate to the Liens granted by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the Security Documents on such terms set forth in the Subordination Documents;

(x) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent securing the Obligations;

(xi) Liens consisting of the interest of a lessee under any lease with respect to Containers where the Borrower is the lessor;

 

-86-


(xii) Liens on the property listed on Schedule 9.2 hereto that are granted to secure any refinancing or renewal of Indebtedness permitted under §9.1, which refinancing or renewal is permitted under §9.1(h) hereof (subject to all the provisos contained therein); provided that (a) such Liens encumber the same property (and no additional assets or property of the Borrower) as secured the Indebtedness that was so refinanced or renewed and (b) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness secured by such property has not increased as a result of such refinancing or renewal;

(xiii) interests of lessors in property leased to the Borrower or a Subsidiary under §9.1(f); and

(xiv) Liens on the Borrower’s common stock redeemed pursuant to the Redemption Agreement solely to secure the Indebtedness permitted under §9.1(m).

9.2.2 Restrictions on Negative Pledges and Upstream Limitations . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to (a) enter into or permit to exist any arrangement or agreement (excluding the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents) which directly or indirectly prohibits the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from creating, assuming or incurring any Lien upon its properties, revenues or assets or those of any of its Subsidiaries whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or (b) enter into any agreement, contract or arrangement (excluding the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents) restricting the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind to the Borrower, to make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature to the Borrower, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to the Borrower; in each case other than (i) restrictions on specific assets which assets are the subject of purchase money security interests to the extent permitted under §9.2.1, and (ii) customary anti-assignment provisions contained in leases and licensing agreements entered into by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business.

9.3. Restrictions on Investments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain outstanding any Investment except Investments in:

(a) marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States of America or Japan that mature within one (1) year from the date of purchase by the Borrower;

(b) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances and time deposits of United States or Japanese banks having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000;

 

-87-


(c) securities commonly known as “ commercial paper ” issued by a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Japan or the United States of America or any state thereof that at the time of purchase have been rated and the ratings for which are not less than “P 1” if rated by Moody’s, and not less than “A 1” if rated by S&P;

(d) Investments existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 9.3 hereto;

(e) Investments by the Borrower in Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments does not exceed $3,000,000 at any time;

(f) Investments consisting of the Guaranty;

(g) Investments consisting of advances to employees pursuant to the Staff Loan Program, provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments shall not exceed $1,500,000 at any time; and

(h) Other Investments not exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

9.4. Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not make any Restricted Payments except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result from such payment, the Borrower may make Distributions consisting of (a) the redemption of up to 2,679 shares of the Capital Stock of the Borrower from certain executive employees of the Borrower (other than Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa and members of his immediate family) upon the termination of such Person’s employment with the Borrower, (b)  provided , that at the time of declaration and payment thereof and after giving effect to such payment, Excess Availability exceeds $0, dividends in an aggregate amount not to exceed $89,910.00 in any calendar year with respect to no more than 3,000 shares of Borrower’s preferred stock outstanding on the Closing Date, and (c) the redemption of 25,200 shares of common stock of the Borrower held by Interpool pursuant to the Redemption Agreement, for a purchase price not in excess of $77,500,000, of which not more than $40,000,000 will be paid in cash by the Borrower (with the remaining amount paid by the Borrower through the issuance of Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt).

9.5. Merger, Acquisitions and Consolidation; Disposition of Assets .

9.5.1. Mergers and Acquisitions . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become a party to any merger or consolidation, or agree to or effect any asset acquisition or stock acquisition (other than the acquisition of assets in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) except the merger or consolidation of one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower with and into the Borrower, with the Borrower as the surviving entity, or with and into a Subsidiary party to the Guaranty, with the Subsidiary party to the Guaranty as the surviving entity, or the merger or consolidation of two or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

-88-


9.5.2. Disposition of Assets . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become a party to or agree to or effect any disposition of assets, other than the disposition of assets in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, provided that, in connection with any such disposition of Collateral consisting of Containers having a Net Book Value of $1,000,000 or more and the proceeds thereof, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an updated Borrowing Base Report demonstrating the Borrower’s compliance with the lending limitations set forth in §2.1 hereof.

9.6. Sale and Leaseback . Unless the Required Lenders shall have given their prior written consent, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall sell or transfer any property owned by it in order then or thereafter to lease such property or lease other property that the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower intends to use for substantially the same purpose as the property being sold or transferred, except for such transactions as would be permitted under §9.1(f).

9.7. Compliance with Environmental Laws . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) use any of the Real Estate or any portion thereof for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances, (b) cause or permit to be located on any of the Real Estate any underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances, (c) generate any Hazardous Substances on any of the Real Estate, (d) conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner so as to cause a release (i.e. releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, disposing or dumping) or threatened release of Hazardous Substances on, upon or into the Real Estate or (e) otherwise conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner that would violate any Environmental Law or bring such Real Estate in violation of any Environmental Law.

9.8. Subordinated Debt . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of any of the Subordinated Debt or any of the Subordination Documents (a) which amendment, supplement or modification effects any increase in the principal amount of the Subordinated Debt except through the issuance of additional Subordinated Notes in payment of interest on the Subordinated Notes, the interest rate thereon or any fees thereunder, or shortens the maturity or average life to maturity thereof, adds or modifies to make more burdensome to the Borrower the terms of any required prepayments, redemptions, or repurchases (other than waivers or deferrals thereof) thereunder, modifies the terms of the subordination provisions thereof, or makes more burdensome to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, the financial covenants contained therein or adds additional such covenants or events of default therein or (b) which amendment, supplement or

 

-89-


modification relates to other terms and provisions of the Subordinated Debt and the cumulative effect of which is to make the Subordinated Debt materially more restrictive of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or materially adversely affect the Administrative Agent’s or the Lender’s rights or interests thereunder or under the Loan Documents or the Borrower’s ability to fulfill its obligations under the Loan Documents. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to prepay, redeem or repurchase or issue any notice of redemption with respect to, or take any other action which would require the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to prepay, redeem or repurchase any of the Subordinated Debt; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may prepay the Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Redemption Agreement (and in connection with such prepayment terminate the Existing Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement), and provided further , that if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and otherwise subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, (a) the Borrower may make regularly scheduled payments of interest on the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt in accordance with the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt Documents, and (b) the Borrower may prepay (in whole or in part) the outstanding amount of Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt; provided that, in connection with any prepayment under the foregoing clause (b), (i) the Total Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Reference Period, after giving pro forma effect to such prepayment, shall not exceed 3.00:1.00, (ii) Excess Availability before and immediately after giving effect to such prepayment shall be greater than $0.00, and (iii) the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying and demonstrating compliance with the foregoing requirements in clauses (i) though (ii) above and confirming that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

9.9. Employee Benefit Plans . Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate will:

(a) engage in any “ prohibited transaction ” within the meaning of §406 of ERISA or §4975 of the Code which could result in a material liability for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(b) permit any Guaranteed Pension Plan to incur an “ accumulated funding deficiency ”, as such term is defined in §302 of ERISA, whether or not such deficiency is or may be waived; or

(c) fail to contribute to any Guaranteed Pension Plan to an extent which, or terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan in a manner which, could result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to §302(f) or §4068 of ERISA; or

(d) amend any Guaranteed Pension Plan in circumstances requiring the posting of security pursuant to §307 of ERISA or §401(a)(29) of the Code; or

 

-90-


(e) permit or take any action which would result in the aggregate benefit liabilities (within the meaning of §4001 of ERISA) of all Guaranteed Pension Plans exceeding the value of the aggregate assets of such Plans, disregarding for this purpose the benefit liabilities and assets of any such Plan with assets in excess of benefit liabilities.

9.10. Business Activities . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage directly or indirectly (whether through Subsidiaries or otherwise) in any type of business other than the businesses conducted by them on the Closing Date and in related businesses.

9.11. Fiscal Year . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change the date of the end of its fiscal (or financial) year from that set forth in §7.4.1.

9.12. Transactions with Affiliates . Except as otherwise permitted by the terms of §7.15, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any transaction with any Affiliate (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any such Affiliate or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such Affiliate has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner, on terms more favorable to such Person than would have been obtainable on an arm’s-length basis in the ordinary course of business.

9.13. Bank Accounts . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) establish any bank accounts other than those accounts listed on Schedule 7.20 , without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent, or (b) deposit into any of the payroll accounts listed on Schedule 7.20 any amounts in excess of amounts necessary to pay current payroll obligations from such accounts.

9.14. Capital Stock . Unless it shall in each instance have obtained the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall not (i) issue any new Capital Stock except (A) to employees of the Borrower pursuant to employee stock option plans, (B) to Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa, (C) to issue shares of common stock upon the conversion of shares of preferred stock, or (D) as required upon conversion of the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt or (ii) convert any shares of any existing class of Voting Stock into shares of any class of Capital Stock which is not Voting Stock or (iii) amend its Governing Documents so as to accomplish or permit any of the foregoing.

9.15. Creation of Subsidiaries .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or acquire any Subsidiary without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

 

-91-


10. FINANCIAL COVENANTS .

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit, Swing Line Loan, Term Loan or Note is outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the L/C Issuer has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of Credit or the Swing Line Lender has any obligation to make Swing Line Loans:

10.1. Maximum Total Leverage Ratio .

The Borrower will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period ending on or during any period described in the table set forth below, to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table:

 

Period

   Ratio

Closing Date through 12/31/07

   4.50:1.00

01/01/08 and thereafter

   3.50:1.00

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) in the event that the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) any outstanding Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the Borrower will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period ending on or after the date that such prepayment is made, to exceed 3.50:1.00, or (b) in the event that the Term Loan is not advanced within fourteen (14) days following the Closing Date, the Borrower will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period, to exceed 3.50:1.00.

10.2. Maximum Senior Leverage Ratio .

The Borrower will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period ending on or during any period described in the table set forth below, to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table:

 

Period

   Ratio

Closing Date through 12/31/07

   3.50:1.00

01/01/08 and thereafter

   2.50:1.00

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) in the event that the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) any outstanding Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the Borrower will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period ending on or after the date that such prepayment is made, to exceed 2.50:1.00, or (b) in the event that the Term Loan is not advanced within fourteen (14) days following the Closing Date, the Borrower will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period, to exceed 2.50:1.00.

 

-92-


10.3. Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit, as at the end of any Reference Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Operating Cash Flow to (b) Consolidated Total Debt Service to be less than 1.25:1.00.

11. CLOSING CONDITIONS .

The obligations of the Lenders to make the initial Revolving Credit Loans and/or the Term Loan and of the L/C Issuer to issue any initial Letters of Credit and of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans on the Closing Date shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or prior to October 15, 2006, provided , that the conditions set forth in §11.13 shall only apply to the making of the Term Loan, whether on the Closing Date or within fourteen (14) days thereafter.

11.1. Loan Documents etc .

11.1.1. Loan Documents . Each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Lenders. Each Lender shall have received a fully executed copy of each such document.

11.1.2. Subordination Documents .

11.1.2.1. Subordination Documents .

The Subordination Documents relating to the Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt shall be on terms and conditions acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions of Interpool approving the transactions contemplated by such Subordination Documents.

11.1.2.2. Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement .

The Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement shall be on terms and conditions acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions of Interpool approving the transactions contemplated by such Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed copy, certified by an authorized officer of the Borrower as true, correct and complete and in full force and effect as of the Closing Date, of such Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement.

11.2. Certified Copies of Governing Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries a copy, certified by a duly authorized officer of such Person to be true and complete on the Closing Date, of each of its Governing Documents as in effect on such date of certification.

 

-93-


11.3. Corporate or Other Action . All corporate (or other) action necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to become a party shall have been duly and effectively taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Lenders shall have been provided to the Administrative Agent.

11.4. Incumbency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries an incumbency certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, and giving the name and bearing a specimen signature of each individual who shall be authorized: (a) to sign, in the name and on behalf of each of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, each of the Loan Documents and Subordination Documents to which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is or is to become a party; (b) in the case of the Borrower, to make Loan Requests, Swing Line Loan Notices and Conversion Requests and to apply for Letters of Credit; and (c) to give notices and to take other action on its behalf under the Loan Documents.

11.5. Validity of Liens . The Security Documents shall be effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent a legal, valid and enforceable first (except for Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) security interest in and Lien upon the Collateral. All filings, recordings, deliveries of instruments and other actions necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to protect and preserve such security interests shall have been duly effected. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence thereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

11.6. Asset List; Perfection Certificates and UCC Search Results . The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower a list detailing all of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets and properties as at the date stated thereon (which shall be on or after August 31, 2006), and, to the extent required by the Administrative Agent, descriptions of any and all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) encumbering any such assets as well as copies of any and all loan documentation evidencing the Indebtedness to which any such Liens (other than Permitted Liens) relate, all certified as true and accurate by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries completed and fully executed Perfection Certificates and the results of Uniform Commercial Code searches (and the equivalent thereof in all applicable foreign jurisdictions) with respect to the Collateral, indicating no Liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

11.7. Certificates of Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) a certificate of insurance from an independent insurance broker dated on or about the Closing Date, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance limits, and policy terms,

 

-94-


and otherwise describing the insurance obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Security Agreement and (b) certified copies of all policies evidencing such insurance (or certificates therefor signed by the insurer or an agent authorized to bind the insurer).

11.8. Borrowing Base Report . The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower the initial Borrowing Base Report, dated as of the Closing Date.

11.9. Financial Condition . The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received from the Borrower the financial statements and projections referred to in §§7.4.2 and 7.4.3 and shall be satisfied that such financial statements fairly represent the financial position of the Borrower as of the respective dates of such financial statements.

11.10. Opinion of Counsel . Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable legal opinion addressed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, from (a) Perkins Coie LLP, counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, counsel to Interpool regarding the enforceability of Interpool’s obligations under the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement.

11.11. Payment of Fees . The Borrower shall have paid to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as appropriate, the fees referred to in §5.1, together with the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Administrative Agent’s Special Counsel as of the Closing Date.

11.12. Existing Credit Agreement . All amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been paid in full, all commitments thereunder of lenders who are not parties to this Agreement shall have been terminated and all commitments thereunder of the Lenders party to this Agreement shall be evidenced only by this Agreement.

11.13. Conditions to Term Loan . The obligation of the Term Lenders to advance the Term Loan on or within fourteen (14) days following the Closing Date shall, in addition to the other conditions specified in §§11 and 12, be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions.

11.13.1. Repayment of Existing Interpool Subordinated Indebtedness . The Administrative Agent shall have received a payoff letter from Interpool indicating the amount of the Existing Interpool Subordinated Indebtedness to be discharged on the Drawdown Date of the Term Loan and an acknowledgment by Interpool that upon receipt of such funds the Existing Interpool Subordinated Indebtedness will be paid in full in cash and terminated, and liens securing the same will be released.

11.13.2. Purchase of Interpool’s Equity Interest in the Borrower; Certificate of Borrower . The Administrative Agent shall have received

 

-95-


evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that, on or prior to the Drawdown Date of the Term Loan, the Borrower repurchased all of Interpool’s Capital Stock in the Borrower for a purchase price not in excess of $77,500,000, of which not more than $40,000,000 will be paid in cash by the Borrower (with the remaining amount paid by the Borrower through the issuance of Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower certifying as to the satisfaction of the foregoing condition (and attaching the documents relating thereto).

11.13.3. Executed Subordination Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed copy, certified by an authorized officer of the Borrower as true, correct and complete and in full force and effect as of the Closing Date, of each of the Subordination Documents (other than the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, which shall be delivered pursuant to §11.1.2.2).

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of §14.3, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this §11, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

12. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS .

The obligations of the Lenders to make any Revolving Credit Loan, and of the Administrative Agent to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit, or of the Swing Line Lender to make any Swing Line Loans, in each case whether on or after the Closing Date, and of the Term Loan Lenders to make the Term Loan on or within fourteen (14) days after the Closing Date, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

12.1. Representations True; No Event of Default . Each of the representations and warranties of any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries contained in this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall be true as of the date as of which they were made and shall also be true at and as of the time of the making of such Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan, or such Swing Line Loan, or the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit, with the same effect as if made at and as of that time (except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse, and to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date)

 

-96-


and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan, or such Swing Line Loan, or the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower signed by an authorized officer of the Borrower to such effect.

12.2. No Legal Impediment . No change shall have occurred in any law or regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable opinion of any Lender would make it illegal for such Lender to make any Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan, Swing Line Loan or to participate in the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit or in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent would make it illegal for the Administrative Agent to issue, extend or renew such Letter of Credit.

12.3. Governmental Regulation .

Each Lender shall have received such statements in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to such Lender as such Lender shall require for the purpose of compliance with any applicable regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

12.4. Proceedings and Documents . All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in substance and in form to the Lenders and to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent’s Special Counsel, and the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and such counsel shall have received all information and such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

12.5. Borrowing Base Report . The Administrative Agent shall have received the most recent Borrowing Base Report required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with §8.4(f).

12.6. Borrowing Base Compliance . Immediately before and after giving effect to the credit extensions requested, (a) prior to the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) the date that the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) any outstanding Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time and (b) at all other times, the sum of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment at such time plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan at such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time.

 

-97-


13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC .

13.1. Events of Default and Acceleration . If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ” or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both is required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time, “ Defaults ”) shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan, Swing Line Loans or any Reimbursement Obligation when the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment and, except in the case of an acceleration of the maturity of the Loans, in which case an Event of Default shall occur immediately, such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days;

(b) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any interest on the Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan or the Swing Line Loans, any fees or other sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, when the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment and, except in the case of an acceleration of the maturity of the Loans, in which case an Event of Default shall occur immediately, such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days;

(c) the Borrower shall fail to comply with any of its covenants contained in §§8.1, 8.2 (other than with respect to moves within the State of California), 8.4, 8.5, 8.9, 8.12, 8.14, 8.15, 9 or 10 or any of the covenants contained in any of the Security Documents ( provided , that this reference to covenants in the Security Documents shall not abridge grace periods provided therein with respect to certain Defaults also addressed in this Agreement);

(d) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to perform any term, covenant or agreement contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (other than those specified elsewhere in this §13.1) for fifteen (15) days after written notice of such failure has been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent;

(e) any representation or warranty of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall prove to have been false, incorrect or incomplete in any material respect upon the date when made or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(f) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (x) fail to pay at maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, (i) any obligation for borrowed money or credit received in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, (ii) any obligation in respect of any Capitalized Leases in an aggregate amount in

 

-98-


excess of $100,000, or (iii) any obligation in respect of any operating leases with respect to which the present value (calculated at a discount rate of nine percent (9%) per annum) of the future obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries thereunder exceeds $100,000, or (y) fail to observe or perform any material term, covenant or agreement contained in any agreement referenced in clauses (i) through (iii) above for such period of time as would permit (assuming the giving of appropriate notice if required) the holder or holders thereof or of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof, or any such holder or holders shall rescind or shall have a right to rescind the purchase of any such obligations;

(g)(i) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its inability to pay or generally fail to pay its debts as they mature or become due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a trustee or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or shall commence any case or other proceeding relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect, or shall take any action to authorize or in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or (ii) if any such petition or application shall be filed or any such case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and, with respect to this clause (ii) only, (x) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall indicate its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or (y) such petition or application shall not have been dismissed within thirty (30) days following the filing thereof;

(h) a decree or order is entered appointing any such trustee, custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition in any such case or other proceeding, or a decree or order for relief is entered in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in an involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter constituted;

(i) there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied and unstayed, for more than thirty (30) days, whether or not consecutive, any final judgment against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that, with other outstanding final judgments, undischarged, against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries exceeds in the aggregate $50,000;

(j) the holders of all or any part of the Subordinated Debt shall accelerate the maturity of all or any part of the Subordinated Debt, or a notice of redemption (mandatory or otherwise) shall be issued with respect to the Subordinated Debt, or the Subordinated Debt shall be prepaid, redeemed or repurchased in whole or in part (except as otherwise permitted under §9.8 of this Credit Agreement);

 

-99-


(k) Interpool shall fail to comply with any of the terms of the Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement;

(l) if any of the Loan Documents shall be cancelled, terminated, revoked or rescinded or the Administrative Agent’s Liens in a substantial portion of the Collateral shall cease to be perfected, or shall cease to have the priority contemplated by the Security Documents, in each case otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or with the express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Lenders, or any action at law, suit or in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents shall be commenced by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries party thereto or any of their respective stockholders, or any court or any other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;

(m) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate incurs any liability to the PBGC or a Guaranteed Pension Plan in connection with the termination of a Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount exceeding $500,000, or the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is assessed withdrawal liability pursuant to Title IV of ERISA by a Multiemployer Plan requiring aggregate annual payments exceeding $500,000, or any of the following occurs with respect to a Guaranteed Pension Plan: (i) an ERISA Reportable Event, or a failure to make a required installment or other payment (within the meaning of §302(f)(1) of ERISA), provided that the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion that such event (A) could be expected to result in liability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the PBGC or such Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $500,000 and (B) could constitute grounds for the termination of such Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC, for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan or for the imposition of a Lien in favor of such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or (ii) the appointment by a United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or (iii) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed Pension Plan;

(n) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any Governmental Authority from conducting any material part of its business and such order shall continue in effect for more than thirty (30) days;

 

-100-


(o) there shall occur any material damage to, or loss, theft or destruction of, any Collateral, whether or not insured, or any strike, lockout, labor dispute, embargo, condemnation, act of God or public enemy, or other casualty, which in any such case causes, for more than fifteen (15) consecutive days, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities at any facility of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries if such event or circumstance is not covered by business interruption insurance and would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(p) there shall occur the loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries if such loss, suspension, revocation or failure to renew would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(q) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be indicted for a state or federal crime, or any civil or criminal action shall otherwise have been brought against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, a punishment for which in any such case could include the forfeiture of any assets of the Borrower or such Subsidiary included in the Borrowing Base or any assets of the Borrower or such Subsidiary not included in the Borrowing Base but having a fair market value in excess of $500,000; or

(r) a Change of Control shall occur;

then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice in writing to the Borrower declare all amounts owing with respect to this Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents and all Reimbursement Obligations and Swing Line Loans to be, and they shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided that in the event of any Event of Default specified in §§13.1(g), 13.1(h) or 13.1(j), all such amounts shall become immediately due and payable automatically and without any requirement of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

13.2. Termination of Commitments . If any one or more of the Events of Default specified in §13.1(g), §13.1(h) or §13.1(j) shall occur, any unused portion of the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower, the Swing Line Lender shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower and the L/C Issuer shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or renew Letters of Credit. If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, upon the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower, terminate the unused portion of the credit hereunder, and upon such notice being given such unused portion of the credit hereunder shall terminate immediately and each of the Revolving Lenders shall be

 

-101-


relieved of all further obligations to make Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Lender shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower and the L/C Issuer shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or renew Letters of Credit. No termination of the credit hereunder shall relieve the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any of the Obligations.

13.3. Remedies . In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Lenders shall have accelerated the maturity of the Loans pursuant to §13.1, each Lender, if owed any amount with respect to the Loans, Swing Line Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations, may, with the consent of the Required Lenders but not otherwise, proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations to such Lender are evidenced, including as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of such Lender. No remedy herein conferred upon any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the holder of any Note or purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.

13.4. Distribution of Collateral Proceeds . In the event that, following the occurrence or during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, receives any monies in connection with the enforcement of any the Security Documents, or otherwise with respect to the realization upon any of the Collateral, such monies shall be distributed for application as follows:

(a) First , to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the reimbursement of the Administrative Agent for or in respect of all reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been incurred or sustained by the Administrative Agent in connection with the collection of such monies by the Administrative Agent, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Administrative Agent of all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of the Collateral or in support of any provision of adequate indemnity to the Administrative Agent against any taxes or liens which by law shall have, or may have, priority over the rights of the Administrative Agent to such monies;

(b) Second , to all other Obligations (other than obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent with respect to any Interest Rate Protection Agreements, Swap Contracts or Cash Management Agreements) in such order or preference as the Required Lenders

 

-102-


may determine; provided , however , that (i) distributions shall be made (A)  pari passu among Obligations with respect to the fees owing to the Administrative Agent and all other Obligations and (B) with respect to each type of Obligation owing to the Lenders, such as interest, principal, fees and expenses, among the Lenders pro rata , and (ii) the Administrative Agent may in its discretion make proper allowance to take into account any Obligations not then due and payable;

(c) Third , to obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders and/or the Administrative Agent with respect to any Interest Rate Protection Agreements, any Swap Contracts and any Cash Management Agreements entered into with any Lender or the Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate thereof);

(d) Fourth , upon payment and satisfaction in full or other provisions for payment in full satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent of all of the Obligations, to the payment of any obligations required to be paid pursuant to §9-608(a)(1)(C) or 9-615(a)(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York; and

(e) Fifth , the excess, if any, shall be returned to the Borrower or to such other Persons as are entitled thereto.

14. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT .

14.1. Authorization .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent is authorized to take such action on behalf of each of the Lenders and to exercise all such powers as are hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents and any related documents delegated to the Administrative Agent, together with such powers as are reasonably incident thereto, including the authority, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent of the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect, maintain perfected or insure the priority of the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents, provided that no duties or responsibilities not expressly assumed herein or therein shall be implied to have been assumed by the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this §14 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The relationship between the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders is that of an independent contractor. The use of the term “ Administrative Agent ” is for convenience only and is used to describe, as a form of convention, the independent contractual relationship between the Administrative Agent and

 

-103-


each of the Lenders. Nothing contained in this Credit Agreement nor the other Loan Documents shall be construed to create an agency, trust or other fiduciary relationship between the Administrative Agent and any of the Lenders .

(c) As an independent contractor empowered by the Lenders to exercise certain rights and perform certain duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent is nevertheless a “ representative ” of the Lenders, as that term is defined in Article 1 of the Uniform Commercial Code, for purposes of actions for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent with respect to all collateral security and guaranties contemplated by the Loan Documents. Such actions include the designation of the Administrative Agent as “ secured party ”, “ mortgagee ” or the like on all financing statements and other documents and instruments, whether recorded or otherwise, relating to the attachment, perfection, priority or enforcement of any security interests, mortgages or deeds of trust in collateral security intended to secure the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, all for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

(d) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this §14 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to the L/C Issuer as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this §14 included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions (and including any affiliates of the L/C Issuer and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of the L/C Issuer and any affiliates), and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

14.2. Employees and Administrative Agents . The Administrative Agent may exercise its powers and execute its duties by or through employees or sub-agents and shall be entitled to take, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its rights and duties under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The Administrative Agent may utilize the services of such Persons as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may reasonably determine, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any such Persons shall be paid by the Borrower. The exculpatory provisions of this §14 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

14.3. No Liability . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.

 

-104-


Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its shareholders, directors, officers or employees nor any other Person assisting them in their duties nor any agent or employee thereof, shall be liable for any waiver, consent or approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good faith by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or in connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences of any oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that the Administrative Agent or such other Person, as the case may be, may be liable for losses due to its willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders. Except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any of the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of any Loan, Swing Line Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Revolving Credit Loan, Swing Line Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

-105-


14.4. No Representations .

14.4.1. General . The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the execution or validity or enforceability of this Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, any of the other Loan Documents or any instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for the Notes, or for the value of any such collateral security or for the validity, enforceability or collectability of any such amounts owing with respect to the Notes, or for any recitals or statements, warranties or representations made herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate or instrument hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements herein or in any instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for the Notes or to inspect any of the properties, books or records of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The Administrative Agent shall not be bound to ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the Borrower or any holder of any of the Notes shall have been duly authorized or is true, accurate and complete. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or in any other Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default. The Administrative Agent has not made nor does it now make any representations or warranties, express or implied, nor does it assume any liability to the Lenders, with respect to the credit worthiness or financial conditions of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

14.4.2. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based upon such information and documents as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Credit Agreement. Each Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into the satisfaction of any condition set forth in §§11 and 12 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

-106-


14.5. Payments .

14.5.1. Payments to Administrative Agent . A payment by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Lender shall constitute a payment to such Lender. The Administrative Agent agrees promptly to distribute to each Lender such Lender’s pro rata share of payments received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any of the other Loan Documents.

14.5.2. Distribution by Administrative Agent . If in the opinion of the Administrative Agent the distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve it in liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the Administrative Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either repay to the Administrative Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.

14.5.3. Delinquent Lenders . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any Lender that fails (a) to make available to the Administrative Agent its pro rata share of any Loan or to purchase any Letter of Credit Participation or to purchase participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder or (b) to comply with the provisions of §16.1 with respect to making dispositions and arrangements with the other Lenders, where such Lender’s share of any payment received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata share of such payments due and payable to all of the Lenders, in each case as, when and to the full extent required by the provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be deemed delinquent (a “ Delinquent Lender ”) and shall be deemed a Delinquent Lender until such time as such delinquency is satisfied. A Delinquent Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Borrower, whether on account of outstanding Loans, participations in Swing Line Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining nondelinquent Lenders for application to, and reduction of, their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. The Delinquent Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute such payments to the nondelinquent Lenders in proportion to their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and participations in Swing Line Loans. A Delinquent Lender shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the assigned payments to all outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and participations in Swing Line Loans of the nondelinquent Lenders, the

 

-107-


Lenders’ respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and participations in Swing Line Loans have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.

14.5.4. Replacement of Lender . If any Lender (a) requests compensation under §§5.6 or 5.7, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to §5.6, or (b) is a Delinquent Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, §15), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in §15.1.2;

(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under §5.9) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under §§5.6 or 5.7 or payments required to be made pursuant to §5.6, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable laws.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

14.6. Holders of Notes . The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Notes, any particpant in a Swing Line Loan or the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation as the absolute owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall have been furnished in writing with a different name by such payee or by a subsequent holder, assignee or transferee.

14.7. Indemnity . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required hereunder (including under §§16.2 and 16.3

 

-108-


hereof) to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Commitment Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), or the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such, or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this §14.7 are subject to the provisions of §2.8.3.

14.8. Administrative Agent as Lender, etc . In its individual capacity, Bank of America shall have the same obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its Commitment and the Loans made by it, and as the holder of any of the Notes, as the purchaser of participations in Swing Line Loans and as the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participations, as it would have were it not also the Administrative Agent. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. Neither the Syndication Agent nor the Co-Agent shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under the Credit Agreement in such capacity, other than those applicable to all Lenders as Lenders. The Arranger shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under the Credit Agreement in such capacity.

14.9. Resignation . The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, subject to the reasonable acceptance of the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above (including the reasonable acceptance of the Borrower); provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by

 

-109-


the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this §14 and §§16.2 and 16.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

14.10. Notification of Defaults and Events of Default . Each Lender hereby agrees that, upon learning of the existence of a Default or an Event of Default, it shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees that upon receipt of any notice under this §14.10 it shall promptly notify the other Lenders of the existence of such Default or Event of Default.

14.11. Duties in the Case of Enforcement . In case one of more Events of Default have occurred and shall be continuing, and whether or not acceleration of the Obligations shall have occurred, the Administrative Agent shall, if (a) so requested by the Required Lenders and (b) the Lenders have provided to the Administrative Agent such additional indemnities and assurances against expenses and liabilities as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, proceed to enforce the provisions of the Security Documents authorizing the sale or other disposition of all or any part of the

 

-110-


Collateral and exercise all or any such other legal and equitable and other rights or remedies as it may have in respect of such Collateral. The Required Lenders may direct the Administrative Agent in writing as to the method and the extent of any such sale or other disposition, the Lenders hereby agreeing to indemnify and hold the Administrative Agent harmless from all liabilities incurred in respect of all actions taken or omitted in accordance with such directions, provided that the Administrative Agent need not comply with any such direction to the extent that the Administrative Agent reasonably believes the Administrative Agent’s compliance with such direction to be unlawful or commercially unreasonable in any applicable jurisdiction.

14.12. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any the Borrower or any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan, Swing Line Loan or Reimbursement Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Swing Line Loans or Reimbursement Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent hereunder (including under §§5.1, 16.2 and 16.3).

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

-111-


14.13. Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Total Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to §16.12, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by §9.2.1; and

(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this §14.13.

15. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION .

15.1. Conditions to Assignment .

15.1.1. Successors and Assignment Generally . The provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of §15.1.2, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of §15.1.4, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of §15.1.5 (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in §15.1.4 and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the

 

-112-


Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

15.1.2. Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this §15.1.2, participations in Letters of Credit and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that

(a) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loan, as the case may be, at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Revolving Credit Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loans or of the portion of the Term Loan, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(b) each partial assignment of Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, participations in Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (b) shall not apply to rights in respect of Swing Line Loans of the Swing Line Lender;

(c) any assignment of a Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee); and

(d) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500.00 ( provided , however , that the

 

-113-


Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment), and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to §15.1.3, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Credit Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of §§5.6, 5.7, 5.9, 16.2 and 16.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with §15.1.4. The Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Borrower with prompt notice of any assignment hereunder.

15.1.3. Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loan and participations in Letters of Credit owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by each of the Borrower, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.

15.1.4. Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any competitor of the Borrower ( provided , however ,

 

-114-


that no financial institution or Approved Fund shall be deemed to be a competitor of the Borrower)) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Revolving Loans (including such Lender’s participations in Letters of Credit and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to §16.12(a) that affects such Participant. Subject to §15.1.5, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of §§5.6, 5.7 and 5.9, to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to §15.1.2. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of §16.1 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to §16.1 as though it were a Lender.

15.1.5. Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Credit Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

15.1.6. Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

15.1.7. Resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any

 

-115-


time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to §15.1.2 above, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all Letters of Credit and Reimbursement Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations pursuant to §4). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to §2.10. Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

16. PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATIONS .

16.1. Setoff . The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders a continuing lien, security interest and right of setoff as security for all liabilities and obligations to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, whether now existing or hereafter arising, upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of the Administrative Agent or such Lender or any Lender Affiliate and their successors and assigns or in transit to any of them. Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, if any Event of Default shall have occurred, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of the Lenders or Lender Affiliates to the Borrower and any securities or other property of the Borrower in the possession of such Lender may be applied to or set off by such Lender against the payment of Obligations and any and all other liabilities, direct, or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of the Borrower to such Lender. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE ANY LENDER TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF THE BORROWER ARE HEREBY

 

-116-


KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED. Each of the Lenders agrees with each other Lender that (a) if an amount to be set off is to be applied to Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender, other than Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes held by such Lender or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to such Lender or participations in Swing Line Loans held by such Lender, such amount shall be applied ratably to such other Indebtedness and to the Indebtedness evidenced by all such Notes held by such Lender or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to such Lender or participations in Swing Line Loans held by such Lender, and (b) if such Lender shall receive from the Borrower, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of the right of setoff, counterclaim, cross action, enforcement of the claim evidenced by the Notes held by, or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to or participations in Swing Line Loans held by, such Lender by proceedings against the Borrower at law or in equity or by proof thereof in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar proceedings, or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the payment of the Note or Notes held by, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, or participations in Swing Line Loans held by, such Lender any amount in excess of its ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Lenders with respect to the Notes held by, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, or participations in Swing Line Loans held by, all of the Lenders, such Lender will make such disposition and arrangements with the other Lenders with respect to such excess, either by way of distribution, pro tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Lender receiving in respect of the Notes held by it or Reimbursement Obligations owed it, or participations in Swing Line Loans held by it, its proportionate payment as contemplated by this Credit Agreement; provided that if all or any part of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Lender, such disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded and the amount restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

16.2. Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this §16.2, or (B) in connection with the Loans or Swing Line Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit. All amounts due under this §16.2 shall be payable not later than ten

 

-117-


Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this §16.2 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Total Commitment and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

16.3. Indemnification . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan, Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Substances on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any environmental liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Subsidiary has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan, Swing Line Loan or Letter of

 

-118-


Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

All amounts due under this §16.3 shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this §16.3 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Total Commitment and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

16.4. Treatment of Certain Confidential Information .

16.4.1. Confidentiality .

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners); provided that the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Borrower of any such request, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided that the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Borrower upon becoming aware of such requirement, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower and not as a result of any violation of any confidentiality obligation to the Borrower.

 

-119-


For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

16.5. Survival of Covenants, Etc . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein, in the Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any of them, and shall survive the making by the Lenders of any of the Loans, the Swing Line Loans and the issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit, as herein contemplated, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Letter of Credit or any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Loans or the Administrative Agent has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit, and for such further time as may be otherwise expressly specified in this Credit Agreement. All statements contained in any certificate or other paper delivered to any Lender or the Administrative Agent at any time by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties by the Borrower or such Subsidiary hereunder.

16.6. Notices .

16.6.1. Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in §16.6.2 below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and

 

-120-


all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 16.6.1 ; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in §16.6.2, shall be effective as provided in §16.6.2.

16.6.2. Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to §§2, 3 and 4 if such Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

-121-


16.6.3. The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

16.6.4. Changes of Address . Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

16.6.5. Reliance by Administrative Agent and the Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Requests and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice

 

-122-


specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

16.7. Governing Law . THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED THEREIN, EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID STATE (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW (OTHER THAN THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW §5-1401)). EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN §16.6. THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

16.8. Headings . The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

16.9. Counterparts . This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Credit Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Delivery by facsimile by any of the parties hereto of an executed counterpart hereof or of any amendment or waiver hereto shall be as effective as an original executed counterpart hereof or of such amendment or waiver and shall be considered a representation that an original executed counterpart hereof or such amendment or waiver, as the case may be, will be delivered.

16.10. Entire Agreement, Etc . The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither this Credit Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as provided in §16.12.

 

-123-


16.11. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE LOANS OR ENFORCEMENT OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. Except as prohibited by law, the Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. The Borrower (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any Lender or the Administrative Agent has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such Lender or the Administrative Agent would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have been induced to enter into this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and the Subordination Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained herein.

16.12. Consents, Amendments, Waivers, Etc . Any consent or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement to be given by the Lenders may be given, and any term of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument related hereto or mentioned herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any terms of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or such other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of Default may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent of the Borrower and the written consent of the Required Lenders and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or waiver shall:

(a) without the written consent of the Borrower and each Lender directly affected thereby:

(i) reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan, Swing Line Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, or reduce the rate of interest on the Notes or the amount of the Commitment Fee or Letter of Credit Fees (other than interest accruing pursuant to §5.10.2 following the effective date of any waiver by the Required Lenders of the Default or Event of Default relating thereto);

 

-124-


(ii) increase the amount of such Lender’s Commitment or extend the expiration date of such Lender’s Commitment or reinstate any Commitment that has been terminated;

(iii) postpone or extend the Maturity Date or any other regularly scheduled dates for payments of principal of, or interest on, the Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loan, the Swing Line Loans or Reimbursement Obligations or any fees or other amounts payable to such Lender (it being understood that (A) a waiver of the application of the default rate of interest pursuant to §5.10.2, and (B) any vote to rescind any acceleration made pursuant to §13.1 of amounts owing with respect to the Loans and other Obligations shall require only the approval of the Required Lenders); and

(iv) other than pursuant to a transaction permitted by the terms of this Credit Agreement, release in one transaction or a series of related transactions Collateral with a fair market value of greater than $50,000,000 for each such transaction or such series of related transactions (excluding if the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower becomes a debtor under the federal Bankruptcy Code, the release of “cash collateral”, as defined in Section 363(a) of the federal Bankruptcy Code pursuant to a cash collateral stipulation with the debtor approved by the Required Lenders) or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their guaranty obligations under the Guaranty;

(b) without the written consent of all of the Lenders, waive a Default or Event of Default under §13.1(a) or §13.1(b), amend or waive this §16.12 or the definition of Required Lenders or change §§13.4 or 16.1 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby;

(c)(i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Credit Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Credit Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto;

(d) without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, waive any condition set forth in §11.

 

-125-


No waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not expressly waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing or delay or omission on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto. No notice to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Delinquent Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

16.13. Severability . The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.

16.14. USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the Act.

17. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT .

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and its respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, on the other hand, and the Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of its respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process

 

-126-


leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or and the Arranger has advised or is currently advising the Borrower or any of its respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and the Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

18. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS .

On the Closing Date, this Agreement shall supersede the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety, except as provided in this §18. On the Closing Date, the rights and obligations of the parties evidenced by the Existing Credit Agreement shall be evidenced by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Existing Letters of Credit issued by any L/C Issuer for the account of the Borrower prior to the Closing Date shall be converted into Letters of Credit under this Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and to the extent necessary, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent reserve all of their rights under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Borrower hereby obligates itself again in respect of all present and future Obligations under, inter alia , the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended and restated by this Credit Agreement.

All interest and fees and expenses, if any, owing or accruing under or in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement through the Closing Date shall be calculated as of the Closing Date (pro rated in the case of any fractional periods, as applicable), and shall be paid on the Closing Date. Commencing on the Closing Date, the fees hereunder shall be payable by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders (as applicable) in accordance with this Agreement.

 

-127-


[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

128


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.

 

CONTAINER APPLICATIONS

INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  

/s/ Masaaki Nishibori

Name:   Masaaki Nishibori
Title:   Chief Financial Officer


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Matthew Correia

Name:   Matthew Correia
Title:   Assistant Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Lender,

Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

By:  

/s/ William Latham

Name:   William Latham
Title:   Principal


LASALLE BANK NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION , as a Lender and as

Syndication Agent

By:  

/s/ Kathleen L. Ross

Name:   KATHLEEN L. ROSS
Title:   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT


UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.,

as a Lender and as Documentation Agent

By:  

/s/ J. William Bloore

Name:   J. William Bloore
Title:   Vice President


CALIFORNIA BANK & TRUST , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ THOMAS C. PATON, JR.

Name:   THOMAS C. PATON, JR.
Title:   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & MANAGER


COMERICA BANK , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Hurley

Name:   Robert J. Hurley
Title:   Vice President


CRÉDIT INDUSTRIEL ET

COMMERCIAL, NEW YORK

BRANCH , as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Adrienne Molloy

Name:   Adrienne Molloy
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Alex Aupoix

Name:   Alex Aupoix
Title:   Vice President


ING BANK NV , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Vitomira Stambolova

   

/s/ Ben Dijkhuizen

Name:   Vitomira Stambolova     Ben Dijkhuizen
Title:   Vice President     Director

 


Exhibit   A

FORM OF BORROWING BASE REPORT

The undersigned, Container Applications International, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), hereby certifies, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September [29], 2006 (as the same may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (hereinafter, in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and the other lending institutions (hereinafter, together with the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and the other agents party thereto, that (a) the information set forth in this Borrowing Base Report was true and correct as of the last day of the period specified herein, (b) this Borrowing Base Report has been prepared in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement and the various components thereof, and (c) as of the date of this Borrowing Base Report, there exists no Default or Event of Default.

Except as otherwise specified in this Borrowing Base Report, capitalized terms used herein without definition have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.

 

CONTAINER APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


BORROWING BASE WORKSHEET

Borrowing Base as of                      , 20     

 

A.    Eligible Containers Component of Borrowing Bas e :   
  

1.      

   Original Cost of Eligible Containers:    $                     
  

2.      

   Depreciation: 1/    $                     
  

3.      

   Net Book Value of Eligible Containers (Item A1 minus Item A2):    $                     
  

4.      

   Formula Percentage:      85%
  

5.      

   Net Book Value of Eligible Containers Borrowing Base Component (Item A3 multiplied by Item A4):    $                     
B.    Eligible Container Receivables Component of Borrowing Base :   
  

1.      

   Accounts Receivable generated in connection with sales by the Borrower of Containers permitted by §9.5.2 of the Credit Agreement (net of any credits,   

 


1/

Containers are to be depreciated in accordance with the depreciation methodology set forth in the definition of Net Book Value contained in §1.1 of the Credit Agreement.


        rebates, offsets, holdbacks or other adjustments or commissions payable to third parties that are adjustments to such Accounts Receivable):    $                     
     Less : a.    such Accounts Receivable that the Borrower does not reasonably and in good faith believe are collectible:    $                     
     Less : b.    such Accounts Receivable that are with account debtors or other obligors that: (i) are Affiliates other than Interpool, (ii) did not purchase the Containers giving rise to the relevant Account Receivable in an arm’s length transaction, (iii) are insolvent or involved in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, or (iv) are not, as advised to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment, creditworthy:    $                     
     Less : c.    such Accounts Receivable that are (i) for obligations not fully performed, or consist of progress billings or bill and hold invoices or (ii) subject to a dispute or claim that would reduce the cash amount payable therefor:    $                     
     Less : d.    such Accounts Receivable that are subject to any pledge, restriction, security interest or other lien or encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens):    $                     

 

-3-


      Less : e.    such Accounts Receivable in which the Administrative Agent does not have a valid and perfected first priority security interest:    $                     
      Less : f.    such Accounts Receivable that are outstanding for more than 60 days past the earlier to occur of (i) the due date specified on the original invoice therefor and (ii) the date of shipment of the Containers giving rise thereto:    $                     
      Less : g.    such Accounts Receivable that are due from any single account debtor or other obligor if more than 15% of the aggregate amount of all Accounts Receivable owing from such account debtor or other obligor would otherwise not be Eligible Container Receivables:    $                     
      Less : h.    such Accounts Receivable that are not payable in Dollars (or such other currency as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion):    $                     
      Less : i.    such Accounts Receivable that are secured by a letter of credit (unless the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in such letter of credit perfected by control):    $                     
      Less : j.    such Accounts Receivable that are not in payment of obligations under agreements that contain terms requiring the relevant account debtor to return the Container to the Borrower in the event that such Account Receivable is not fully paid when due:    $                     

 

-4-


     Less : k.    such Accounts Receivable that are generated in connection with sales of Containers not owned by the Borrower outright that are the subject of a finance or trade credit arrangement between the Borrower as obligor and a third party obligee:    $                     
     Equals :    Eligible Container Receivables:    $                     
  2.    Formula Percentage:      75%
  3.    Item B1 multiplied by Item B2:    $                     
  4.    Eligible Container Receivables Borrowing Base Component (lesser of Item B3 or $20,000,000):    $                     
C.   Direct Finance Lease Receivables Component of Borrowing Base :   
  1.    Net Present Value 2/ of Direct Finance Lease Receivables (other than Direct Finance Lease Receivables
included in the calculation of A above):
   $                     

 


2/

The discounted present value of Direct Finance Lease Receivables, discounted at the Direct Finance Lease Rate per annum of the remaining term of the applicable Direct Finance Lease.

 

-5-


  2.    Formula Percentage:      90%
  3.    Direct Finance Lease Receivables Borrowing Base Component (Item C1 multiplied by Item C2):    $                     
D.   Borrowing Base   
  (Sum of Item A5 plus Item B4 plus Item C3):    $                     

 

-6-


E.    Maximum Available Credit (the lesser of the Total Commitment currently in effect and Item D):    $                     
F.    Outstandings :   
   1.    Revolving Credit Loans Outstanding:    $                     
   2.    Maximum Drawing Amount under outstanding Letters of Credit:    $                     
   3.    Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations:    $                     
   4.    Swing Line Loans Outstanding:    $                     
   5.    Term Loan Outstanding 3    $                     
   6.    Sum of Item F1 plus Item F2 plus Item F3 plus Item F4 [ plus Item F5]:    $                     
H.    Excess Availability/(Shortfall) (Item E minus Item F6):    $                     

 


3

The amount of the outstanding Term Loan is to be added to the calculations under this Section F if the Borrowing Base Report is being delivered at any time on or after the Term Loan is subject to the borrowing base requirement under the terms of the Credit Agreement;prior to such date, insert “N/A” for item F5.

 

-7-


Exhibit B-1

FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$                                     , 20     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”) hereby promises to pay to                      or registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September [29], 2006 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan from the date of such Revolving Credit Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.10.6 of the Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans, all payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This Revolving Credit Note (“ Note ”) is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Revolving Credit Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

-8-


The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW (OTHER THAN THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW §5-1401)).

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has caused this Note to be signed in its corporate name by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written

 

CONTAINER APPLICATIONS

INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 


EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

 

$                                     ,         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                      or registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of the Term Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower on the Closing Date under that that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September [29], 2006 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan made by the Lender from the Drawdown Date of the Term Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This Term Loan Note is one of the Term Loan Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Term Loan Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Term Loan Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. The Term Loan made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Term Loan Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Term Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Term Loan Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW (OTHER THAN THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW §5-1401)).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has caused this Note to be signed in its corporate name by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written

 

-2-


CONTAINER APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

-3-


Exhibit   C

FORM OF LOAN REQUEST

Date:                             

 

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

100 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention:  Transportation Division

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Container Applications International, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”) submits this Loan Request pursuant to §2.6 of the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September [29], 2006 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (hereinafter, in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and the other lending institutions (hereinafter, together with the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and the other agents party thereto. All capitalized terms used in this Loan Request shall have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

We hereby represent, warrant and certify to you that (a) the proceeds specified herein shall be used in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, (b) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement or otherwise made by the Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby were true and correct in all material respects when made and are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the

 

-4-


date hereof with the same effect as if made herein (except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that are not materially adverse, and to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date), (c) the Borrower has performed and complied in all material respects with all of the terms and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Borrower prior to or at the time of the borrowing requested hereunder, (d) at and as of the date hereof, the Borrower is not in default of any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement, and no Default or Event of Default exists and (e) the execution and delivery of this Loan Request has been authorized by all necessary corporate action/proceedings on behalf of the Borrower.

The Borrower requests that the Lenders make a Revolving Credit Loan 4 which is a [Base] [Eurodollar] Rate Loan on [proposed Drawdown Date] 5 / for the Interest Period commencing on [proposed Drawdown Date] and ending on [              ] 6 / in the principal amount of [$      ] 7 / .

Please acknowledge receipt of this letter by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy.

 

Very truly yours,

CONTAINER APPLICATIONS

INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 


4

With respect ot the Drawdown Date of the Term Loan, this reference may be changed to the “Term Loan”

5 /

Loan Request must be made no less than two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Loan and four (4) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Eurodollar Rate Loan.

6 /

For Base Rate Loans, the last day of the calendar quarter following the proposed Drawdown Date; for Eurodollar Rate Loans, 1, 2, 3 or 6 months after the proposed Drawdown Date.

7 /

Each Loan Request relating to a Base Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $500,000 and each Loan Request relating to a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000.

 

-5-


Exhibit D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                          , 200     

 

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

100 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Matthew Correia

 

Re: Compliance Certificate for the Reference Period Ended                           200     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to §8.4(d) of the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2006 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Container Applications International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (hereinafter, in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and the other lending institutions (hereinafter, together with the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and the other agents party thereto, the Borrower and the undersigned principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower hereby certify that (a) the information furnished below in this report was true and correct as of the last day of the Reference Period ended on the date indicated above, (b) as of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing, (c) the [quarterly] [annual] financial statements delivered to the Agent herewith were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and in compliance with §8.4 of the Credit Agreement and (d) the representations and warranties set forth in §7 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof, unless limited by their terms to a specific earlier date.

Except as otherwise specified in this Compliance Certificate, the capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

CONTAINER APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

-6-


COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE WORKSHEET

 

1.   

Total Leverage Ratio - §10.1

(for the Reference Period ended                           , 200      )

  
A.    Consolidated Funded Debt:   
   Sum of all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such Reference Period relating to:   
  

•   Borrowed Money (including issuance of notes or bonds):

   $                     
  

•   Deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables):

   $                     
  

•   Capitalized Leases:

   $                     
  

•   Rental Obligations:

   $                     
  

•   Maximum drawing amount of all letters of credit outstanding:

   $                     
  

•   Indebtedness of any type referred to above of another Person guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

   $                     
  

Total:

   $                     
   plus Subordinated Debt obligations:    $                     
   equals Consolidated Funded Debt:    $                     
B.    Consolidated EBITDAR:   
   Consolidated Net Income (or Deficit):    $                     
   plus depreciation and amortization:    $                     
   plus income tax expense:    $                     
   plus Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued:    $                     
   plus other noncash charges for such period:    $                     
   plus principal payments received with respect to Direct Finance Leases:    $                     
   plus consolidated rental expense:    $                     
   equals Consolidated EBITDAR:    $                     
C.    Total Leverage Ratio equals (Item 1A to Item 1B):   
D.    The Borrower will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period on or ending during any period described in the table set forth below, to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table:   


Period

   Ratio

Closing Date through 12/31/07

   4.50:1.00

01/01/08 and thereafter

   3.50:1.00

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (a) the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) the outstanding amount of Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the Borrower will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period ending on or after the date that such prepayment is made, to exceed 3.50:1.00 or (b) the Term Loan is not advanced within fourteen (14) days following the Closing Date, the Borrower will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period, to exceed 3.50:1.00.

 

Required Ratio                          
Compliance                           yes/no

 

2   

Applicable Margin

for the Reference Period ended                           , 20      )

     
A.    Total Leverage Ratio equals (Item IC above):                            :1.00
B.    Applicable Margin Level corresponding to Item 2A    Level                        
C.    Change in Applicable Margin Level                            yes/no
   Former Level:                           
3.   

Senior Leverage Ratio - §10.2

(for the Reference Period ended                           , 20      )

     
A.    Senior Funded Debt:      
   Consolidated Funded Debt (result of IA)       $                     
   minus Subordinated Debt obligations       $                     
   equals Senior Funded Debt       $                     
C.    Senior Leverage Ratio equals (Item 3A to Item 1B):      

The Borrower will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period on or ending during any period described in the table set forth below, to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table:

 

Period

   Ratio

Closing Date through 12/31/07

   3.50:1.00

01/01/08 and thereafter

   2.50:1.00

 

-8-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (a) the Borrower prepays (in whole or in part) the outstanding amount of Interpool Convertible Subordinated Debt, the Borrower will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period ending on or after the date that such prepayment is made, to exceed 2.50:1.00 or (b) that the Term Loan is not advanced within fourteen (14) days following the Closing Date, the Borrower will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio, as at the end of any Reference Period, to exceed 2.50:1.00.

 

Required Ratio                          
Compliance                           yes/no

 

4.    Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio - §10.3
(for the Reference Period ended __________ ___, 20___)
  
A.    Consolidated Operating Cash Flow:   
   Consolidated EBITDAR (from item 1B above):    $                     
   minus cash income tax taxes paid or payable in such period, excluding cash income taxes with respect to the
Borrower’s fiscal year 2006 income paid by the Borrower in the 2007 fiscal year, in an amount not

exceeding $10,00,000 in the aggregate:
   $                     
   equals Consolidated Operating Cash Flow:    $                     
B.    Consolidated Total Debt Service:   
   Sum of:   
   (i)   All repayments or prepayments of principal (excluding past prepayments of the Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt and the prepayment of Existing Interpool Subordinated Debt contemplated by Section 9.8 of the Credit Agreement) due and payable during such Reference Period on Indebtedness with respect to:   
    

•   Borrowed Money (including issuance of notes or bonds):

   $                     
    

•   Deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables):

   $                     
    

•   Synthetic Leases and Capitalized Leases:

   $                     
    

•   Reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit due and payable during such Reference Period:

   $                     
    

•   Indebtedness of any type referred to above of another Person guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

   $                     
     plus   
   (ii)   Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or payable in cash:    $                     

 

-9-


   plus     
   (iii)   1/10 th of average daily outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Loans during such Reference Period:    $                     
   plus     
   (iv)   Consolidated rental expense for such Reference Period determined in accordance with GAAP:    $                     
    

Total:

   $                     

C.

   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio equals (Item 4A to Item 4B):                          

D.

   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio must not be less than:      1:25:1.00

 

Compliance                           yes/no

 

-10-


Exhibit E

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit and the Swing Line Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor:                                                              

 

2. Assignee:                                                               [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ]]

 

3. Borrower(s) : Container Applications International, Inc.

 

4. Administrative Agent : Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 

-11-


5. Credit Agreement : Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September [29], 2006, among the Borrower, the Lenders and agents from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, and Swing Line Lender

 

6. Assigned Interest :

 

Facility Assigned

  

Aggregate

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

for all Lenders

  

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

Assigned

  

Percentage

Assigned of

Commitment/Loans

    CUSIP Number
   $                         $                                              %  
   $                         $                                              %  
   $                         $                                              %  

 

[7. Trade Date :                      ]

Effective Date:                      , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

Title:  
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

Title:  

 

-12-


[Consented to and] Accepted:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
    as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Title:  
[Consented to:]
By:  

 

Title:  


Exhibit F

FORM OF SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

Date:                      ,     

 

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Swing Line Lender
   Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September [29], 2006 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Container Applications International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders and agents from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Loan:

 

  1. On                                                               (a Business Day).

 

  2. In the amount of $                      .

The Swing Line Borrowing requested herein complies with the requirements of the provisos to the first sentence of Section 2.10.1 of the Agreement; as of the date hereof there does not exist, and after giving effect to the Swing Line Loan contemplated hereby there shall not exist, any Default or Event of Default.


CONTAINER APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

-15-


Schedule 1 (Lenders and Commitments)

 

LENDER;
DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE;
EURODOLLAR LENDING OFFICE

   Revolver
Commitment
   Revolver
Commitment
Percentage
    Term
Commitment
   Term
Commitment
Percentage
 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

100 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

Telephone: (617) 434-0916

Telecopier: (617) 434-1955

Attn: William N. Latham, Director

   $ 31,315,789.47    18.42105263 %   $ 3,684,210.53    18.42105263 %

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

135 South LaSalle Street, Suite 842

Chicago, IL 60603

Telephone: (312) 904-7641

Telecopier: (312) 904-2903

Attn: Gregory T. Gaschler, Senior Vice President

   $ 31,315,789.47    18.42105263 %   $ 3,684,210.53    18.42105263 %

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.

200 Pringle Avenue, Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

Telephone: (925) 947-2439

Telecopier: (925) 943-7442

Attn: J. William Bloore, VP

   $ 31,315,789.47    18.42105263 %   $ 3,682,210.53    18.42105263 %

COMERICA BANK

Two Embarcadero Center

Suite 300

Comerica Bank

San Francisco, CA 94111

Telephone: (415) 477-3286

Telecopier: (415) 477-3270

Attn: Robert J. Hurley, Vice President

   $ 22,368,421.06    13.15789474 %   $ 2,631,578.94    13.15789474 %

ING BANK NV

Structured Finance – Transport & Logistics

Loc. Code: HD 01.05

Bijlmerplein 888, 1102 MG Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Telephone: 31-20-56-35096

Telecopier: 31-20-56-35512

Attn: Jules Oscar Kollman/Hugo Kanters

   $ 22,368,421.06    13.15789474 %   $ 2,631,578.94    13.15789474 %

CALIFORNIA BANK & TRUST

1690 S. El Camino Real

San Mateo, CA 94402

Telephone: (650) 294-2025

Telecopier: (650) 294-2029

Attn: Thomas Paton, SVP

   $ 17,894,736.84    10.52631579 %   $ 2,105,263.16    10.52631579 %


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 1.1 (Existing Letters of Credit )

Letter of Credit bearing number 68007619 issued by Bank of America in the amount of $327,947.


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7.3 (Title to Properties; Leases)

NONE


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7.7 (Litigation)

Actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations pending or threatened against the Borrower or its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date:

NONE


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7.15 (Certain Transactions)

Affiliates of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are presently a party to the following agreements with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of which agreements have been provided to the Administrative Agent:

1. Redemption Agreement between the Borrower and Interpool dated October 1, 2006, pursuant to which the Borrower will purchase from Interpool all shares of common stock of the Borrower owned by Interpool.

2. Note Issuance Agreement between the Borrower and Interpool dated October 1, 2006, pursuant to which the Borrower will issue a Note to Interpool in the aggregate principal amount of Thirty Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($37,500,000) in connection with the purchase of all shares of common stock of the Borrower owned by Interpool.

3. Management Agreement between the Borrower and Interpool dated October 1, 2006, pursuant to which the Borrower agrees to manage the operations of a master lease container business on behalf of Interpool and Interpool retains the services of the Borrower to perform certain billing, collection and lease administration services.

4. Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Borrower and Interpool dated October 1, 2006, pursuant to which Interpool (i) was granted certain registration rights, (ii) is entitled under certain circumstances to board representation and (iii) participate in future equity offerings by the Borrower.

5. Security Agreement between the Borrower and Interpool dated October 1, 2006.

6. Second Amended and Restated Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated October 1, 2006 among the Borrower, Interpool and Administrative Agent.

7. Termination Agreement between the Borrower and Interpool dated October 1, 2006

8. Amendment No. 5 to Operating and Administration Agreement between the Borrower and Interpool dated October 1, 2006.


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7.18 (Environmental Compliance)

No disclosure is required.


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7.19 (Subsidiaries, etc.)

7.19(a)

 

NAME:

 

PLACE OF
ORGANIZATION:

  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF
BUSINESS/REGISTERED OFFICE:

Container Applications

International (U.K.) Limited

  England and Wales   2 nd  Floor Office Suite
Knight Court, 49 Crown Street
Brentwood, Essex
CM 14 BD
United Kingdom

Container Applications

International (Malaysia) SDN

BHD

  Malaysia   Suite 10.05, Level 10, Menara Trend,
Intan Millennium Square, 68 Jalan
Batai Laut, 41300 Klang, Selangor
Darul Ehsan, Malaysia

Container Applications

International Corporation

  Japan   Shinwa Building 6F
9-11 Toranomon 2-Chome
Minato-Ku, Tokyo 105-0001
Japan

Sky Domestic Container

Leasing Limited

  England and Wales   2 nd Floor Office Suite
Knight Court, 49 Crown Street
Brentwood, Essex
CM 14 BD
United Kingdom

Sky Container Trading

Limited

  England and Wales   2 nd Floor Office Suite
Knight Court, 49 Crown Street
Brentwood, Essex
CM 14 BD
United Kingdom

7.19(b)

Joint ventures or partnerships engaged in by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date:

NONE


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7.20 (Bank Accounts)

As of the Closing Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries maintain the following bank accounts:

 

1. Depository Accounts:

 

Bank:   Bank of America
Account Number:    601-99991
Location:    Boston, USA
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   Bank of America
Account Number:    501-33778
Location:    Boston, USA
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   Union Bank of California, N.A.
Account Number:    2380002194
Location:    San Francisco, USA
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   Union Bank of California, N.A.
Account Number:    2380002305
Location:    San Francisco, USA
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   Comerica
Account Number:    1892667187
Location:    San Francisco, USA

 

Bank:   Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
Account Number:    974627
Location:    Tokyo, Japan
Maximum daily allowed balance:   $300,000

 

Bank:   Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
Account Number:    1136878
Location:    Tokyo, Japan
Maximum daily allowed balance:   $300,000

 

Bank:   HSBC
Account Number:    81367196
Location:    Essex, England
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A


SCHEDULE 7.20 (continued)

 

Bank:   HSBC
Account Number:    41590804
Location:    Essex, England
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   HSBC
Account Number:    41590812
Location:    Essex, England
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   HSBC
Account Number:    59095526
Location:    Essex, England
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   HSBC
Account Number:    59116171
Location:    Essex, England
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A


SCHEDULE 7.20 (continued)

 

Bank:   Taiwan Cooperative Bank, Taipei Branch
Account Number:    0540717152187
Location:    Taipei, Taiwan
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   Taiwan Cooperative Bank, Taipei Branch
Account Number:    0540717150907
Location:    Taipei, Taiwan
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   Fortis Bank S.A./N.V. (Formerly Generale Bank)
Account Number:    220-0406934-55
Location:    Antwerp, Belgium
Maximum daily allowed balance:   $100,000

 

Fortis Bank S.A./N.V. (Formerly Generale Bank)
Account Number:    BE94001418723414
Location:    Antwerp, Belgium
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A

 

Bank:   The Bank of Tokyo – Mitsubishi UFJ. Ltd.
Account Number:    820-8050613833
Location:    Hong Kong
Maximum daily allowed balance:   $100,000

 

Bank:   Standard Chartered Bank
Account Number:    02-100-2421-6
Location:    Singapore
Maximum daily allowed balance:   $100,000

 

Bank:   Malaysia Banking Berhad
Account Number:    512 642 300 640
Location:    Malaysia
Maximum daily allowed balance:   $100,000


SCHEDULE 7.20 (continued)

 

2. Cash Collateral Account:

 

Bank:   Bank of America
Account Number:    4602289157
Location:    Boston, USA
Maximum daily allowed balance:   N/A


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7.24 (Insurance)

 

Marine/Equipment Coverages

         Policy Number    Liability Limits

(A) Physical Damage Including Recovery, Repatriation and Loss of Revenue

7/1/06 – 7/1/07

  100 %   Kravag-Logistic
Versicherungs -
AG
   06CS2580    $ 10,000,000    Per
Occurrence

(B) Excess Physical Damage Including Recovery, Repatriation and Loss of Revenue

7/1/06 – 7/1/07

  100 %   XL Insurance
Switzerland
   CH00004561MA    $ 5,000,000    Per
Occurrence

(C) Third Party Liability

7/1/06 –7/1/07

  100 %   Lloyds    MAHHZ0600113    $ 20,000,000    Per
Occurrence


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 9.1 (Restrictions on Indebtedness)

The following Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date shall be permitted under Section 9.1(g) of the Credit Agreement:

 

1. Contracts payable to General Electric Capital Corporation (f/k/a BCC Equipment Leasing Corp. and MDFC Equipment Leasing Corp.)

A. The following contracts payable relate to Individual Equipment Records 001 and 002 each dated as of March 30, 1995, as amended March 30, 2005, and entered into pursuant to Equipment Lease Agreement No. 3263-1 dated March 30, 1995, as amended March 30, 2005, and as amended to date (the “GECC Lease”):

Reference #: 0032631-001 and 0032631-002

Rental balance payable as of 8/31/06: $ $428,158

B. The following contracts payable relate to Individual Equipment Records 003 and 004 each dated as of January 31, 1996, and as amended to date, and entered into pursuant to the GECC Lease:

Reference #: 0032631-003 and 0032631-004

Rental balance payable as of 08/31/06: $508,340


SCHEDULE 9.1 (continued)

C. The following contracts payable relate to Individual Equipment Records 005 and 006 each dated as of December 31, 1997 and entered into pursuant to the GECC Lease:

Reference #: 0032631-005 and 0032631-006

Rental balance payable as of 08/31/06: $1,588,620

 

2. Contracts payable to US Bancorp (f/k/a Cargill Leasing Corporation.)

Reference #: 600007943 (relating to US Bancorp Lease dated 5/29/98)

Rental balance payable as of 08/31/06: $514,830

 

3. The amounts payable to the Existing Lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2005, as amended to date, which will be paid in connection with the Closing.

Principal amount: $72,000,000.

 

4. The following amounts payable to the Existing Lenders under certain letters of credit issued under the Fifth Restated Credit Agreement dated as April 28, 2005, as amended to date:

Reference: Letter of Credit Number 68007619 (Expiry date 12/31/06)

Balance payable as of 8/31/06: $327,947


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 9.2 (Existing Liens)

Liens held by the following Persons are existing on the Closing Date and shall be permitted under Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement:

1. US Bancorp (f/k/a Cargill Leasing Corporation) pursuant to (i) that certain Intermodal Container Lease Agreement between Container Applications International, Inc. and Cargill Leasing Corporation dated as of May 29, 1998, as amended (collectively, the “US Bancorp Leases”).

2. General Electric Capital Corporation (f/k/a BCC Equipment Leasing Corporation and McDonnell Douglas Finance Corporation) pursuant to that certain Equipment Lease Agreement between MDFC Equipment Leasing Corporation and Container Applications International, Inc. dated as of March 30, 1995, as amended;

3. Bank of America ) pursuant to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2005, as amended; and Security Agreement of even date therewith, as amended.


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 9.3 (Existing Investments)

NONE


Schedule 16.6.1 (Certain Addresses for Notices)

 

If to the Borrower:   

550 Kearny Street, Suite 950

San Francisco, California 94108

Attention: Hiromitsu Ogawa, President

Telephone: (415) 788-0100

Fax: (415) 788-3430

Email: hiro.ogawa@capps.com

with a copy to:   

Perkins Coie LLP

101 Jefferson Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025-1114

Attention: Edward Wes

Telephone: (650) 838-4302

Fax: (650) 838-4350

Email: EdWes@perkinscoie.com

If to the Administrative Agent:   

Bank of America, N.A.

MA5-100-11-02

100 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Matthew C. Correia

Telephone: (617) 434-3663

Fax: (617) 434-0474

Email: matthew.c.correia@bankofamerica.com

with a copy to:   

Bingham McCutchen LLP

150 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Amy L. Kyle

Telephone: (617) 951-8288

Fax: (617) 951-8736

Email: amy.kyle@bingham.com

Exhibit 10.8

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                   , 200      between CAI International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, Indemnitee performs a valuable service for the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has adopted Bylaws and a Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Charter Documents ”) providing for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company to the maximum extent authorized by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ Law ”); and

WHEREAS, the Charter Documents and the Law, by their nonexclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors; and

WHEREAS, in accordance with the authorization as provided by the Law, the Company may in its sole discretion elect to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D & O Insurance ”), covering certain liabilities which may be incurred by its officers or directors in the performance of their obligations to the Company; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Law, as such may be amended from time to time, and the Charter Documents, as such may be amended. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in


connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is deemed in a final adjudication (following all appeals) to have breached his duty to the Company and is therefore personally guilty or culpable with respect to at least one claim in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under Delaware law.

 

2


  3. Contribution in the Event of Joint Liability .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary, and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

3


5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the law and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as defined herein), even though less than a quorum, or (2) by Independent Counsel (as defined herein) in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be

 

4


selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as defined herein), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

 

5


(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such thirty (30) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors, or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under the Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

 

6


  7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7


  8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter Documents, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter Documents and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by the Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the

 

8


Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the Company or any other Enterprise at the Company’s request.

11. Security . To the extent requested by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

  12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

  13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(b) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

9


(d) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

(e) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement; and excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any

 

10


Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

CAI International, Inc.

  

One Embarcadero Center

  

Suite 2101

  

San Francisco, CA 94111

  

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

11


20. Governing Law . The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

21. Gender . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

C AI I NTERNATIONAL , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  
I NDEMNITEE

 

[NAME]
Address:  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the CAI International, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan is to attract, retain and motivate employees, officers, directors, consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors of the Company and its Related Companies by providing them the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and to align their interests and efforts to the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used in the Plan have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

3.1 Administration of the Plan

The Plan shall be administered by the Board or the Compensation Committee, which shall be composed of two or more directors, each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may delegate responsibility for administering the Plan with respect to designated classes of Eligible Persons to different committees consisting of one or more members of the Board, subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate, except with respect to Awards to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Members of any committee shall serve for such term as the Board may determine, subject to removal by the Board at any time. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Board or the Compensation Committee may authorize one or more officers of the Company to grant Awards to designated classes of Eligible Persons, within limits specifically prescribed by the Board or the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that no such officer shall have or obtain authority to grant Awards to himself or herself or to any person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All references in the Plan to the “Committee” shall be, as applicable, to the Compensation Committee or any other committee or any officer to whom the Board or the Compensation Committee has delegated authority to administer the Plan.

 

3.2 Administration and Interpretation by Committee

(a) Except for the terms and conditions explicitly set forth in the Plan and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and exclusive authority, subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as may from time to time be adopted by the Board or a Committee composed of members of the


Board, to (i) select the Eligible Persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted under the Plan; (ii) determine the type or types of Award to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted under the Plan; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan; (v) approve the forms of notice or agreement for use under the Plan; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property or canceled or suspended; (vii) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, shares of Common Stock, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; (viii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument evidencing an Award, notice or agreement executed or entered into under the Plan; (ix) establish such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (x) delegate ministerial duties to such of the Company’s employees as it so determines; and (xi) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for administration of the Plan.

(b) In no event, however, shall the Committee have the right, without stockholder approval, to (i) cancel or amend outstanding Options or SARs for the purpose of repricing, replacing or regranting such Options or SARs with Options or SARs that have a purchase or grant price that is less than the purchase or grant price for the original Options or SARs except in connection with adjustments provided in Section 15, or (ii) issue an Option or amend an outstanding Option to provide for the grant or issuance of a new Option on exercise of the original Option.

(c) The effect on the vesting of an Award of a Company-approved leave of absence or a Participant’s working less than full-time shall be determined by the Company’s chief executive officer or, with respect to directors or executive officers, by the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be final.

(d) Decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, any Participant, any stockholder and any Eligible Person. A majority of the members of the Committee may determine its actions.

SECTION 4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

4.1 Authorized Number of Shares

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 15.1, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be 721,980 shares.

Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or shares now held or subsequently acquired by the Company as treasury shares.

 

-2-


4.2 Share Usage

(a) Shares of Common Stock covered by an Award shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant. If any Award lapses, expires, terminates or is canceled prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or if shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan to a Participant and thereafter are forfeited to or otherwise reacquired by the Company, the shares subject to such Awards and the forfeited or reacquired shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock (i) tendered by a Participant or retained by the Company as full or partial payment to the Company for the purchase price of an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with an Award, or (ii) covered by an Award that is settled in cash, or in a manner such that some or all of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award are not issued, shall be available for Awards under the Plan. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional shares of Common Stock or credited as additional shares of Common Stock subject or paid with respect to an Award.

(b) The Committee shall also, without limitation, have the authority to grant Awards as an alternative to or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under other compensation plans or arrangements of the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant Substitute Awards under the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an Acquired Entity has shares available for awards or grants under one or more preexisting plans not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, then, to the extent determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such preexisting plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to holders of common stock of the entities that are parties to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan; provided, however, that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of such preexisting plans, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employees or directors of the Company or a Related Company prior to such acquisition or combination. In the event that a written agreement between the Company and an Acquired Entity pursuant to which a merger or consolidation is completed is approved by the Board and said agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the substitution for or assumption of outstanding awards of the Acquired Entity, said terms and conditions shall be deemed to be the action of the Committee without any further action by the Committee, except as may be required for compliance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and the persons holding such awards shall be deemed to be Participants.

(d) Notwithstanding the other provisions in this Section 4.2, the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate share number stated in Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15.1.

 

-3-


SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

An Award may be granted to any employee, officer or director of the Company or a Related Company whom the Committee from time to time selects. An Award may also be granted to any consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor for bona fide services rendered to the Company or any Related Company that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital-raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

 

6.1 Form, Grant and Settlement of Awards

The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted under the Plan. Such Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other type of Award. Any Award settlement may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall determine.

 

6.2 Evidence of Awards

Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written, including an electronic, notice or agreement that shall contain such terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions as the Committee shall deem advisable and that are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

6.3 Deferrals

The Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of any Award. If any such deferral election is permitted or required, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals, which may include the grant of additional Awards or provisions for the payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents, including converting such credits to deferred stock unit equivalents; provided, however, that the terms of any deferrals under this Section 6.3 shall comply with all applicable law, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.4 Dividends and Distributions

Participants may, if the Committee so determines, be credited with dividends paid with respect to shares of Common Stock underlying an Award in a manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may apply any restrictions to the dividends or dividend equivalents that the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine the form of payment of dividends or dividend equivalents, including cash, shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or Stock Units.

 

-4-


SECTION 7. OPTIONS

 

7.1 Grant of Options

The Committee may grant Options designated as Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

7.2 Option Exercise Price

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be as determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date, except in the case of Substitute Awards.

 

7.3 Term of Options

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the maximum term of a Nonqualified Stock Option shall be as established for that Option by the Committee or, if not so established, shall be ten years from the Grant Date. For Incentive Stock Options, the Option Term shall be as specified in Section 8.4.

 

7.4 Exercise of Options

The Committee shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option the time at which, or the installments in which, the Option shall vest and become exercisable, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time. If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule, which may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time:

 

Period of Participant’s Continuous

Employment or Service With the Company

or Its Related Companies From the Vesting

Commencement Date

   Portion of Total Option That Is Vested and Exercisable

After 1 year

   1/4 th

Each additional one-month period of

continuous service completed thereafter

   An additional 1/48 th

After 4 years

   100%

To the extent an Option has vested and become exercisable, the Option may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by delivery to or as directed or approved by the Company of a properly executed stock option exercise agreement or notice, in a form and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, the restrictions imposed on the shares purchased under such exercise agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements as

 

-5-


may be required by the Committee, accompanied by payment in full as described in Sections 7.5 and 13. An Option may be exercised only for whole shares and may not be exercised for less than a reasonable number of shares at any one time, as determined by the Committee.

 

7.5 Payment of Exercise Price

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be paid in full to the Company by delivery of consideration equal to the product of the Option exercise price and the number of shares purchased. Such consideration must be paid before the Company will issue the shares being purchased and must be in a form or a combination of forms acceptable to the Committee for that purchase, which forms may include:

(a) cash, check or wire transfer;

(b) tendering (either actually or, so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, by attestation) shares of Common Stock that on the day prior to the exercise date have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares being purchased under the Option owned by the Participant;

(c) so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and to the extent permitted by law, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the aggregate amount of proceeds to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or

(d) such other consideration as the Committee may permit.

 

7.6 Effect of Termination of Service

The Committee shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option whether the Option shall continue to be exercisable, and the terms and conditions of such exercise, after a Termination of Service, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time. If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option shall be exercisable according to the following terms and conditions, which may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time:

(a) Any portion of an Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on such date.

(b) Any portion of an Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on the earliest to occur of:

(i) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for reasons other than Cause, Retirement, Disability or death, the date that is three months after such Termination of Service;

 

-6-


(ii) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs by reason of Retirement, Disability or death, the one-year anniversary of such Termination of Service; and

(iii) the last day of the maximum term of the Option (the “Option Expiration Date” ).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after his or her Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of such Termination of Service shall expire upon the earlier to occur of (y) the Option Expiration Date and (z) the one-year anniversary of the date of death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

Also notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for Cause, all Options granted to the Participant shall automatically expire upon first notification to the Participant of such termination, unless the Committee determines otherwise. If a Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Participant shall be terminated for Cause, all the Participant’s rights under any Option shall likewise be suspended during the period of investigation. If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after a Participant’s Termination of Service, any Option then held by the Participant may be immediately terminated by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(c) A Participant’s change in status from an employee of the Company or a Related Company to a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company, or a change in status from a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company to an employee of the Company or a Related Company shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of this Section 7.6.

SECTION 8. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the terms and conditions of any Incentive Stock Options shall in addition comply in all respects with Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and any applicable regulations thereunder, including, to the extent required thereunder, the following:

 

8.1 Dollar Limitation

To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of Common Stock with respect to which a Participant’s Incentive Stock Options become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other stock option plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations) exceeds $100,000, such portion in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. In the event the

 

-7-


Participant holds two or more such Options that become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, such limitation shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such Options are granted.

 

8.2 Eligible Employees

Individuals who are not employees of the Company or one of its parent or subsidiary corporations may not be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

8.3 Exercise Price

The exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option shall be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date, and in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporations (a “Ten Percent Stockholder” ), shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date. The determination of more than 10% ownership shall be made in accordance with Section 422 of the Code.

 

8.4 Option Term

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the maximum term of an Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed ten years, and in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, shall not exceed five years.

 

8.5 Exercisability

An Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent it is exercised (if permitted by the terms of the Option) (a) more than three months after the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination was for reasons other than death or disability, (b) more than one year after the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service if termination was by reason of disability, or (c) after the Participant has been on leave of absence for more than 90 days, unless the Participant’s reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or contract.

 

8.6 Taxation of Incentive Stock Options

In order to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code, the Participant must hold the shares acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option for two years after the Grant Date and one year after the date of exercise.

A Participant may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares acquired on the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to the expiration of such holding periods.

 

-8-


8.7 Code Definitions

For the purposes of this Section 8 “disability,” “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation” shall have the meanings attributed to those terms for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

9.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights

The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants at any time on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion. An SAR may be granted in tandem with an Option or alone (“freestanding”). The grant price of a tandem SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related Option. The grant price of a freestanding SAR shall be established in accordance with procedures for Options set forth in Section 7.2. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee determines in its sole discretion; provided, however, that, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the SAR, the term of a freestanding SAR shall be as established for that SAR by the Committee or, if not so established, shall be ten years, and in the case of a tandem SAR, (a) the term shall not exceed the term of the related Option and (b) the tandem SAR may be exercised for all or part of the shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option, except that the tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

 

9.2 Payment of SAR Amount

Upon the exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment in an amount determined by multiplying: (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by (b) the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Committee as set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award, the payment upon exercise of an SAR may be in cash, in shares, in some combination thereof or in any other manner approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. STOCK AWARDS, RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS

 

10.1 Grant of Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units

The Committee may grant Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units on such terms and conditions and subject to such repurchase or forfeiture restrictions, if any, which may be based on continuous service with the Company or a Related Company or the achievement of any performance goals, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion, which terms, conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award.

 

-9-


10.2 Vesting of Restricted Stock and Stock Units

Upon the satisfaction of any terms, conditions and restrictions prescribed with respect to Restricted Stock or Stock Units, or upon a Participant’s release from any terms, conditions and restrictions of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, as determined by the Committee, and subject to the provisions of Section 13, (a) the shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Award of Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant, and (b) Stock Units shall be paid in shares of Common Stock or, if set forth in the instrument evidencing the Awards, in cash or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock. Any fractional shares subject to such Awards shall be paid to the Participant in cash.

 

10.3 Waiver of Restrictions

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the repurchase or forfeiture period and any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any Restricted Stock or Stock Unit under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE AWARDS

 

11.1 Performance Shares

The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Shares, designate the Participants to whom Performance Shares are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Shares and the terms and conditions of each such Award. Performance Shares shall consist of a unit valued by reference to a designated number of shares of Common Stock, the value of which may be paid to the Participant by delivery of shares of Common Stock or, if set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award, of such property as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, shares of Common Stock, other property, or any combination thereof, upon the attainment of performance goals, as established by the Committee, and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount to be paid under an Award of Performance Shares may be adjusted on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

11.2 Performance Units

The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Units, designate the Participants to whom Performance Units are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Units and the terms and conditions of each such Award. Performance Units shall consist of a unit valued by reference to a designated amount of property other than shares of Common Stock, which value may be paid to the Participant by delivery of such property as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, shares of Common Stock, other property, or any combination thereof, upon the attainment of performance goals, as established by the Committee, and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount to be paid under an Award of Performance Units may be adjusted on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

-10-


SECTION 12. OTHER STOCK OR CASH-BASED AWARDS

Subject to the terms of the Plan and such other terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock under the Plan.

SECTION 13. WITHHOLDING

The Company may require the Participant to pay to the Company the amount of (a) any taxes that the Company is required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or exercise of an Award (“tax withholding obligations”) and (b) any amounts due from the Participant to the Company or to any Related Company (“other obligations”). The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock or otherwise settle an Award under the Plan until such tax withholding obligations and other obligations are satisfied.

The Committee may permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or part of the Participant’s tax withholding obligations and other obligations by (a) paying cash to the Company, (b) having the Company withhold an amount from any cash amounts otherwise due or to become due from the Company to the Participant, (c) having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to the Participant (or become vested, in the case of Restricted Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations, or (d) surrendering a number of shares of Common Stock the Participant already owns having a value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations. The value of the shares so withheld may not exceed the employer’s minimum required tax withholding rate, and the value of the shares so tendered may not exceed such rate.

SECTION 14. ASSIGNABILITY

No Award or interest in an Award may be sold, assigned, pledged (as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose) or transferred by a Participant or made subject to attachment or similar proceedings otherwise than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, except to the extent the Participant designates one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who may exercise the Award or receive payment under the Award after the Participant’s death. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Award may be exercised only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to assign or transfer an Award subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall specify.

 

-11-


SECTION 15. ADJUSTMENTS

 

15.1 Adjustment of Shares

In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or (b) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall make proportional adjustments in (i) the maximum number and kind of securities available for issuance under the Plan; (ii) the maximum number and kind of securities issuable as Incentive Stock Options as set forth in Section 4.2; and (iii) the number and kind of securities that are subject to any outstanding Award and the per share price of such securities, without any change in the aggregate price to be paid therefor. The determination by the Committee, as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Awards. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or a Company Transaction shall not be governed by this Section 15.1 but shall be governed by Sections 15.2 and 15.3, respectively.

 

15.2 Dissolution or Liquidation

To the extent not previously exercised or settled, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company. To the extent a vesting condition, forfeiture provision or repurchase right applicable to an Award has not been waived by the Committee, the Award shall be forfeited immediately prior to the consummation of the dissolution or liquidation.

 

15.3 Company Transaction; Change in Control

 

15.3.1 Effect of a Company Transaction That Is Not a Change in Control or a Related Party Transaction

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant with respect to a particular Award, in the event of a Company Transaction that is not (a) a Change in Control or (b) a Related Party Transaction:

(i) All outstanding Awards, other than Performance Shares and Performance Units, shall become fully and immediately exercisable, and all applicable deferral and restriction limitations or forfeiture provisions shall lapse, immediately prior to the Company Transaction and shall terminate effective at the effective time of the Company Transaction, if and to the extent such Awards are not converted, assumed or replaced by the Successor Company.

 

-12-


For the purposes of this Section 15.3.1, an Award shall be considered converted, assumed or replaced by the Successor Company if following the Company Transaction the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Company Transaction, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the Company Transaction by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Company Transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Company, the Committee may, with the consent of the Successor Company, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Common Stock subject thereto, to be solely common stock of the Successor Company substantially equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Company Transaction. The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.

(ii) All Performance Shares or Performance Units earned and outstanding as of the date the Company Transaction is determined to have occurred shall be payable in full at the target level in accordance with the payout schedule pursuant to the Award agreement. Any remaining Performance Shares or Performance Units (including any applicable performance period) for which the payout level has not been determined shall be prorated at the target payout level up to and including the date of such Company Transaction and shall be payable in full at the target level in accordance with the payout schedule pursuant to the Award agreement. Any existing deferrals or other restrictions not waived by the Committee in its sole discretion shall remain in effect.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may instead provide that a Participant’s outstanding Awards shall terminate upon or immediately prior to such Company Transaction and that such Participant shall receive, in exchange therefor, a cash payment equal to the amount (if any) by which (x) the value of the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Company Transaction, or, in the event the Company Transaction is one of the transactions listed under subsection (c) in the definition of Company Transaction or otherwise does not result in direct receipt of consideration by holders of Common Stock, the value of the deemed per share consideration received, in each case as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Awards (to the extent then vested and exercisable or whether or not then vested and exercisable, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) exceeds (y) if applicable, the respective aggregate exercise price or grant price for such Award.

 

-13-


15.3.2 Effect of a Change in Control

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant with respect to a particular Award, in the event of a Change in Control:

(a) any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested to the full extent of the original grant;

(b) any restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock or Stock Units shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock or Stock Units shall become free of all restrictions and limitations and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant;

(c) all Performance Shares and Performance Units shall be considered to be earned at the target level and payable in full, any deferral or other restriction shall lapse and such Performance Shares and Performance Units shall be immediately settled or distributed; and

(d) any restrictions and deferral limitations and other conditions applicable to any other Awards shall lapse, and such other Awards shall become free of all restrictions, limitations or conditions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant.

 

15.3.3 Change in Control Cash-Out

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the “Change in Control Exercise Period” ), if the Committee shall so determine at, or at any time after, the time of grant, a Participant holding an Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Share, shall have the right, whether or not the Award is fully vested and/or exercisable and without regard to any deferral or other restriction and in lieu of the payment of the purchase price for the shares of Common Stock being purchased under an Option, to elect by giving notice to the Company within the Change in Control Exercise Period to surrender all or part of the Award to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such notice:

(a) for an Option or SAR, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Acquisition Price per share of Common Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the exercise price per share of Common Stock under the Option, or the grant price per share of Common Stock under the SAR; and

(b) for a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Share, in an amount equal to the Acquisition Price per share of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock or Performance Share, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock granted under the Award as to which the right granted under this Section 15.3.3 shall have been exercised.

 

-14-


15.4 Further Adjustment of Awards

Subject to Sections 15.2 and 15.3, the Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable at any time before a sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change in control of the Company, as defined by the Committee, to take such further action as it determines to be necessary or advisable with respect to Awards. Such authorized action may include (but shall not be limited to) establishing, amending or waiving the type, terms, conditions or duration of, or restrictions on, Awards so as to provide for earlier, later, extended or additional time for exercise, lifting restrictions and other modifications, and the Committee may take such actions with respect to all Participants, to certain categories of Participants or only to individual Participants. The Committee may take such action before or after granting Awards to which the action relates and before or after any public announcement with respect to such sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change in control that is the reason for such action.

 

15.5 No Limitations

The grant of Awards shall in no way affect the Company’s right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

15.6 Fractional Shares

In the event of any adjustment in the number of shares covered by any Award, each such Award shall cover only the number of full shares resulting from such adjustment.

 

15.7 Section 409A of the Code

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, (a) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 15 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (b) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 15 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that after such adjustment the Awards either (i) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and (c) in any event, the Plan Administrator shall not have the authority to make any adjustments pursuant to Section 15 to the extent the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code at the time of grant to be subject thereto.

 

-15-


SECTION 16. MARKET STANDOFF

In the event of an underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, no person may sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares issued pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that in no event shall such period exceed 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. The limitations of this Section 16 shall in all events terminate two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the purchased shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 16, to the same extent the purchased shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 16, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the purchased shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

SECTION 17. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

17.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination

The Board or the Compensation Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion of the Plan at any time and in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan; and provided, further, that any amendment that requires stockholder approval may be made only by the Board. Subject to Section 17.3, the Committee may amend the terms of any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively.

 

17.2 Term of the Plan

Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, the Plan shall terminate ten years from the Effective Date. After the Plan is terminated, no future Awards may be granted, but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the Plan’s terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than ten years after the later of (a) the Effective Date and (b) the approval by the stockholders of any amendment to the Plan that constitutes the adoption of a new plan for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

 

-16-


17.3 Consent of Participant

The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan or a portion thereof or the amendment of an outstanding Award shall not, without the Participant’s consent, materially adversely affect any rights under any Award theretofore granted to the Participant under the Plan. Any change or adjustment to an outstanding Incentive Stock Option shall not, without the consent of the Participant, be made in a manner so as to constitute a “modification” that would cause such Incentive Stock Option to fail to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 15 shall not be subject to these restrictions.

Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Board shall have broad authority to amend the Plan or any outstanding Award without the consent of a Participant to the extent the Board deems necessary or advisable to (a) comply with, or take into account, changes in applicable tax laws, securities laws, accounting rules and other applicable law, rules and regulations or (b) to ensure that an Award is not subject to additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

SECTION 18. GENERAL

 

18.1 No Individual Rights

No individual or Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and the Company has no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan.

Furthermore, nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate a Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

18.2 Issuance of Shares

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act or the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction) and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under the laws

 

-17-


of any state or foreign jurisdiction, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option or any other receipt of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan, the Company may require (a) the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or receipt that such shares are being purchased or received only for the Participant’s own account and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares and (b) such other action or agreement by the Participant as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal, state and foreign securities laws. At the option of the Company, a stop-transfer order against any such shares may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that such shares may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred, unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates to ensure exemption from registration. The Committee may also require the Participant to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement or such other agreement as may be in use by the Company at such time that describes certain terms and conditions applicable to the shares.

To the extent the Plan or any instrument evidencing an Award provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

 

18.3 Indemnification

Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board, or a committee appointed by the Board, or an officer of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Section 3, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which such person may be a party or in which such person may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such person in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by such person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against such person; provided, however, that such person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such person undertakes to handle and defend it on such person’s own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of such person’s own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute.

The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such person may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or of any power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless.

 

-18-


18.4 No Rights as a Stockholder

Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement, no Award, other than a Stock Award, shall entitle the Participant to any cash dividend, voting or other right of a stockholder unless and until the date of issuance under the Plan of the shares that are the subject of such Award.

 

18.5 Compliance With Laws and Regulations

In interpreting and applying the provisions of the Plan, any Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the Plan shall, to the extent permitted by law, be construed as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

18.6 Participants in Other Countries or Jurisdictions

Without amending the Plan, the Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Persons who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws or regulations of other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or any Related Company may operate or have employees to ensure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants employed in such countries or jurisdictions, meet the requirements that permit the Plan to operate in a qualified or tax-efficient manner, comply with applicable foreign laws or regulations and meet the objectives of the Plan.

 

18.7 No Trust or Fund

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan. Nothing contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies or other property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for any immediate or deferred amounts payable to any Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

18.8 Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

18.9 Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Award is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be

 

-19-


construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the Committee’s determination, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

18.10  Choice of Law and Venue

The Plan, all Awards granted thereunder and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Participants irrevocably consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of California.

 

18.11  Legal Requirements

The granting of Awards and the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

SECTION 19. EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date (the “Effective Date” ) is the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board. If the stockholders of the Company do not approve the Plan within 12 months after the Board’s adoption of the Plan, any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

-20-


APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan,

“Acquired Entity” means any entity acquired by the Company or a Related Company or with which the Company or a Related Company merges or combines.

“Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Award, Restricted Stock, Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, cash-based award or other incentive payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock as may be designated by the Committee from time to time.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause , unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing an Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means dishonesty, fraud, serious or willful misconduct, unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets, or conduct prohibited by law (except minor violations), in each case as determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

“Change in Control,” unless the Committee determines otherwise with respect to an Award at the time the Award is granted, means the happening of any of the following events:

(a) an acquisition by any Entity of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock” ) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities” ), excluding, however, the following: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege where the security being so converted was not acquired directly from the Company by the party exercising the conversion privilege, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Related Company, or (iv) a Related Party Transaction; or

(b) a change in the composition of the Board during any two-year period such that the individuals who, as of the beginning of such two-year period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board” ) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that for purposes of this definition, any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the two-year period, whose election, or

 

B-1


nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further, however, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of or in connection with an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of an Entity other than the Board shall not be considered a member of the Incumbent Board.

“Change in Control Exercise Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.3.3.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Committee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

“Company” means CAI International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Company Transaction , unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means consummation of:

(a) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other company or other entity;

(b) a sale in one transaction or a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose of all of the Company’s outstanding voting securities; or

(c) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions undertaken with a common purpose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Where a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose is deemed to be a Company Transaction, the date of such Company Transaction shall be the date on which the last of such transactions is consummated.

“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

“Disability , unless otherwise defined by the Committee or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means a mental or physical impairment of the Participant that is expected to result in death or that has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and that causes the Participant to be unable to perform his or her material duties for the Company or a Related Company and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity, in each case as determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

 

B-2


“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.

“Eligible Person” means any person eligible to receive an Award as set forth in Section 5.

“Entity” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Fair Market Value” means the per share fair market value of the Common Stock as established in good faith by the Committee or, if the Common Stock is publicly traded, the closing sales price for the Common Stock on any given date during regular trading, or if not trading on that date, such price on the last preceding date on which the Common Stock was traded, unless determined otherwise by the Committee using such methods or procedures as it may establish.

“Grant Date” means the later of (a) the date on which the Committee completes the corporate action authorizing the grant of an Award or such later date specified by the Committee or (b) the date on which all conditions precedent to an Award have been satisfied, provided that conditions to the exercisability or vesting of Awards shall not defer the Grant Date.

“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option granted with the intention that it qualify as an “incentive stock option” as that term is defined for purposes of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

“Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” means a right to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7.

“Parent Company” means a company or other entity which as a result of a Company Transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries.

“Participant” means any Eligible Person to whom an Award is granted.

“Performance Award” means an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units granted under Section 11.

“Performance Share” means an Award of units denominated in shares of Common Stock granted under Section 11.1.

“Performance Unit” means an Award of units denominated in cash or property other than shares of Common Stock granted under Section 11.2.

 

B-3


“Plan” means Container Applications International, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

“Related Company” means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by, in control of or under common control with the Company.

“Related Party Transaction” means a Company Transaction pursuant to which:

(a) the Entities who are the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Company Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Successor Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Company Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities;

(b) no Entity (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or a Related Company, the Successor Company or, if reference was made to equity ownership of any Parent Company for purposes of determining whether clause (a) above is satisfied in connection with the applicable Company Transaction, such Parent Company) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Successor Company or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors unless such ownership resulted solely from ownership of securities of the Company prior to the Company Transaction; and

(c) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will immediately after the consummation of the Company Transaction constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Successor Company (or, if reference was made to equity ownership of any Parent Company for purposes of determining whether clause (a) above is satisfied in connection with the applicable Company Transaction, of the Parent Company).

“Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are subject to restrictions prescribed by the Committee.

“Retirement , unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means “Retirement” as defined for purposes of the Plan by the Committee or the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, if not so defined, means Termination of Service on or after the date the Participant reaches “normal retirement age,” as that term is defined in Section 411(a)(8) of the Code.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

B-4


“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted under Section 9.1 to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock over the grant price.

“Stock Award” means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are not subject to restrictions prescribed by the Committee.

“Stock Unit” means an Award denominated in units of Common Stock granted under Section 10.

“Substitute Awards” means Awards granted or shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in substitution or exchange for awards previously granted by an Acquired Entity.

“Successor Company” means the surviving company, the successor company or Parent Company, as applicable, in connection with a Company Transaction.

“Termination of Service” means a termination of employment or service relationship with the Company or a Related Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death, Disability or Retirement. Any question as to whether and when there has been a Termination of Service for the purposes of an Award and the cause of such Termination of Service shall be determined by the Company’s chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors and executive officers, by the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. Transfer of a Participant’s employment or service relationship between the Company and any Related Company shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of an Award. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur if the Participant’s employment or service relationship is with an entity that has ceased to be a Related Company.

“Vesting Commencement Date” means the Grant Date or such other date selected by the Committee as the date from which an Award begins to vest.

 

B-5


PLAN ADOPTION AND AMENDMENTS/ADJUSTMENTS SUMMARY PAGE

 

Date of Board

Action

  

Action

  

Section/Effect

of Amendment

  

Date of Stockholder

Approval

April 23, 2007

   Initial Plan Adoption       April 23, 2007

 

R-B1

Exhibit 10.13

 


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

For the purchase of

Common Stock Representing 14.95951868% of the Outstanding Stock of

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Between

HIROMITSU OGAWA (as Seller)

and

DBJ VALUE UP FUND (as Purchaser)

FEBRUARY 16, 2007

 



STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 16, 2007, by and among Hiromitsu Ogawa (“ Seller ”), DBJ Value Up Fund, a Japanese partnership (“ DBJ ”) and CAI International, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). The Company was formerly known as “Container Applications International, Inc.”, and changed its name to “CAI International, Inc.” on February 2, 2007, at the time it reincorporated in the State of Delaware.

SECTION 1

Sale of Common Stock.

1.1 Sale and Issuance of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, DBJ agrees to purchase and the Seller agrees to sell to DBJ, 4,028 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), at a cash purchase price of $26,927,133 (the “ Purchase Price ”), payable in an initial payment (“ Initial Payment ”) of $20,943,326 and, as provided Section 1.2 a deferred payment (the “ Deferred Payment ”) of up to $5,983,807. The Purchase Price shall be paid in United States Dollars. The Purchase Price is based on an agreed equity value of the Company of $200,000,000, with a 10% discount that Seller has agreed to provide to DBJ to reflect the large block sale, and the fact that the Shares are presently not publicly tradable.

Payments of the Initial Payment and Deferred Payment shall be made by wire transfer to:

Hiromitsu Ogawa

Account #13295-41137

Bank of America

555 California Street, 7th Floor

San Francisco, California 94104

ABA # 0260-0959-3

Swift Code: BOFAUS3N

All wire transaction fees incurred in connection with this Agreement in connection with the receipt of the wire transfer shall be paid by Seller, and all wire transaction fees incurred in connection with the sending of the wire shall be paid by DBJ.

1.2 Timing of Payments . The Initial Payment shall be paid at the Closing (as herein after defined), upon satisfaction of the closing conditions set forth in Section 5. The Deferred Payment shall be payable within thirty (30) days following the closing of the initial public offering of the

 

- 2 -


Company’s common stock (the “ IPO ”). The amount of the Deferred Payment that shall be paid by DBJ will be based on the Company’s Whole Equity Value (as hereinafter defined) that is reflected in the pricing of the IPO.

(a) If the IPO is priced to reflect a Whole Equity Value of $200,000,000 or more, DBJ shall pay the entire Deferred Payment of $5,983,807.

(b) If the IPO is priced to reflect a Whole Equity Value of less than $200,000,000, but more than $155,555,556, DBJ shall pay to Seller a portion of the Deferred Payment equal to the product obtained by multiplying: (i) $5,983,807, by (ii) the fraction obtained by dividing (yy) the Whole Equity Value of the Company minus $155,555,556, by (zz) $44,444,444.

(c) If the IPO is priced to reflect a Whole Equity Value of less than $155,555,556, DBJ shall not be required to pay any portion of the Deferred Payment, and the Initial Payment shall constitute payment in full for the Shares.

Whole Equity Value ” shall equal the remainder obtained by subtracting:

(a) The gross proceeds received by the Company from the IPO (prior to payment of underwriter’s discount), from

(b) the product obtained by multiplying: (i) the price per share at which stock of the Company is sold to the public in the IPO, by (ii) the number of outstanding shares of the Company on the closing date of the IPO (calculated on a “fully-diluted” basis, and after giving effect to the shares sold in the IPO and any options issued under the Stock Plan described in Section 3.2(b)(ii)).

SECTION 2

Closing Dates and Delivery.

 

  2.1 Closing .

(a) The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place at a closing (the “ Closing ”), which shall take place at the offices of Perkins Coie LLP at Four Embarcadero Center, 24th Floor, San Francisco, California, at 10:00 a.m. local time on February 20, 2007, or such other date or place as the Seller and DBJ may agree.

(b) At the Closing, the Company will deliver to DBJ a certificate registered in DBJ’s name representing 4,028 Shares against payment of the Initial Payment portion of the Purchase Price, by wire transfer in accordance with the Seller’s instructions

 

- 3 -


SECTION 3

Representations and Warranties by the Seller.

Seller hereby represents and warrants to DBJ as follows:

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted. The Company is presently qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or business as now conducted (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

3.2 Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 200,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 25,200 shares are issued and outstanding and 2,652 shares of Preferred Stock, all of which are designated Series A Preferred and 1,726 of which are issued and outstanding. The Common Stock and the Series A Preferred shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate ”), a true and complete copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto. The Shares represent approximately 14.95951868% of the outstanding stock of the Company (determined as of the Closing), with preferred stock included in the calculation on an “as-converted” basis.

(a) The outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued in compliance with applicable laws, and are fully paid and nonassessable.

(b) The Company has reserved:

(i) 1,726 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred; and;

(ii) 1,700 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to its 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Stock Plan ”), under which no options to purchase shares or stock grants are issued or outstanding under the Stock Plan as of the date of this Agreement.

(c) The outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock are owned by the shareholders and in the numbers specified in Exhibit B , attached hereto.

(d) Except for the conversion privileges of the Series A Preferred and options that may be issued under the Company’s Stock Plan, there are no options, warrants or other rights to purchase any of the Company’s authorized and unissued capital stock.

3.3 No Liens . The Shares that are being purchased by DBJ hereunder, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, shall be free and clear of any liens or encumbrances.

 

- 4 -


3.4 Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to the DBJ its audited balance sheet and statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2005 and its unaudited balance sheet and statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2006 (the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements are correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the date(s) and during the period(s) indicated therein. The audited Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the period indicated, except as disclosed therein. The unaudited Financial Statements do not contain additional financial statements and footnotes required under GAAP, and are subject to normal year-end adjustments.

3.5 Changes . To Seller’s knowledge, since the date of most recent financial statements there has not been:

(a) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business, that has had a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that has had a Material Adverse Effect;

3.6 Registration and Voting Rights . Except as set forth in the Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Company is presently not under any obligation and has not granted any rights to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor law, and the rules and regulations of the United Stated Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder (the “ Securities Act ”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder (the “ Exchange Act ”) any of its presently outstanding securities or any of its securities that may hereafter be issued. To the Company’s knowledge, except as contemplated in the Voting Agreement (as hereinafter defined), no stockholder of the Company has entered into any agreements with respect to the voting of capital shares of the Company.

3.7 Disclosure . The Company has filed all registration statements, proxy statements and other reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and all amendments thereto, including the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 which was filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2007 (collectively, the “ Commission Documents ”); and the Seller has furnished the Purchaser correct and complete copies of all Commission Documents, each as filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, from and after February 7, 2007. To the Seller’s knowledge, the Commission Documents do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made and are in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of their respective report form. The Seller does not represent or warrant that the Company will achieve any financial projections provided to the DBJ and represents only that such

 

- 5 -


projections were prepared in good faith. The Seller hereby represents and agrees to take all actions as may be necessary to comply with United States securities laws applicable to the sale and to enable DBJ to obtain the ownership of the Shares.

3.8 Brokers or Finders. The Seller has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with its sale of the Shares.

SECTION 4

Representations and Warranties by DBJ.

DBJ hereby represents and warrants to the Seller as follows:

4.1 No Registration . DBJ understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of such DBJ’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

4.2 Investment Intent . DBJ is acquiring the Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, and DBJ has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. DBJ further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to any of the Shares.

4.3 Investment Experience . DBJ is an institutional investor with substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company.

4.4 Access to Data . DBJ has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Company concerning this Agreements, the Commission Documents, the exhibits and schedules attached to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as well as the Company’s business, management and financial affairs, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. DBJ acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

4.5 Residency . DBJ is a partnership formed under the laws of Japan, with its principal place of business in Japan.

 

- 6 -


4.6 Shares not Publicly Tradable DBJ acknowledges that the Shares have not been Registered under the Securities Act and must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

4.7 Brokers or Finders. DBJ has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with its purchase of the Shares.

4.8 Legends . DBJ understands and agrees that the certificates evidencing the Shares to be delivered at the Closing shall bear the following legend (in addition to any legend required by the Rights Agreement or under applicable state securities laws):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND/OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

4.9 Compliance with Law . (a) DBJ hereby represents that DBJ is satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of Japan in connection with the purchase of the Shares, including (i) the legal requirements within Japan for the purchase of Shares, (ii) any Japanese foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, and (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained under the laws of Japan. DBJ’s subscription and payment for, and such DBJ’s continued ownership of, the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of Japan.

(b) DBJ hereby agrees to take all actions as may be necessary to comply with United States securities laws applicable to the purchase and ownership of the Shares.

SECTION 5

Conditions to DBJ’s Obligations to Close.

DBJ’s obligation to purchase the Shares is subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions, unless waived by DBJ:

5.1 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the Seller in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such Closing.

 

- 7 -


5.2 Covenants . All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Seller on or prior to the Closing shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects.

5.3 Registration Rights Agreement . The Company, the Seller and DBJ shall have executed and delivered the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement in the form of Exhibit C (the “ Rights Agreement ”).

5.4 Voting Agreement . The Company, the Seller and DBJ shall have executed and delivered the Voting Agreement in the form of Exhibit D (the “ Voting Agreement ”).

5.5 Secretary’s Closing Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to a certificate of the Company executed by the Company’s Secretary, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , attaching and certifying to the truth and correctness of (1) the Certificate, (2) the Bylaws and (3) the board and stockholder resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 6

Conditions to Seller’s Obligation to Close.

Seller’s obligation to sell the Shares is subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of the following conditions, unless waived by the Seller:

6.1 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by DBJ in such Closing in Section 4 shall be true and correct in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such Closing.

6.2 Compliance with Securities Laws . The Seller shall be satisfied that the offer and sale of the Shares shall be qualified or exempt from registration or qualification under all applicable federal and state securities laws.

6.3 Rights Agreement . The Company, the Seller and DBJ shall have executed and delivered the Rights Agreement.

6.4 Voting Agreement . The Company, the Seller and DBJ shall have executed and delivered the Voting Agreement.

6.5 Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings required to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all instruments and other documents relating to such transactions, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Seller, and the Seller shall have been furnished with such instruments and documents as the Seller shall have reasonably requested.

 

- 8 -


SECTION 7

Miscellaneous.

7.1 Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Seller and DBJ.

7.2 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

 

(a)    if to DBJ, to:

  

DBJ Value Up Fund

1-9-1, Otemachi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo

100-0004 JAPAN

Attention: Kazuhiro Takahashi

Director General of Planning Department of Investment Banking

Fax No.: +81-3-3270-3365

  

(b)    if to Seller, to:

  

Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa

c/o CAI International, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 2101

San Francisco, CA 94111

Fax No.: (415) 788-3430

  

(c)    if to the Company, to:

  

Mr. Masaaki Nishibori

c/o CAI International, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 2100

San Francisco, CA 94111

Fax No.: (415) 788-3430

  

With a copy to:

  

Perkins Coie LLP

101 Jefferson Drive

Menlo Park

California, 94125

Attention: Edward Wes

Fax No.: (650) 838-4350

  

 

- 9 -


7.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

7.4 Expen s es . Except as set forth in Section 1.1 with respect to wire transaction fees, the Seller and DBJ shall each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Seller will be paid his expenses from the Company.

7.5 Survival The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement shall survive any investigation made by any party hereto and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby for one year from the date of the Closing.

7.6 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

7.7 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

7.8 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

7.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

7.10 Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

 

- 10 -


7.11 Jurisdiction; Venue . With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in New York City in the State of New York (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Southern District of New York).

7.12 Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

( The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank. )

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

“SELLER”
 

/s/ Hiromitsu Ogawa

  (Signature of Hiromitsu Ogawa)

 

“DBJ”

DBJ VALUE UP FUND

a Japanese partnership

By:  

/s/ Masaski Kumagne

Name:   Masaski Kumagne
Title:   President
“COMPANY”

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Masaaki Nishibori

Name:   Masaaki Nishibori
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

(Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement)


SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS

 

A Certificate of Incorporation
B Holders of the Company’s Common and Preferred Stock
C Registration Rights Agreement
D Voting Agreement
E Secretary’s Closing Certificate


EXHIBIT A

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) is:

CAI International, Inc.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name and address of the Registered Agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

STOCK

Section 1. Authorization . The Corporation shall be authorized to issue 202,652 shares of capital stock, of which 200,000 shares shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and 2,652 shares shall be shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Section 2. Rights and Restrictions . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Dividends and Distributions .

(a) Common Stock . At any time when any accrued dividends on the Preferred Stock remain unpaid or any shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3(b) are not fully redeemed on or after the date specified in Section 3(b) (whether or not such redemption is restricted by Section 3(e)), no distribution (as defined below) shall be made on or with respect to Common Stock without the written consent of all holders of Preferred Stock.

 


As used in this Section 1(a), “distribution” means the transfer of cash, obligations of the Corporation or property without consideration or at less than fair market value (but in such event only to the extent of the shortfall), whether by way of dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation), or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash, obligations of the Corporation or property.

(b) Preferred Stock . Dividends on the Preferred Stock shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared and whether or not funds are legally available therefor, at the rate of ten and one half percent (10 1/2%) per share per year, and no more, based on the purchase price of the Preferred Stock of Four Hundred Ninety-Six Dollars and Eleven Cents ($496.11) per share (the “Original Issue Price”). The dividends accrued from June 1 of each calendar year (and for the first calendar year after issuance, the dividends accrued commencing on the original issue date of the Preferred Stock) through May 31 of the immediately following calendar year shall be payable on such May 31 of such immediately following calendar year out of funds legally available therefor, at the election of the Board of Directors, in cash.

(c) Cumulation . Any dividend on the Preferred Stock not paid on a dividend payment date specified in Section 1(b) shall cumulate, whether or not declared and whether or not funds were legally available therefor.

2. Preference on Liquidation .

(a) Liquidation Amount . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of Common Stock, the Original Issue Price for each share of Preferred Stock then held by them, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for distribution. After setting apart or paying in full the preferential amounts due the holders of record of the issued and outstanding Preferred Stock, the Corporation’s remaining assets available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed exclusively to the holders of record of the issued and outstanding Common Stock.

If upon the event of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary (except for a “Liquidity Event”), the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of the Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they respectively shall be entitled pursuant to this Section 3(a), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of assets according to the respective amounts which would be payable in respect of the shares then held by them upon such distribution if all amounts on or with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock were paid in full.

(b) Merger or Sale of Assets . The merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation as those terms are used in this Section 2 unless such merger, consolidation or sale is a “Liquidity Event” as defined in Section 5(a) of this Article IV.

 


3. Redemption .

(a) Redemption at the Option of the Corporation . The Corporation, at its sole option and discretion, shall be entitled to redeem Preferred Stock from any holder of record of issued and outstanding Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stockholder”) at any time following the first to occur of (i) the date any Preferred Stockholder ceases to be an employee of the Corporation for any reason; and (ii) May 15, 2008 (“Final Redemption Date”). The redemption price (the “Preferred Stock Redemption Price”) shall be as follows:

(1) in the event a Preferred Stockholder is terminated at any time for cause, the Original Issue Price plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends; and

(2) on the occurrence of the Final Redemption Date, or in the event a Preferred Stockholder ceases to be employed by the Corporation (unless following termination for cause) or due to the death, disability or termination without “cause” of the Preferred Stockholder, the greater of (y) the redemption price which would be payable under subsection (1) above; or (z) an amount equal to the book value as of the most recent quarter end of the Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock would have been convertible if a Liquidity Event (as defined in Section 5(a)) had then occurred.

The term “cause” shall mean: (i) a failure by the Preferred Stockholder to substantially perform his duties as an officer of the Corporation, other than a failure resulting from the Preferred Stockholder’s complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment (a “Disability”); (ii) an act by the Preferred Stockholder of dishonesty, fraud, misrepresentation, or other act(s) of moral turpitude, that would prevent the effective performance of his duties; (iii) an act by the Preferred Stockholder which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Corporation; (iv) a breach by the Preferred Stockholder of a material provision of the Nonstatutory Stock Option dated May 15, 1998 issued to said Preferred Stockholder by the Corporation, which breach is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice from the Corporation; or (v) the Preferred Stockholder’s involvement in material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Corporation.

(b) Partial Sale Redemption Right . In the event that Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa sells all or part of his Common Stock in one or a series of related transactions (a “Partial Sale”), (i) each Preferred Stockholder will be entitled , at his option, to cause the Corporation to redeem his Preferred Stock; and (ii) the Corporation, at its option, may redeem said Preferred Stockholder’s Preferred Stock. To exercise the Preferred Stockholder’s redemption option, Preferred Stockholder must provide the Corporation with written notice within fifteen (15) days after said Partial Sale. To exercise the Corporation’s redemption option, the Corporation shall provide the Preferred Stockholder with written notice within fifteen (15) days after said Partial Sale in the manner set forth in Section 3(d) of this Article IV. The redemption price of the Preferred Stock under this Section 3(b) shall be determined by the Chairman, and shall be based on the fair market value of the Common Stock sold by Mr. Ogawa at the Partial Sale.

(c) Look-Back . In the event that (i) a holder of Preferred Stock ceases to be an employee of the Corporation as a result of death, disability or termination without cause (the

 


“Termination”); (ii) the Corporation redeems said holder’s Preferred Stock pursuant to this Article IV, Section 3; and (iii) within the next twelve (12) months following the Termination a Liquidity Event shall occur, then such holder of Preferred Stock, or his or her heirs or estate, shall receive, and the Corporation shall pay, the excess, if any, of (y) the value of the Common Stock that the holder of Preferred Stock would have been entitled to receive as of the date of the Liquidity Event had the Termination not occurred; over (z) the value received by such holder for the redeemed Preferred Stock.

(d) Notice of Redemption . Notice of any redemption pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) of this Article IV shall be given by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the holders of record of the Preferred Stock to be redeemed at least 15 but not more than 30 days prior to the proposed date for redemption, such notice to be addressed to each such Preferred Stockholder at the address of such holder given to the Corporation for the purposes of notice, or if no such address appears or is given, the place where the principal office of the Corporation is located. Such notice shall state the date fixed for redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed and the redemption price per share and shall call upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation on said date at the place designated in the notice such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed. On or after the dated fixed for redemption and stated in such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock notified of the redemption shall surrender the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the redemption price. If less than all the shares represented by any such surrendered certificate(s) are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. If such notice of redemption shall have been duly given, and if on the date fixed for redemption funds necessary for the redemption shall be available therefor, then, as to any certificates evidencing and Preferred Stock so called for redemption and not surrendered, all rights of the holders of such shares so called for redemption and not surrendered shall cease with respect to such shares, except only the right of the holders to receive the redemption prices without interest upon surrender of their certificates.

(e) Restrictions on Redemption . No Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to this Section 3 or otherwise at any time (i) when such redemption is prohibited by the DGCL, or (ii) that the terms of any contract or agreement of the Corporation relating to indebtedness for borrowed money or the issuance of debt securities (whether entered into before, simultaneously with or after the issuance of Preferred Stock) specifically prohibit such redemption or provide that such redemption would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder.

(f) Redeemed Preferred Stock . Upon any redemption of Preferred Stock hereunder, the Corporation shall retire all shares of Preferred Stock so redeemed.

4. Voting .

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote for matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except to the extent required by the DGCL. However, the Corporation must obtain the prior written consent of a majority of the holders of Preferred Stock prior to approving any of the following actions: (a) a change in the rights or privileges of the Preferred Stock; and (b) the authorization by the Corporation of any class of stock ranking senior to or equal with the Preferred Stock as to dividends, redemptions or liquidation preference. The

 


holders of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote, and the holders of the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class.

5. Conversion Rights .

(a) Conversion of Preferred Stock . The entirety of the issued and outstanding Preferred Stock will be converted into an equal number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (the “Conversion Ratio”) immediately prior to the occurrence of (1) an underwritten initial public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock; or (2) a sale of the Common Stock or assets of the Corporation (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, sale of securities, sale of assets or otherwise) in one transaction or a series of related transactions to a person or persons other than Mr. Hiromitsu Ogawa or any of his affiliates, pursuant to which such acquiring person or persons (together with their affiliates) acquires (i) securities representing a majority of the voting power of all securities of the Corporation then outstanding (assuming the conversion, exchange or exercise of all securities other than Preferred Stock at such time convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for or into voting securities), or (ii) all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets on a consolidated basis (a “Liquidity Event”).

(b) Procedure for Conversion . Any exercise of the conversion right specified in Section 5(a) shall be made by written notice of a Liquidity Event given by the Corporation to the holder of the Preferred Stock being converted. The holder of Preferred Stock shall, upon receipt of said notice, forward the certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock being converted duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by forms appropriate for transfer. Upon conversion, no fractional shares shall be issued and in lieu therefor the Corporation shall pay in cash the fair market value of such fraction as determined by the Board of Directors. Such conversion shall be deemed (without any other action on the part of the holder(s), the Corporation or any other party being necessary therefor) to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the Liquidity Event (such time being herein called the “Conversion Date”), and the record holders of Preferred Stock immediately prior to the Conversion Date (or, if so specified in the notice of conversion, the other person specified therein to be the holder of the Common Stock issuable on such conversion) shall thereupon be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable following any such conversion, issue and deliver at such office to such converting holder or to its nominee or nominees a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(c) Adjustment of Conversion Ratio . In the event of any stock split or reverse stock split affecting the outstanding Common Stock, or in the event of a dividend on or distribution in respect of, the outstanding Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Ratio shall, automatically upon the effectiveness thereof, be adjusted proportionately.

(d) Notice of Record Date . If, at any time when the Preferred Stock is convertible under this Section 5, a Liquidity Event shall occur, or there is any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each

 


holder of Preferred Stock at least 10 days prior to the effective date of the transaction, a notice specifying (i) the date on which any such transaction is expected to become effective, and (ii) the time, if any, that is to be fixed, as to when holders of record of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or other securities or other property deliverable upon the consummation of such transaction).

(e) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number of Directors . Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Classes . The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.

Section 3. Written Ballot . Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

Section 4. Removal . Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office only for cause by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 


Section 5. Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock or unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any vacancy or newly created directorship shall be filled by the stockholders, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director. Any director so chosen shall hold office until such director’s successor shall be elected and qualified and until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDING THE BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaws. The foregoing notwithstanding, the stockholders of the Corporation shall have no power to adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaws unless such adoption, amendment or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article VI as a single class.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDING THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Subject to the provisions of Article X hereof, the Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. All rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

ARTICLE VIII

DIRECTOR LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 1. Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors . The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by law. No

 


amendment, modification or repeal of this Article, adoption of any provision in this Certificate of Incorporation, or change in the law or interpretation of the law shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation under this Article VIII with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to the time of such amendment, modification, repeal, adoption or change.

Section 2. Indemnification and Insurance . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

Section 1. Written Action . Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders or by a written consent or consents by stockholders in lieu of such a meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law or provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by (a) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or (b) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied.

Section 3. Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE X

SUPERMAJORITY AMENDMENT

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of Article

 


V, Article VI, Article VIII, Article IX and this Article X hereof may not be altered, amended or repealed unless such alteration, amendment or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article X as a single class.

* * * *

The undersigned hereby further declares and certifies under penalty of perjury that the facts set forth in the foregoing certificate are true and correct to the knowledge of the undersigned, and that this certificate is the act and deed of the undersigned.

Executed on this 30th day of January, 2007.

 

By:  

/s/ Ranvir S. Sandhu

  Ranvir S. Sandhu, Sole Incorporator


EXHIBIT B

HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY’S COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK

 

Stockholder

  

Number of Shares

Hiromitsu Ogawa (including the Ogawa Family

Trust and Ogawa Family Limited Partnership)

  

25,200 shares of Common Stock

(prior to giving effect to the sale to DBJ)

Masaaki Nishibori    1,326 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock
Fred Bauthier    400 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock


EXHIBIT C

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT D

VOTING AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT E

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CORPORATE SECRETARY’S CLOSING CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 16, 2007 by and among CAI International, Inc, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), Hiromitsu Ogawa and DBJ Value Up Fund. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. This Certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Agreement.

I, Victor Garcia, do hereby certify that I am the Secretary of the Company, and that, as such, I am authorized to execute this certificate on behalf of the Company, and do hereby further certify that:

 

  1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the resolutions duly adopted by the directors and sole stockholder of the Company on February 16, 2007 authorizing the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

 

  2. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, (the “ Certificate ”), as amended to date.

 

  3. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Company, as amended to date.

 

  4. The resolutions referred to in paragraph 1 above were adopted in compliance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been amended, modified or rescinded.

(The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank.)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of February 16, 2007.

 

/s/ Victor Garcia

Secretary

(Secretary’s Certificate Signature Page)


EXHIBIT A

ACTION BY UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

AND SOLE VOTING STOCKHOLDER OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

February 16, 2007

In accordance with Sections 141(f) and 228(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the undersigned members of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of CAI International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holder of all outstanding voting securities of the Company (the “ Stockholder ”), hereby take the following action and adopt the following resolutions, effective for all purposes as of the date set forth above:

 

1. Approval of Stock Purchase Agreement

WHEREAS , the Board and the sole Stockholder have determined that the terms and conditions of the proposed Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) for the sale of 4,028 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), representing 14.9595% of the outstanding stock of the Company by Hiromitsu Ogawa (the “ Seller ”) to DBJ Value Up Fund (the “ Purchaser ”) is fair and reasonable to the Company and that it is in the best interests of the Company and its sole Stockholder to accept the terms proposed for the sale.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED , that the sale of the Shares on the terms and conditions as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement, all in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A , Exhibit B and Exhibit C , respectively, are hereby approved, adopted, ratified and confirmed, with such changes as may be approved by the officers of the Company, their signature on such documents to constitute conclusive evidence of such approval.

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the officers of the Company are hereby authorized, directed and empowered to execute, deliver and perform, the Purchase Agreement, the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, Voting Agreement and all documents to be executed and delivered in connection therewith, such documents to be in substantially the form presented to the Board and sole Stockholder with such changes that any such officer shall approve their signature thereof shall be deemed evidence of such approval.


2. Omnibus Resolutions

RESOLVED , that the officers of the Company are hereby authorized and directed to execute all documents and take whatever action is deemed necessary or advisable to carry out and perform the obligations of the Company as set forth in these resolutions, and all prior actions taken by the officers in connection herewith are hereby confirmed, ratified and approved.


This Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board and Stockholder shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Company and shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Directors:

/s/ Hiromitsu Ogawa

Hiromitsu Ogawa

/s/ Masaaki Nishibori

Masaaki Nishibori
Stockholder:

/s/ Hiromitsu Ogawa

Hiromitsu Ogawa,
individually and on behalf of the Ogawa Family Trust, dated 7/06/98 and the Ogawa Family Limited Partnership


EXHIBIT A

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT C

VOTING AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


EXHIBIT C

BYLAWS

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware

As of February 2, 2007


ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1.1 Principal Delaware Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

SECTION 1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices in such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 2.1 Meetings of Stockholders .

(a) Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the meeting.

(b) Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the “Whole Board”).

(c) Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may, at its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

(d) Notice of Meeting . Written notice, stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be delivered by the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given, notice may be given by a form of electronic transmission that satisfies the requirements of the DGCL and has been consented to by the stockholder to whom notice is given. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears in the Corporation’s records. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with Article VIII of these Bylaws. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given


prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

(e) Chairman of Stockholder’s Meeting . The Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman’s absence, a Vice Chairman, or in the absence of any Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Vice President, or in the absence of the Executive Vice President, a chairman chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meetings of the stockholders.

SECTION 2.2 Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment; Required Vote .

(a) Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or by these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Stock”), present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given, except that notice of the adjourned meeting shall be required if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

(b) Required Vote . The affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws requiring a larger or different vote, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

SECTION 2.3 Voting by Stockholders; Procedures for Election of Directors .

(a) Voting by Stockholders . Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at any meeting may do so in person or by proxy appointed by instrument in writing or in such other manner prescribed by the DGCL, subscribed by such stockholder or his or her duly authorized attorney in fact.

(b) Procedure for Election of Directors . Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot, and, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast shall elect directors.


SECTION 2.4 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely,


but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . The business to be transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such meetings. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General . (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(2) For purposes of this Bylaw, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.


SECTION 2.5 Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls . The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law.

The chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting.

SECTION 2.6 Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders or by a written consent or consents by stockholders in lieu of such a meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 3.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.


SECTION 3.3 Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

SECTION 3.4 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director and shall state the time and place for the special meeting.

SECTION 3.5 Notice . If notice of a Board of Directors’ meeting is required to be given, notice of shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or overnight mail or courier service, electronic transmission (including, without limitation, via facsimile transmission or electronic mail), or orally by telephone. If mailed by first-class mail, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, no later than the third business day preceding the date of such meeting. If by overnight mail or courier service, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws, as provided under Article IX of these Bylaws. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Article VIII of these Bylaws.

SECTION 3.6 Quorum . Subject to Section 3.10 of these Bylaws, a number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 3.7 Use of Communications Equipment . Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

SECTION 3.8 Action by Consent of Board of Directors . Any action required or permitted to be


taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

SECTION 3.9 Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

SECTION 3.10 Vacancies . Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 3.11 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each of which shall consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any committee shall, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the limitations contained in the DGCL, have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep such records and report to the Board of Directors in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business. Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors or in rules adopted by the committee, each committee shall conduct its business as nearly as possible in the same manner as provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall automatically cease to be a committee member.


Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board of Directors from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided , however , that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

BOOKS AND RECORDS

The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. Unless otherwise required by the laws of Delaware, the books and records of the Corporation may be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other place or places inside or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 5.1 Officers; Election or Appointment . The Board of Directors shall take such action as may be necessary from time to time to ensure that the Corporation has such officers as are necessary, under Section 6.1 of these Bylaws and the DGCL as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended, to enable it to sign stock certificates. In addition, the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may elect (a) one or more Chairmen of the Board and/or one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board from among its members, (b) one or more Chief Executive Officers, one or more Chief Financial Officers, one or more Presidents and/or one or more Chief Operating Officers, (c) one or more Vice Presidents or Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Treasurers and/or one or more Secretaries and/or (d) one or more other officers, in each case if and to the extent the Board of Directors deems desirable. The Board of Directors may give any officer such further designations or alternate titles as it considers desirable. In addition, the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may authorize the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint one or more officers of the kind described in clauses (c) and (d) above. Any number of offices may be held by the same person and directors may hold any office unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

SECTION 5.2 Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing or authorizing the appointment of any officer, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to such person or persons as the Board of Directors may designate. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. The Chairman of


the Board or the Chief Executive Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint a person to hold an office of the Corporation may also remove such person from such office with or without cause at any time, unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board providing such authorization. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting or by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint a person to hold such office.

SECTION 5.3 Powers and Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in these Bylaws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these Bylaws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and as are necessary to conduct customary management and operation of the Corporation. A Secretary or such other officer appointed to do so by the Board of Directors shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose.

SECTION 5.4 Authority to Sell or Otherwise Dispose of Assets . The authorized officers of the Corporation are authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of assets or other equipment, including, but not limited to, containers, in the ordinary course of business. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to permit the officers of the Corporation to sell all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets without the prior approval of the Board of Directors or to take any other action that is not part of the Corporation’s ordinary course of business.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK CERTIFICATES

SECTION 6.1 Stock Certificates . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of stock either in certificated or in uncertificated form. If shares are issued in uncertificated form, each stockholder shall be entitled upon written request to a stock certificate or certificates duly numbered, certifying the number and class of shares in the Corporation owned by him and otherwise as specified in this Section 6.1. Each certificate for shares of stock shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and (b) by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate will include any legends required by law or deemed necessary or advisable by the Board.

SECTION 6.2 Lost Certificates . No certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on


production of such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors or any financial officer of the Corporation may in its or his or her discretion require.

SECTION 6.3 Transfers of Stock . The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in a person or by his or her attorney upon surrender for cancellation of a certificate or certificates for at least the same number of shares, or other evidence of ownership if no certificates shall have been issued, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and with such proof of the validity and authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require.

ARTICLE VII

DEPOSITARIES AND CHECKS

Depositaries of the funds of the Corporation shall be designated by the Board of Directors; and all checks on such funds shall be signed by such officers or other employees of the Corporation as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

ARTICLE VIII

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Any notice of a meeting required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws may be waived by the person entitled thereto, either before or after the time of such meeting stated in such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT

These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting; provided , however , that, in the case of any alteration, amendment or repeal by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws; and provided further , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, in the case of any alteration, amendment or repeal by the stockholders of any of the provisions of these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock, considered for purposes of this Article IX as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any such provision.


ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

SECTION 10.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, claim or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in Section 10.4 of this Article X, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10.2 Advancement of Expenses . The right to indemnification conferred in this Article X shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances; provided , however , that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article X or otherwise.

SECTION 10.3 Obtaining Indemnification . To obtain indemnification under this Article X, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10.3, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (1) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined), or (2) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting


of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (iii) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors unless there shall have occurred within two years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a Change in Control (as defined below), in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. If a claimant is successful, in whole or in part, in any suit brought against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of any written claim to indemnification, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim.

SECTION 10.4 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 10.1 of this Article X is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim pursuant to Section 10.3 of this Article X has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

SECTION 10.5 Corporation’s Obligation to Indemnify . If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10.3 of this Article X that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Article X.

SECTION 10.6 Preclusion from Challenging Article X . The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Article X that the procedures and presumptions of this Article X are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article X.


For purposes of this Article X:

(a) “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur only if a majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall not be (i) individuals elected as directors of the Corporation for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or (ii) individuals elected or appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

(c) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article X.

SECTION 10.7 Non-exclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article X shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. No repeal or modification of this Article X shall in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification.

SECTION 10.8 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such director or officer, and each such agent or employee to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in Section 10.9 of this Article X, shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such director, officer, employee or agent.

SECTION 10.9 Other Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any employee or agent or class of employees or agents of the Corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of each such person) to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article X with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.


SECTION 10.10 Validity of Article X . If any provision or provisions of this Article X shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 11.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first (1 st ) day of January and end on the thirty-first (31 st ) day of December of each year.

SECTION 11.2 Dividends . The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

* * * *


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of CAI International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and that the foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Written Consent of this Corporation’s Sole Common Stockholder and Directors on February 2, 2007.

Executed as of February 2, 2007.

 

/s/ Masaaki Nishibori

Masaaki Nishibori
Secretary

Exhibit 10.14

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

VOTING AGREEMENT

February 16, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

   Election of Directors .    1
   1.1     Board Representation .    1
   1.2     Appointment of Directors .    2

2.

   Additional Representations and Covenants .    2
   2.1     No Revocation .    2
   2.2     Legends .    2
   2.3     Covenants of the Parties .    2
   2.4     No Liability for Election of Recommended Directors .    3
   2.5     Grant of Proxy .    3
   2.6     Specific Enforcement .    3
   2.7     Execution by the Company .    3

3.

   Termination .    3
   3.1     Termination Events .    3
   3.2     Removal of Legend .    3

4.

   Miscellaneous .    4
   4.1     Successors and Assigns .    4
   4.2     Amendments and Waivers .    4
   4.3     Notices .    4
   4.4     Severability .    4
   4.5     Governing Law .    4
   4.6     Counterparts .    5
   4.7     Titles and Subtitles .    5
   4.8     Manner of Voting .    5
   4.9     Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc.    5
   4.10   Binding Effect .    5


CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

VOTING AGREEMENT

This Voting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 16, 2007, by and among Hiromitsu Ogawa (“ Seller ”), DBJ Value Up Fund, a Japanese partnership (“ DBJ ”) and CAI International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). The Company was formerly known as “Container Applications International, Inc.,” and changed its name to “CAI International, Inc.” on February 2, 2007, at the time it reincorporated in the State of Delaware.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Seller, DBJ and the Company intend to execute a Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which DBJ intends to purchase and Seller intends to sell 4,028 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”);

WHEREAS, the execution of this Agreement on or by the Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) is a condition of the Seller’s and DBJ’s mutual obligations at the Closing under the Purchase Agreement;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Seller and the Company to approve the sale of the Shares and to induce DBJ to purchase the Shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Seller, DBJ and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which Seller and DBJ shall vote their shares of the Company’s voting stock in favor of certain designees to the Company’s Board of Directors; and

WHEREAS, Seller, DBJ and the Company each desire to facilitate the voting arrangements set forth in this Agreement, and the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth below;

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Election of Directors .

1.1 Board Representation . If the Company has not completed an initial public offering of its common stock (“ IPO ”) within the period ending the first anniversary of execution of this Agreement, DBJ shall be entitled to appoint a director to the Company’s Board of Directors, as provided in this Agreement. Commencing on the first anniversary of


this Agreement, and provided that the Company’s IPO has not been completed, at each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Company, or at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company at which members of the Board of Directors of the Company are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent, Seller and DBJ agree on behalf of themselves and any transferee or assignee of the Shares, to vote or act with respect to all of such Shares and any other securities of the Company acquired by Seller or DBJ in the future (and any securities of the Company issued with respect to, or in exchange or substitution for such securities) (the “ Common Holder Shares ”) so as to elect one (1) representative of DBJ (the “ DBJ Designee ”) to the Company’s Board of Directors in accordance with Article V of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Charter ”). Aside from the DBJ Designee, Seller and DBJ shall be entitled to vote for the other members of the Board of Directors of the Company freely and without being bound by this Agreement.

1.2 Appointment of Directors . All directors designated and elected under this Agreement shall be entitled to indemnification by the Company, as may be set forth in the Charter, the Company’s Bylaws and in the Company’s standard form indemnification agreement. All directors shall further be entitled to benefit from any D&O insurance policy that may be adopted by the Company after the Closing. In the event of the resignation, death, removal or disqualification of the DBJ Designee, Seller and DBJ voting as single class shall promptly designate and elect a new director as the DBJ Designee, and Seller and DBJ shall vote their shares of capital stock of the Company as set forth in Section 1.1.

2. Additional Representations and Covenants .

2.1 No Revocation . The voting agreements contained herein are coupled with an interest and may not be revoked during the term of this Agreement.

2.2 Legends . Each certificate representing shares of the Company’s capital stock held by the DBJ or any assignee thereof shall bear the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS OF THE CORPORATION (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE CORPORATION), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID VOTING AGREEMENT.”

2.3 Covenants of the Parties . The parties hereto agree to use their respective commercially reasonable best efforts to ensure that the rights granted hereunder are effective and that the parties hereto enjoy the benefits thereof. Such actions include, without limitation, the use of the parties’ commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the designation and election of the directors as provided above. The parties will not, by any


voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be performed hereunder by the parties, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all of the provisions of this Agreement and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate.

2.4 No Liability for Election of Recommended Directors . Neither Seller, DBJ, the Company, nor any officer, director, shareholder, partner, employee or agent of such party, makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the DBJ Designee to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors by virtue of such party’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such party in designating or voting in favor of such designee pursuant to this Agreement.

2.5 Grant of Proxy . Upon the failure of Seller or DBJ to vote their Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Seller or DBJ hereby grants to a shareholder designated by the Board of Directors of the Company a proxy coupled with an interest in all Common Holder Shares owned by Seller or DBJ (which proxy shall be irrevocable until this Agreement terminates pursuant to its terms, or this Section 2.5 is amended to remove such grant of proxy in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof) to vote all such Common Holder Shares in the manner provided herein.

2.6 Specific Enforcement . It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any party, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

2.7 Execution by the Company . The Company, by its execution in the space provided below, further agrees that it will cause the certificates issued after the date hereof evidencing the Common Holder Shares to bear the legend required by Section 2.2 hereof, and it shall supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement to any holder of a certificate evidencing Common Holder Shares upon written request from such holder to the Company at its principal office. The parties hereto do hereby agree that the failure to cause the certificates evidencing the Common Holder Shares to bear the legend required by Section 2.2 hereof and/or failure of the Company to supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement, as provided under this Section 2.7, shall not affect the validity or enforcement of this Agreement.

3. Termination .

3.1 Termination Events . This Agreement shall terminate at such time as (i) the Company consummates the IPO (whether before or after the one-year anniversary of this Agreement); (ii) DBJ ceases to own at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Shares or (iii) Seller, DBJ and the Company consent to terminate this Agreement subject to Section 4.2.


3.2 Removal of Legend . At any time after the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 3.1, any holder of a stock certificate legended pursuant to Section 2.2 may surrender such certificate to the Company for removal of the legend, and the Company will duly reissue a new certificate without the legend.

4. Miscellaneous .

4.1 Successors and Assigns . DBJ’s rights under this Agreement are personal rights to DBJ, that may not be assigned. Except as otherwise provided herein (including the foregoing sentence), the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including transferees of any shares held by either Seller or DBJ). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

4.2 Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties hereto with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations, or covenants, except as specifically set forth herein or therein. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of (i) Seller, (ii) DBJ and (iii) the Company. Any amendment or waiver so effected shall be binding upon all the parties hereto, including each of their respective successors and assigns.

4.3 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively delivered (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) upon confirmation of receipt by facsimile by the party to be notified, (c) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier, prepaid for overnight delivery and addressed as set forth in (d), or (d) three days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested and addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for such party on the exhibits hereto, or at such other address as such party may designate by written notice to the other party given in the foregoing manner.

4.4 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision or provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. Each party agrees to promptly notify the other party at such time that it becomes aware of any terms of this Agreement that are not enforceable.


4.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law thereof. The parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the state courts in New York City in the State of New York (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Southern District of New York).

4.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.8 Manner of Voting . The voting of shares pursuant to this Agreement may be effected in person, by proxy, by written consent, or in any other manner permitted by the Company’s Bylaws and applicable law.

4.9 Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc. In the event of any issuance of shares of the Company’s voting securities hereafter to any of the parties hereto (including, without limitation, in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, or the like), such shares shall become subject to this Agreement and shall be endorsed with the legend set forth in Section 2.2.

4.10 Binding Effect . In addition to any restriction that may be imposed by any other agreement by which any party hereto may be bound, this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties, their respective heirs, successors and assigns and to such additional individuals or entities that may become shareholders of the Company and that desire to become parties hereto. Upon the transfer to a transferee reasonably acceptable to the Company, such transferee shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if such transferee’s signature appeared on the signature pages hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

“SELLER”

/s/ Hiromitsu Ogawa

Hiromitsu Ogawa

 

“DBJ”

DBJ VALUE UP FUND

a Japanese partnership

By:  

/s/ Masaski Kumagne

Name:   Masaski Kumagne
Title:   President
“COMPANY”

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Masaaki Nishibori

Name:   Masaaki Nishibori
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

CAI International, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report dated April 23, 2007 contains an explanatory paragraph that effective October 1, 2006, CAI International, Inc. repurchased 50% of its outstanding common stock. The repurchase of stock has been accounted for as a step acquisition and the change in basis has been pushed down to CAI International, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements. As a result of the repurchase of shares, the consolidated financial information for periods after the repurchase is presented on a different basis than that for the periods before the acquisition and, therefore, is not comparable.

Our report refers to a change in accounting policy. As discussed in Note 2 (n) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for maintenance expense.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

April 23, 2007

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT BY PROPOSED DIRECTOR

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I, Marvin Dennis, do hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of CAI International, Inc. as a proposed Director of CAI International, Inc.

 

April 18, 2007  

/s/ Marvin Dennis

Dated   Marvin Dennis

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT BY PROPOSED DIRECTOR

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I, William Liebeck, do hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of CAI International, Inc. as a proposed Director of CAI International, Inc.

 

April 18, 2007  

/s/ William Liebeck

Dated   William Liebeck

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT BY PROPOSED DIRECTOR

OF

CAI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I, Gary Sawka, do hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of CAI International, Inc. as a proposed Director of CAI International, Inc.

 

April 18, 2007  

/s/ Gary Sawka

Dated   Gary Sawka